Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout9 Attachement 12020 UWMP - DraftTRUCKEE WATER SYSTEM 2020 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN Adopted XXXX, 2021 Board of Directors Joseph Aguera Jeff Bender Christa Finn Kim Harris Tony Laliotis Prepared by: Neil Kaufman Water System Engineer TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1- INTRODUCTION SUBJECT OF THE PLAN.......................................................................................................... 1-1 UWMPOVERVIEW................................................................................................................... 1-1 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION........................................................................................................ 1-2 INTERAGENCY COORDINATION......................................................................................... 1-2 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW.................................................................................................. 1-3 PLANADOPTION...................................................................................................................... 1-3 FORMAT OF THE PLAN........................................................................................................... 1-4 SECTION 2 - SERVICE AREA DISTRICT HISTORY AND BACKGROUND.......................................................................... 2-1 SERVICEAREA......................................................................................................................... 2-4 CLIMATE.................................................................................................................................... 2-4 CURRENT AND PROJECTED POPULATION........................................................................ 2-4 SECTION 3 - EXISTING WATER FACILITIES PRESSUREZONES.................................................................................................................... 3-1 GROUNDWATER WELLS........................................................................................................ 3-1 WATER TREATMENT FACILITIES........................................................................................ 3-1 OTHER WATER SUPPLY SOURCES...................................................................................... 3-4 PUMPINGSTATIONS............................................................................................................... 3-4 STORAGE TANKS..................................................................................................................... 3-4 CONTROL VALVE STATIONS................................................................................................ 3-6 PIPELINES.................................................................................................................................. 3-6 SECTION 4 - SYSTEM WATER USE HISTORIC POTABLE WATER DEMANDS............................................................................ 4-1 EXISTING WATER DEMANDS............................................................................................... 4-1 FUTURE WATER DEMANDS.................................................................................................. 4-4 CURRENT AND POTENTIAL USE OF RECYCLED WATER .............................................. 4-5 WATER AUDITS AND NON -REVENUE WATER................................................................. 4-5 WATER DEMAND FOR LOW-INCOME HOUSING.............................................................. 4-6 SECTION 5 - SB X7-7 BASELINES AND TARGETS BASELINE WATER USAGE CALCULATION....................................................................... 5-1 DEMAND REDUCTION TARGET CALCULATION.............................................................. 5-1 SBX7-7 COMPLIANCE............................................................................................................. 5-3 SECTION 6 - WATER SYSTEM SUPPLIES MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER BASIN........................................................................ 6-1 QUANTITY OF GROUNDWATER IN THE MARTIS VALLEY BASIN .............................. 6-2 RELIABILITY OF THE WATER SUPPLY............................................................................... 6-3 IMPACT OF CLIMATE CHANGE ON GROUNDWATER BASIN RECHARGE ................. 6-3 Page i Table of Contents WATER SUPPLY QUALITY..................................................................................................... 6-3 GROUNDWATER WITHDRAWALS....................................................................................... 6-5 EXISTING PRODUCTION CAPACITY IN RELATION TO PROJECTED DEMANDS....... 6-6 WASTEWATER AND RECYCLED WATER........................................................................... 6-6 FUTURE WATER SUPPLIES.................................................................................................... 6-8 BUILDOUT WATER DEMANDS............................................................................................. 6-8 ADDITIONAL POTABLE WATER PRODUCTION CAPACITY ........................................... 6-8 WATER SYSTEM ENERGY USAGE..................................................................................... 6-11 SECTION 7 — WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLANNING CURRENT WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN .................................................... 7-1 POTENTIAL FINANCIAL IMPACTS OF A WATER SHORTAGE ....................................... 7-2 SECTION 8 — WATER DEMAND MANAGEMENT MEASURES WATER WASTE PROVENTION ORDINANCES................................................................... 8-1 METERING................................................................................................................................. 8-1 CONSERVATION PRICING..................................................................................................... 8-2 PUBLIC EDUCATION AND OUTREACH............................................................................... 8-2 PROGRAMS TO ASSESS AND MANAGE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM REAL LOSS.......... 8-3 WATER CONSERVATION PROGRAM COORDINATION AND STAFFING SUPPORT.. 8-4 OTHER DEMAND MANAGEMENT MEASURES................................................................. 8-4 WATER CONSERVATION DMM EFFECTIVENESS............................................................ 8-5 APPENDIX A — TEXT OF THE URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLANNING ACT APPENDIX B — WATER CONSERVATION ACT OF 2009 APPENDIX C—MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APPENDIX D - ORDINANCE NO. 2021- , FINDING THE NECESSITY FOR AND ADOPTING A WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APPENDIX E — RESOLUTION NO. 2021- , ADOPTION OF THE URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APPENDIX F — PUBLIC NOTICE DOCUMENTATION APPENDIX G — ANNUAL WATER AUDITS Page ii LIST OF TABLES SECTION 2 — SERVICE AREA Table 2-1, Historic Population Data............................................................................................ 2-5 SECTION 3 — EXISTING WATER FACILITIES Table 3-1, Summary of Pressure Zone Data................................................................................ 3-2 Table 3-2, Summary of Data for Active Potable Wells............................................................... 3-4 Table 3-3, Summary of Pumping Station Data............................................................................ 3-6 Table 3-4, Summary of Storage Tank Data................................................................................. 3-8 Table 3-5, Summary of Control Valve Station Data.................................................................... 3-9 SECTION 4 — SYSTEM WATER USE Table 4-1, Historic Potable Water Production, 1980-2020.......................................................... 4-3 Table 4-2, Demands for Potable Water and Raw Water — Actual — 2020................................... 4-4 Table 4-3, Demands for Potable Water and Raw Water — Projected ........................................... 4-4 Table 4-4, Water Audit Loss Reporting, 2016-2019................................................................... 4-6 SECTION 5 — SB X7-7 BASELINES AND TARGETS Table 5-1, Calculation of Baseline Per Capita Water Usage ....................................................... 5-2 Table 5-2, Confirmation of Minimum Reduction for 2020 Target .............................................. 5-2 Table 5-3, Calculation of 2015 Interim Target GPCD................................................................ 5-3 SECTION 6 — WATER SYSTEM SUPPLIES Table 6-1, Groundwater Volume Pumped by the District........................................................... 6-5 Table 6-2, Volume Pumped from the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin in 2020...................... 6-5 Table 6-3, Anticipated Martis Valley Groundwater Basin Withdrawals at Buildout.................. 6-9 Table6-4, 2020 Energy Usage................................................................................................... 6-11 Page iii LIST OF FIGURES SECTION 2 — SERVICE AREA Figure2-1, Location Map............................................................................................................ 2-2 Figure 2-2, Water System Services Areas................................................................................... 2-3 Figure 2-3, Historic And Projected Population, 1980-2045........................................................ 2-6 SECTION 3 — EXISTING WATER FACILITIES Figure 3-1, Location of Water Production Facilities................................................................... 3-3 Figure 3-2, Location of Pumping Stations................................................................................... 3-5 Figure 3-3, Location of Storage Tanks and Control Valve Stations ............................................ 3-7 SECTION 4 — SYSTEM WATER USE Figure 4-1, Historic Potable Water Demands, 1980-2020........................................................... 4-2 SECTION 6 — WATER SYSTEM SUPPLIES Figure 6-1, Donner Summit Snowfall and Snowpack Winters, 1879-2019................................ 6-4 Figure 6-2, Projected Potable Water Demand vs. Existing Supply Capacity, 1995-2040........... 6-7 Figure 6-3, Projected Potable Water Demand vs. Proposed Supply Capacity, 1995-2040....... 6-10 Page iv SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION The California Water Code requires all urban water suppliers within the state to prepare urban water management plans and update them every five years. These plans satisfy the requirements of the Urban Water Management Planning Act of 1983 (Act) including amendments that have been made to the Act. Sections 10610 through 10656 of the California Water Code detail the information that must be included in these plans, as well as who must file them. Appendix A contains the text of the Act. Amendments to the Act now require that total projected water use be compared to water supply sources over the next 20 years in 5-year increments. The Act also requires the information be shown for a single dry water year and multiple dry water years. Additionally, the Act requires that all plans include a water recycling analysis that includes a description of the wastewater collection and treatment system within the agency's service area along with current and potential recycled water uses. According to the Act, "The conservation and efficient use of urban water supplies are of statewide concern; however, the planning for that use and the implementation of those plans can best be accomplished at the local level." The Act requires that each urban water supplier, providing water for municipal purposes either directly or indirectly to more than 3,000 customers or supplying more than 3,000 acre-feet of water annually, shall prepare, update and adopt its urban water management plan (UWMP) at least once every five years. In 2009, the Water Conservation Act of 2009 (as known as SB X7-7) was adopted. This legislation created additional requirements regarding urban water management plans. These requirements are documented in Section 10608 of the California Water Code. Appendix B contains the text of SB X7-7. SUBJECT OF THE PLAN The Truckee Donner Public Utility District (District) operates two water systems in the Truckee area: the Hirschdale System (PWS CA2910010) and the Truckee System (PWS CA2910003). The Truckee System serves 13,170 accounts. The Hirschdale System serves 26 accounts. The two systems are physically separate and not interconnected. Based upon guidance from the California Department of Water Resources, an UWMP is not required for the Hirschdale system. Therefore, this document addresses the Truckee System only. UWMP OVERVIEW The Truckee Water System provides service to 13,170 customer accounts within the Town of Truckee and surrounding areas. The District uses the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin (MVGB) as its sole source of water supply. At buildout conditions, water usage from the MVGB by the District and other users will be below the sustainable yield of the MVGB. There is sufficient storage volume available in the MVGB to manage a five-year drought and other water supplies are not necessary. Page 1-1 Section 1 - Introduction The District has revised its Water Shortage Contingency Plan to comply with State of California requirements. The most likely cause of a water shortage involves a natural disaster such as a flood, earthquake or fire that impacts the water system facilities needed to move water from the groundwater wells to the points of service. The District has implemented a number of water demand management measures. The District intends to continue these efforts and will work to identify and implement additional programs if they are cost effective. PUBLIC PARTICIPATION In accordance with the Act, the District is required to make the plan available for public review and to hold a public hearing prior to adoption of the UWMP. This public hearing was held at the District's regularly scheduled Board Meeting on June 2, 2021. Notices of the meeting were published in the Sierra Sun on and , 2021. Letters were mailed directly to the following agencies advising them of the public hearing: • Town of Truckee • Nevada County • Placer County • Placer County Water Agency (PCWA) • Northstar Community Services District (NCSD) • Truckee Sanitation District • Tahoe -Truckee Sanitation Agency Prior to the meeting, draft copies of the UWMP were made available for public review on the District's website at www.tdpud.org. INTERAGENCY COORDINATION In accordance with the Act, the District is required to coordinate preparation of its UWMP with other local agencies. In the past, the District has worked cooperatively with NCSD and PCWA to study the available water supplies in the Truckee and Martis Valley area. Two major studies that were jointly funded by all three agencies have been completed: Ground Water Availability In The Martis Valley Ground Water Basin, Nevada And Placer Counties, California, prepared by Nimbus Engineers, Reno, Nevada, March 2001. • Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan, prepared by Brown and Caldwell and Balance Hydrologics, Reno, Nevada, April 2013. A copy of this groundwater management plan is included in Appendix C. Preparation of the groundwater management plan document also included development of a finite element model for the MVGB by the Desert Research Institute. Development of this model was funded by the three local agencies and the US Bureau of Reclamation. This effort is documented in: Page 1-2 Section 1 - Introduction • Integrated Surface and Groundwater Modeling of Martis Valley, California, for Assessment of Potential Climate Change Impacts on Basin -Scale Water Resources, prepared by Desert Research Institute, Reno, Nevada, April 2015. In October 2015, NCSD took ownership of the PCWA Zone 4 water system in the Martis Valley and PCWA no longer has a local presence as a retail water purveyor. However, PCWA continues to be actively involved in management of the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin. After the Sustainable Groundwater Management Act was enacted, the Department of Water Resources (DWR) classified the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin as medium priority. The local water agencies (District, NCSD and PCWA) disagreed with this classification. An alternative submittal was prepared by the three local water agencies and the three local land use planning agencies (Nevada County, Placer County, Town of Truckee). This effort is documented in: • Martis Valley Groundwater Basin Sustainable Groundwater Management Act Alternative Submittal. Prepared for the Truckee Donner Public Utility District, Placer County Water Agency, Northstar Community Services District, Town of Truckee, Nevada County and Placer County by GEI Consultants, Rancho Cordova, California. December 2016. In response to this submittal, the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin was re-classified to very low priority by DWR. The local water agencies then proceeded to begin implementation of the Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan and annual reports for 2018 and 2019 have been prepared. The District anticipates that it will continue to work cooperatively with NCSD and PCWA on issues related to the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin in the future. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW The preparation of an Urban Water Management Plan is specifically exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). Therefore, a CEQA review has not been performed in conjunction with the preparation of this document. However, the exemption only applies to preparation of the UWMP and the District will have to conduct environmental reviews in order to physically construct any of the projects described in this UWMP. PLAN ADOPTION The District's Board of Directors adopted the 2020 Urban Water Management Plan on June 2, 2021. A copy of the adopting resolution is included in Appendix E. After adoption, the WSCP was submitted to the California Department of Water Resources and the California State Library. The WSCP was also posted on the District's website. The local public agencies were also informed that the WSCP was adopted and is available on the District's website. Copies of the WSCP will be made available for public review at the District Office and the Truckee Branch of the Nevada County Library once COVID-19 restrictions have been modified and these locations are open to the public. Page 1-3 Section 1 - Introduction FORMAT OF THE PLAN The State of California has developed a number of standard tables to be included in an UWMP. In a number of cases, these standard tables include or discuss data that is not relevant to the District. One example is water used for "saline water intrusion barriers." These unmodified standard tables are included in order to comply with State reporting and filing requirements. Page 1-4 SECTION 2 SERVICE AREA SECTION 2 SERVICE AREA The Truckee Donner Public Utility District (District) provides water service to portions of the town of Truckee, California, along with adjacent unincorporated areas of Nevada and Placer Counties. The District operates two water systems in the Truckee area: the Hirschdale System (PWS CA2910010) and the Truckee System (PWS CA2910003). The general location of the town of Truckee is given in Figure 2-1 and the boundaries of the District's water system service areas are shown in Figure 2-2. DISTRICT HISTORY AND BACKGROUND Public water service in the Truckee area began in 1880, when the Schaeffer Lumber Company developed the Tonini Springs to serve what is now downtown Truckee. In 1883, the McGlashen infiltration gallery was constructed, along with a transmission system to convey water to the downtown area. In 1885, the adjacent McGlashen Springs was developed. In 1927, the Truckee Donner Public Utility District was formed to provide electrical service to the Truckee area. In 1935, the District began providing water service with the purchase of the McGlashen water system. In 1943, the Southside Spring was acquired by the District and in 1953, the Tonini Springs water system was obtained by the District. Originally, the District's water system provided service to only the downtown area. The system was expanded to serve the Gateway and Meadow Park areas in the late 1940s. Significant expansion of the District's service area occurred in the 1960s as new residential subdivisions were constructed in the area. Service was extended to the Olympic Heights area in the early 1960s, and the Sierra Meadows area in the mid-1960s. The Tahoe Donner, Prosser Lakeview and Ponderosa Palisades areas were developed in the late 1960s, and the Armstrong area in the late 1970s. Prior to 2001, there were two other water purveyors in the Truckee area. In the Summer of 2001, the District took possession of the Donner Lake Water System. In February of 2002, the District took possession of the Glenshire Mutual Water Company's system. Significant development occurred during the 2000s. New residential developments included Gray's Crossing, Old Greenwood, Spring Creek and Winter Creek. Non-residential development included the Alder Creek Middle School, Pioneer Commerce Center and the Sierra College campus. A large number of infill homes were also constructed on vacant lots in the older subdivisions. From 2008 to about 2017, there was minimal new development within the service area with growth mainly involving infill construction of new homes within previously created subdivisions. Within the past few years, a number of new multi -phase projects have started. These include the Coldstream (formerly known as PC-1), Joerger Ranch (formerly known as PC- 3) and the Truckee Railyard. Page 2-1 NOT TO SCALE TRUCKEE DONNER PUBLIC UTILITY DISTRICT Figure 2-1 Location Map Section 2 - Service Area SERVICE AREA The great majority of the service area consists of detached single-family homes, which make up over 90 percent of the customer accounts. There is additional multi -family development ranging from duplexes to apartment buildings with up to 24 units. Commercial development is concentrated in the downtown Truckee and Gateway areas and is mainly retail stores and small office buildings. There are two relatively large industrial facilities in the area (Teichert Materials Martis Valley aggregate plant & TNT Concrete batch plant) that are served by private wells. Institutional development entails primary and secondary schools along with governmental offices, parks and recreation facilities and public utilities. CLIMATE The District's service area is located in the eastern Sierra Nevada mountains at the east end of Donner Pass. Water system service elevations range from 5700 to over 7300 feet above mean sea level. The area receives substantial amounts of precipitation during the winter as both rain and snow. Average high temperatures range from the low 80s in Summer to the low 40s in Winter. Average low temperatures range from the low 40s in Summer to the mid -teens in Winter. CURRENT AND PROJECTED POPULATION The Town of Truckee and surrounding areas have been experiencing slow to moderate population growth over the past 50 years. The permanent population within the town has increased from 5,539 in 1980 to a current level of 16,228. Table 2-1 shows this historic population data. Figure 2-3 shows this data graphically. The economy of Truckee and the surrounding area relies upon tourism as the main industry. There are a significant number of residential units used as vacation homes that are not occupied on a full-time basis with estimates ranging as high as 75 to 80 percent for certain portions of the service area. The Town of Truckee's current General Plan was adopted in 2006. The General Plan cites an estimate that 54 percent of all housing units are occupied full-time on a town -wide basis. More recently, the 2019 annual report from the Town of Truckee Community Development Department estimated that about 51 percent of all housing units are occupied full- time. The California Department of Finance (CDOF) also cited a 51 percent occupancy in May of 2020, with an average of 2.46 persons per household for the owner -occupied properties. Given the tourism -based economy and the large number of vacation homes, the actual population of the District's water service area on any given day is likely 2-3 times the official reported California Department of Finance population. The time of year, day of the week and weather conditions significantly impact the number of people in the Truckee area, with the highest local population occurring in the December holiday period around Christmas and New Year's Day and in the early part of July around Independence Day. Other high occupancy periods occur on weekends throughout the winter ski season and throughout the Summer when schools are not in session. The lowest occupancy periods occur during the "shoulder seasons" of April/May and October/November. Page 2-4 Section 2 - Service Area Table 2-1. Historic Population Data Year Truckee Area Population Data Source 1980 5,539 1995 Water System Master Plan 1981 6,371 1995 Water System Master Plan 1982 6,844 1995 Water System Master Plan 1983 7,136 1995 Water System Master Plan 1984 7,254 1995 Water System Master Plan 1985 7,631 1995 Water System Master Plan 1986 7,800 1995 Water System Master Plan 1987 7,950 1995 Water System Master Plan 1988 8,240 1995 Water System Master Plan 1989 8,471 1995 Water System Master Plan 1990 8,912 Town of Truckee General Plan, 1996 1991 9,482 1995 Water System Master Plan 1992 9,975 1995 Water System Master Plan 1993 10,250 1995 Water System Master Plan 1994 11,150 California Department of Finance a 1995 11,800 California Department of Finance a 1996 12,050 California Department of Finance a 1997 12,600 California Department of Finance a 1998 13,000 California Department of Finance a 1999 13,300 California Department of Finance a 2000 13,864 US Census Bureau, Census 2000 2001 14,148 California Department of Finance b 2002 14,583 California Department of Finance b 2003 14,784 California Department of Finance b 2004 15,098 California Department of Finance b 2005 15,448 California Department of Finance b 2006 15,651 California Department of Finance b 2007 15,837 California Department of Finance b 2008 16,085 California Department of Finance b 2009 16,230 California Department of Finance b 2010 16,180 US Census Bureau, Census 2010 2011 16,106 California Department of Finance 2012 15,889 California Department of Finance 2013 15,855 California Department of Finance 2014 15,866 California Department of Finance ° 2015 15,980 California Department of Finance ° 2016 16,038 California Department of Finance ° 2017 16,087 California Department of Finance ° 2018 16,182 California Department of Finance ° 2019 16,136 California Department of Finance 2020 1 16,228 1 California Department of Finance a State of California, Department of Finance, Revised Historical City, County and State Population Estimates, 1991-2000, with 1990 and 2000 Census Counts. Sacramento, California. March 2002. b State of California, Department of Finance, E-4 Population Estimates for Cities, Counties and the State, 2001-2010, with 2000 Benchmark. Sacramento, California, May 2010. State of California, Department of Finance, E-4 Population Estimates for Cities, Counties and the State, 2011-2020, with 2010 Benchmark. Sacramento, California, May 2020. Page 2-5 30,000 25,000 20,000 c 0 15,000 a 0 a 10,000 5,000 1980 Figure 2-3. Historic and Projected Population, 1980-2040 Historic Population f Population Projection Based on General Plan Growth Rate (2006) f Population Projection Based on BAE Urban Economics Study (2019) 1990 2000 2010 Year 2020 General Plan Population Projection 2025 - 17,917 2030 - 19,782 2035 - 21,841 2040 - 24,114 BAE Urban Economics Population Projection 2025 - 16,767 2030 - 17,324 2035 - 17,899 2040 - 18,494 2030 2040 Section 2 — Service Area The District has conducted correspondence with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) regarding this significant transient/tourist population and the SWRCB has agreed to the use of a higher population value when calculating per capita water usage. For consistency when calculating compliance with SB 7X-7, the District has used the official CDOF population of 16,228. The General Plan projected population growth in the area to occur at a rate of 2% per year, eventually reaching a buildout population of about 28,300 permanent residents in the year 2049. The Town of Truckee is currently in the process of updating the General Plan, but completion of this update is not expected until early 2022. In conjunction with this General Plan update, a report entitled Non -Residential Market Analysis was prepared by BAE Urban Economics for the Town of Truckee. This study projected population growth at about 0.6% per year with a permanent population of 18,494 in the year 2040. This lower rate of growth is more consistent with the minimal increases in population experienced during the past ten years and will be used as the future growth projection. At this lower rate, the buildout permanent population of 28,300 would be reached sometime after the year 2100. These projected population totals are also given in Figure 2-3. The permanent population data discussed above does not reflect any economic or social disruptions associated with COVID-19. Anecdotal information from the Tahoe Truckee Unified School District and local realtors indicates measurable growth in the local full-time population during the second half of 2020 as a number of property owners relocated to their vacation homes on a full-time basis. It is unknown whether this relocation trend reflects a permanent change in occupancy that will remain in effect once vaccines for the virus become widely distributed and economic conditions return to pre-COVID-19 norms. It should be noted that the District's water system service area extends outside the Town of Truckee limits encompassing small adjoining areas of unincorporated Nevada and Placer Counties. There are also small developed areas within the Town of Truckee that utilize private wells and are not supplied water by the District. However, for the purposes of this study, it is assumed that the Town of Truckee's population as determined by the California Department of Finance is equal to the population of the District's water service area. Page 2-7 SECTION 3 EXISTING WATER FACILITIES SECTION 3 EXISTING WATER FACILITIES The District's water system is reasonably complicated with 47 pressure zones, 25 pumping stations, 13 active wells and 32 active storage tanks. All demands in the Truckee systems are currently served by groundwater wells, although natural springs and surface water have been used as a water supply in the past. PRESSURE ZONES There are currently 47 pressure zones in the service area, with service elevations ranging from 5745 feet in the Martis Valley to 7370 feet at the highest point in Tahoe Donner. Static service pressures ranges from a high of about 200 psi to a low of about 20 psi. Approximate minimum and maximum ground elevations and static service pressures in the pressure zones are given in Table 3-1. GROUNDWATER WELLS The District currently has 10 active wells that are used to supply potable water to customers. The total production capacity of the active potable water wells is about 10,260 gpm (14.8 mgd). The wells are located at various locations throughout the distribution system. The locations of the wells are shown in Figure 3-1 and selected well characteristics are shown in Table 3-2. There are three active wells that are used to serve non -potable water demands. The Donner Creek Well is connected to a separate piping system that is used to provide irrigation water to the Coyote Moon Golf Course. The Fibreboard Well is connected to a separate piping system that is used to provide irrigation water to the Gray's Crossing and Old Greenwood golf courses. The Southside No. 1 well is used to supply construction water for contractor use during the Summer construction season. There are two additional wells (A Well, Southside No. 2 Well) that were previously used to provide potable water. A Well has been experiencing problems with air entrainment that resulted in customer complaints. Southside Well No. 2 is a relatively shallow well that is near a series of natural springs and may be under the influence of surface water. Both of these wells are considered inactive and the District has been investigating the potential to supply customers that do not require potable water (irrigation and snowmaking uses) from these wells with a corresponding reduction in potable water demand. There are three other wells that have not been operated for at least 20 years. They are the B, Biltz, and Bingham Place wells. All three of these wells are low in capacity and the District does not intend to use these wells in the future. However, they have not been abandoned in accordance with California State requirements and are therefore considered inactive. WATER TREATMENT FACILITIES All of the District's active potable water wells are equipped with disinfection systems utilizing liquid chlorine. Water supplied to the District's customers complies with the appropriate federal and State standards. Page 3-1 Section 3 — Water System Facilities Table 3-1. Summary of Pressure Zone Data Pressure Zone Target HGL, feet Lowest Service Elevation, feet Highest Static Service Pressure, psi Highest Service Elevation, feet Lowest Static Service Pressure, psi 6040 6040 5838 87 5927 49 6170 6170 5880 125 6050 52 Alder Creek 6610 6300 134 6440 74 Armstrong 6334 5959 162 6200 58 Bennett Flat 6352 6196 68 6225 55 Coldstream 6080 6080 5920 69 5930 65 DL-6124 6124 5940 80 6050 32 DL-6323 6323 5950 161 6245 34 DL-Northeast 6085 5940 63 5975 48 DL-Red Mountain 6260 6020 103 6160 43 DL-Wolfe 6220 6035 80 6140 35 Donner Trails 6160 5932 99 6005 67 Donner View 6894 6612 122 6806 38 Donner View Hydro 6990 6820 74 6890 43 Gateway 6040 5825 93 5990 22 Gateway Hydro 6300 6120 78 6160 61 Glacier 7500 7210 126 7370 56 Glenshire 1 6341 5880 200 6203 60 Glenshire 2 6163 5823 147 6038 54 Heidi Way 6815 6595 95 6645 74 Heights Hydro 6415 6183 100 6325 40 Hillside 6660 6357 131 6526 58 Icknield 6058 5840 94 5850 90 Innsbruck 6493 6157 145 6455 16 Lower Lakeview 6130 5820 134 6040 40 Lower Ski Run 7088 6850 103 6954 58 Lower Skislope 7015 6752 114 6830 80 Martiswoods 6360 6210 65 6255 45 Middle Skislope 7172 6800 161 7010 70 Palisades Hydro 6390 6180 91 6220 74 Pinnacle 6843 6588 110 6756 38 Pinnacle Hydro 6950 6752 86 6820 56 Ponderosa Palisades 6298 6025 118 6220 34 Prosser Heights 6338 6000 146 6180 68 Riverview 6020 5790 100 5875 63 Roundhill Hydro 6790 6618 74 6660 56 Sierra Meadows 6146 5880 115 6030 50 Sitzmark Hydro 6580 6435 63 6440 61 Soma Sierra 6286 6000 124 6200 37 Stockholm 6708 6395 135 6641 29 Town 6024 5745 121 5950 32 Trout Creek 6550 6550 6375 76 6420 56 Upper Lakeview 6230 5975 110 6100 56 Upper Ski Run 7193 No Customers NA No Customers NA Upper Skislope 7366 7010 154 7274 40 Waterloo 6071 5825 106 5876 84 West Palisades Hydro 6250 6100 65 6210 17 HGL = Hydraulic Grade Line Page 3-2 NORTH NOT TO SCALE Section 3 — Water System Facilities Table 3-2. Summary of Data for Active Potable Name Current Capacity, gpm Airport 2,660 Glenshire Drive 1,685 Martis Valley Well No. 1 1,640 Northside 540 Old Greenwood 1,045 Prosser Annex 510 Prosser Heights 430 Prosser Village 860 Sanders 290 Well No. 20 600 Total 10,260 Wells Note: Current capacity given is based on most recent data OTHER WATER SUPPLY SOURCES In the past, the District has used natural springs as water supply sources and has also withdrawn water from Donner Lake. There are four springs: Greenpoint; McGlashen; Southside; and Tonini; at which the District has facilities. These springs are not currently used due to their low capacity and the need to treat the water supply in accordance with the Surface Water Treatment Rule. In addition, the District owns water rights to the Sheepherder Springs and Hofert Springs, although no facilities exist to utilize these supplies. Figure 3-1 shows the locations of these springs. The District has 990 acre-feet per year of surface water rights for withdrawals from Donner Lake. The District has abandoned the Intake Pump Station that was previously used withdraw water from Donner Lake and these rights have not been utilized in recent years. PUMPING STATIONS The Truckee System currently has 25 pumping stations located throughout the distribution system. These pumping stations move water from lower pressure zones to higher pressure zones to serve demands in higher elevations of the service area. The different pumping stations have a variety of configurations, with some facilities taking suction directly from distribution system pipelines, while others are located at storage tank sites and use the storage tank as a forebay. Similarly, there is a variety of vertical turbine, end suction and horizontal split case pumps. All of the pumps are driven by electric motors. Some of the pumping stations are equipped with diesel powered generators as a backup power supply. The locations of the pumping stations are shown in Figure 3-2, and selected pump characteristics are shown in Table 3-3. STORAGE TANKS The Truckee System has 35 storage tanks — 32 active and 3 inactive. Most of the tanks provide gravity pressure to a portion of the distribution system. Some also function as a forebay for a pumping station. The total storage capacity of the active water tanks is about 9.4 mg. A project to replace the currently inactive Red Mountain tank is underway and the new tank should be in service during the Fall of 2021. Storage tank locations are shown in Figure 3-3 and their characteristics are given in Table 3-4. Page 3-4 P xOPN MATIC PING S ATION MARTISWOODS PUMPING STATI aw: NORTH NOT TO SCALE Section 3 — Water System Facilities Table 3-3. Summary of Pumbing Station Data Name Suction Pressure Zone Discharge Pressure Zone Number of Pumps Total Power, h Airport --- 6170 4 400 Alder Creek Stockholm Donner View 2 60 China Camp 6170 Prosser Heights 3 90 Donner Trails Gateway Soma Sierra 4 600 Donner View Hydro Donner View Donner View Hydro 3 55 Falcon Point Innsbruck Stockholm 3 225 Gateway Hydro Gateway Gateway Hydro 3 75 Herringbone Stockholm Donner View 3 150 Innsbruck Innsbruck Stockholm 4 200 Martiswoods Ponderosa Palisades Martiswoods 2 15 Pinnacle Hydro Pinnacle Pinnacle Hydro 2 27.5 Palisades Hydro Ponderosa Palisades Palisades Hydro 5 100 Prosser Heights Hydro Prosser Heights Prosser Heights Hydro 2 70 Red Mountain Hydro DL-6124 Red Mountain 2 20 Richards Boulevard Gateway Armstrong/DL-6323 3 300 Roundhill Hydro Stockholm Roundhill Hydro 2 30 Sierra Meadows 6170/Sierra Meadows Ponderosa Palisades 3 90 Sitzmark Hydro Innsbruck Sitzmark Hydro 2 30 Ski Lodge Donner View Upper Ski Run 2 80 Ski Run Upper Ski Run Upper Glacier 2 50 Soma Sierra Soma Sierra Innsbruck 4 600 Stockholm Stockholm Pinnacle 3 150 Strand 6170/Glenshire 2 Glenshire 1 3 120 West Palisades Hydro Ponderosa Palisades West Palisades Hydro 1 3 Wolfe Hydro DL-6124 Wolfe 2 45 CONTROL VALVE STATIONS There are 41 control valve stations located throughout the Truckee System - 35 active and 6 inactive. These stations provide service to small pressure zones, allow a means to relieve pressure in zones not directly served by a reservoir and provide additional water for fire flow demands. The locations of the stations are shown on Figure 3-3 and selected data on the stations is given in Table 3-5. PIPELINES The existing distribution system consists of about 216 miles of pipeline ranging from 2-inches to 24-inches in diameter. The majority of the pipelines are between 4-inches and 8-inches in diameter. The oldest piping in the system dates to the 1940s, with the great majority of the system having been installed since 1960. There are a number of different pipeline materials throughout the system. The majority of the distribution pipelines are steel, with large portions of ductile iron pipe as well. Page 3-6 PINNACLE TANK STOCKHOLM T/ JS K 16133 P 13330 PRV STATION 70 RUN TANKTION RV N ACIER TAN DONNE LAKE 6323 TANK �iilll Illlllllllllllllli� �..��i����.:�/ll IFCV STATION • MOUNTAIN TARR \ 709 ALDER CREEK PRV STATION WEST HILLSIDE PRV STATION EAST HILLSIDE /PRV STATION - - FALCON P T TANK ROUNDHILL TANK TROUT CREEK �v PRV STATlr)N- i INNSBRUCK T. HERRINGBONE TANK IDI WAY STATION SOMA SIERRA T NK - Z TANK / DONNER TRAIL TANKS ARMSTRONG ANK i LOCH LEVEN BILTZ\ PRV STATION (INACTIVE) PRV STATION (INACTIVE) M I KOAD �- IV ) COLDS E 80 SUMMIT DRIVE PRV ST TION PRV STATION i T B NNETr BRIDGE STREET STATI O EAST NORTI DONN R TRAILS FCV STATION PRV S ATION GAT WAY TANK NO THSIDE TANK WES NORTHSIDE \ FCV ATION GA EWAY / TANK AI TOWER Iwo PRV STATION G�i VALLEY TERLOO GHIRARD RV STATION PRV STATION OLD GREENW D O PRV STATIO (INACTIVE LID GREENWOOD O. 2 RV STATION AC61V ) DO N GTON FEAT ERST E 5988 TANK p ATION RE OD NO. 3 (INAC IVE) GLENSHIRE D PRV STATION T lvldr it IRE TION LEGEND • ACTIVE STORAGE TANK SITE • INACTIVE STORAGE TANK SITE • ACTIVE CONTROL VALVE STATION • INACTIVE CONTROL VALVE STATION TAN NORTH NOT TO SCALE Section 3 - Water System Facilities Table 3-4. Summary of Storage Tank Data Storage Tank Volume, mg Diameter, feet Floor Elevation Shell Height, feet Overflow Elevation Year Built Airport 0.60 70 5886 20 5906 1979 Armstrong 0.10 27 6310 24 6334 1979 Biltza 0.085 25 6350 24 6374 1985 Bridge Street 6170 1.50 90 6139 32 6171 2002 Donner Trails 1 0.15 36 6022 20 6042 1973 Donner Trails 2 0.15 36 6022 20 6042 1990 Donner Lake 6323 0.30 40 6291 32 6323 2005 Donner View 0.35 40 6861 32 6893 1973 Falcon Point 0.20 39 6469 24 6493 1974 Featherstone 5988' 0.36 44 5956 32 5988 2002 Gateway 0.45 60 6021 24 6045 1995 Glacier 0.15 36 7476 24 7500 1972 Herringbone 0.30 40 6676 32 6708 1973 Innsbruck 0.20 39 6469 24 6493 1972 Lower Glenshire 1 0.42 55 6139 24 6163 1993 Lower Glenshire 2 0.32 48 6139 24 6163 1972 Martiswoods 0.20 40 6276 22 6298 1982 Martiswoods Tower 0.10 20 6338 22 6360 1982 Northside 0.40 55 6003 24 6027 1974 Pinnacle 0.18 31.5 6811 32 6843 1973 Ponderosa Palisades 0.20 40 6276 22 6298 1972 Prosser Annex 0.215 40 6314 24 6338 1994 Prosser Heights 0.215 40 6314 24 6338 1963 Prosser Lakeview 0.25 40 6102 28 6130 1971 Red Mountain' 0.21 39 6100 24 6124 1963 Roundhill 0.30 40 6676 32 6708 1974 Sierra Meadows 0.25 34 6110 36 6146 1971 Sitzmark 0.20 39 6469 24 6493 1973 Ski Lodge 0.35 50 6870 24 6894 1971 Ski Run 0.10 26 7163 30 7193 1972 Soma Sierra 0.20 40 6262 24 6286 1972 Stockholm 0.32 42 6676 32 6708 1972 Upper Glenshire 1 0.28 45 6315 24 6339 1991 Upper Glenshire 2 0.21 39 6315 24 6339 1989 Wolfe 0.23 42 6100 24 6124 1993 Total 10.05 Tank is inactive A project to replace Red Mountain Tank is currently underway. Page 3-8 Section 3 — Water System Facilities Table 3-5. Summary of Control Valve Station Data Name Upstream Pressure Zone Downstream Pressure Zone Notes 13330 Skislope Middle Skislope Lower Skislope 13770 Skislope Upper Skislope Middle Skislope 14526 Skislope Glacier Upper Skislope 16133 Skislope Upper Ski Run Lower Ski Run Alder Creek Stockholm Alder Creek Biltz Biltz Tank Armstrong Inactive Coldstream 6080 DL-6323 Coldstream 6080 College 6170 Gateway Donner Trails Soma Sierra Donner Trails Donnington Glenshire 1 Glenshire 2 East Hillside Stockholm Hillside East Northside 6170 Town Estates 6170 Riverview Gateway 6170 Gateway Ghirard 6170 Lower Lakeview Glenshire Drive 6170 6040 Heidi Way Stockholm Innsbruck Icknield Glenshire 2 Icknield Laurelwood Upper Lakeview Lower Lakeview Inactive Loch Leven DL-6323 DL-Northeast Martis Valley Road Ponderosa Palisades Sierra Meadows Moraine Road Armstrong DL-Northeast Inactive North Bennett Flat Innsbruck Bennett Flat Old Greenwood No. 1 6170 6040 Inactive Old Greenwood No. 2 6170 6040 Inactive Old Greenwood No. 3 6170 6040 Old Greenwood No. 4 6170 6040 Prosser Prosser Heights Upper Lakeview Inactive Railyard 6170 Town Rainbow Upper Lakeview Lower Lakeview Reynold 6170 Riverview Snowshoe Upper Lakeview Lower Lakeview South Bennett Flat Innsbruck Bennett Flat Summit Drive DL-6323 DL-Northeast Trout Creek 6550 Stockholm Trout Creek 6550 Tudor Glenshire 2 Icknield Waterloo Glenshire 2 Waterloo Wellington Glenshire 2 Waterloo West Hillside Stockholm Hillside West Northside 6170 Gateway West Reed DL-6323 DL-6124 Page 3-9 SECTION 4 SYSTEM WATER USE SECTION 4 SYSTEM WATER USE This section describes the historic and future water demands for the Truckee System. HISTORIC POTABLE WATER DEMANDS Potable water demand in the Truckee System reached a historic peak in 2007 with an average day demand of 6.67 mgd and a maximum day demand of 14.84 mgd. Since 2007, there has been a significant reduction in potable water usage with an average day demand of 4.06 mgd and a maximum day demand of 7.18 mgd for the year 2020. Figure 4-1 shows the historical trend of water demand for the Truckee System and Table 4-1 gives this information in tabular form. As shown in Figure 4-1, the maximum demand for 2020 continued the general downward trend that has been observed since about 2010. The maximum day demand of 9.64 mgd for 2013 is considered anomalous because the Fibreboard Well was out of service on the maximum day (July 24, 2013) and two golf courses that normally receive untreated irrigation water from the Fibreboard Well were instead supplied from the potable water system. Otherwise, the maximum day demand for 2013 was 8.68 mgd on July 5, 2013. Average demand for 2020 showed a sizeable increase from 2016-2019 period. There are two factors that likely contributed to this increase: 1) September and October of 2020 were drier and warmer than the previous few years. This resulted in above normal irrigation demands during this September -October period that affected the overall water demand for the calendar year. 2) As noted in Section 2, about half of the residential units in the Truckee area are normally used as vacation homes. Within the impact of COVID-19 resulting in schools using remote learning and businesses using work from home arrangements when feasible, many property owners relocated to their vacation properties in the Truckee area to avoid restrictions implemented in more urbanized areas of California. It is unknown whether this relocation trend reflects a permanent change in occupancy that will remain in effect once vaccines for the virus become widely distributed and economic conditions return to pre-COVID-19 norms. EXISTING WATER DEMANDS Potable water production for the year 2020 averaged 4.06 million gallons per day (mgd) with a peak of 7.18 mgd that occurred on July 3, 2020. Total potable water production was about 1,485 million gallons. An additional 226 million gallons of raw water was produced to serve golf course irrigation demands. Two million gallons of raw water was produced to serve construction water demands. Table 4-2 gives a breakdown of this demand by customer category. Page 4-1 16.0 14.0 - 12.0 - 10.0 - a� E 8.0 _.. M E m 6.0 - 4.0 - 2.0 - 0.0 1980 Figure 4-1. Historic Potable Water Demands, 1980 - 2020 Historic Average Day Demand �— Historic Maximum Day Demand ------- Estimated Maximum Day Demand * Historic Minimum Day Demand 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 Year 2010 2015 2020 Section 4 - System Water Use Table 4-1. Historic Potable Water Production,1980-2020 Aver a e Dav Maximum Day Peaking Year an d gpm an d gpm Factor 1980 1.30 901 NA NA NA 1981 1.47 1,021 NA NA NA 1982 1.53 1,060 NA NA NA 1983 1.64 1,138 NA NA NA 1984 1.70 1,182 NA NA NA 1985 1.91 1,328 NA NA NA 1986 1.95 1,353 NA NA NA 1987 2.32 1,611 NA NA NA 1988 2.31 1,606 NA NA NA 1989 2.56 1,775 NA NA NA 1990 2.89 2,005 NA NA NA 1991 3.07 2,131 NA NA NA 1992 2.61 1,810 NA NA NA 1993 2.81 1,954 NA NA NA 1994 3.28 2,277 6.78 4,708 2.07 1995 3.10 2,150 5.78 4,016 1.86 1996 3.47 2,407 6.49 4,505 1.87 1997 3.52 2,445 6.64 4,611 1.89 1998 3.47 2,413 7.22 5,014 2.08 1999 4.08 2,833 7.63 5,299 1.87 2000 4.33 3,004 8.46 5,877 1.96 2001 4.65 3,228 8.76 6,085 1.88 2002 6.09a 4,229 11.47a 7.965 1.88 2003 6.05 4,204 11.50 7,986 1.90 2004 6.64 4,614 12.61 8,759 1.90 2005 6.11 4,244 12.66 8,790 2.07 2006 6.50 4,514 13.01 9,034 2.00 2007 6.67 4,631 14.84 10,304 2.23 2008 6.29 4,371 12.65 8,783 2.01 2009 5.63 3,913 12.71 8,826 2.26 2010 4.53 3,149 9.53 6,616 2.10 2011 4.25 2,952 8.72 6,055 2.05 2012 4.35 3,019 8.42 5,847 1.94 2013 4.50 3,124 9.64 6,692 2.14 2014 3.98 2,761 8.13 5,643 2.04 2015 3.26 2,266 7.72 5,362 2.37 2016 3.57 2,481 8.06 5,598 2.26 2017 3.57 2,478 7.46 5,181 2.09 2018 3.73 2,591 7.45 5,175 2.00 2019 3.55 2,466 7.32 5,081 2.06 2020 4.06 2,817 7.18 4,989 1.77 Large increase in production for 2002 results from acquisition of Donner Lake and Glenshire Water Systems Page 4-3 Section 4 - System Water Use Table 4-2. Demands for Potable Water and Raw Water - Actual - 2020 Use Type Additional Descri tion Level of Treatment Volume (milliongals) Single -Family Drinking Water 777 Multi -Family Drinking Water 78 Commercial Drinking Water 103 Industrial Drinking Water 0 Institutional/Governmental Drinking Water 60 Landscape Drinking Water 59 Saline Water Intrusion Barrier Drinking Water 0 Agricultural Irrigation Drinking Water 0 Wetlands or Wildlife Habitat Drinking Water 0 Sales/Transfers to Other Agencies Drinking Water 0 Losses Drinking Water 407 Other Irrigation Raw Water 226 Other Construction Water Raw Water 2 Total 1,712 FUTURE WATER DEMANDS Water demand projections for buildout conditions have been calculated based upon anticipated development of all currently vacant parcels. Currently developed parcels were assumed to continue into the future with no change in land use. A projected buildout demand was then calculated for each vacant parcel based on the anticipated land use and the size of the parcel. This analysis resulted in a buildout average day potable water demand of 7.44 mgd and a buildout maximum day potable water demand of 16.16 mgd. Detailed information regarding these buildout projections is given in the report entitled Buildout Water Demand Projections, December 2020. Table 4-3 gives the projected breakdown of future water demand by category in 5-year increments. Table 4-3. Demands for Potable Water and Raw Water - Proiected Volume (million gals) Use Type Additional 2025 2030 2035 2040 Description Single -Family Drinking Water 869 976 1,082 1,191 Multi -Family Drinking Water 87 98 109 120 Commercial Drinking Water 115 129 143 158 Industrial Drinking Water 1 1 1 1 InstitutionaUGovernmental Drinking Water 67 75 84 92 Landscape Drinking Water 81 88 94 101 Saline Water Intrusion Barrier Drinking Water 0 0 0 0 Agricultural Irrigation Drinking Water 0 0 0 0 Wetlands or Wildlife Habitat Drinking Water 0 0 0 0 Sales/Transfers Drinking Water 0 0 0 0 Losses Drinking Water 407 407 407 407 Other Raw Water 240 240 240 240 Total 1,867 2,014 2,160 2,310 Page 4-4 Section 4 — System Water Use The State of California is in the process of developing performance standards for non -revenue water (NRW), also known as water losses. The District recognizes the need to reduce its NRW and intends to continue its efforts in the areas of water main replacement, leak detection surveys and leak repairs. As such, it is assumed that the level of NRW (losses) will remain constant into the future even as overall water demand increases. CURRENT AND POTENTIAL USE OF RECYCLED WATER In November 1990, the Truckee -Carson -Pyramid Lake Water Rights Settlement Act, Title II of Public Law 101-618 [104 Stat. 3289, 3294] was signed into law by the US Government. Section 204.c.1.G of that Act essentially prohibits the reduction in return flow of treated wastewater to the Truckee River and thereby precludes use of recycled water in the Truckee area. The text of the Section is given below: G) if the Tahoe -Truckee Sanitation Agency or its successor (hereafter 'TTSA') changes in whole or in part the place of disposal of its treated wastewater to a place outside the area between Martis Creek and the Truckee River below elevation 5800 NGVD Datum, or changes the existing method of disposing of its wastewater, which change in place or method of disposal reduces the amount or substantially changes the timing of return flows to the Truckee River of the treated wastewater, TTSA shall: (i) acquire or arrange for the acquisition of preexisting water rights to divert and use water of the Truckee River or its tributaries in California or Nevada and discontinue the diversion and use of water at the preexisting point of diversion and place of use under such rights in a manner legally sufficient to offset such reduction in the amount of return flow or change in timing, and California's Truckee River basin gross diversion allocation shall continue to be charged the amount of the discontinued diversion; or (ii) in compliance with California law, extract and discharge into the Truckee River or its tributaries an amount of Truckee River basin groundwater in California sufficient to offset such reduction or change in timing, subject to the following conditions: (a) extraction and discharge of Truckee River Basin groundwater for purposes of this paragraph shall comply with the terms and conditions of subparagraphs 204(c)(1) (B) and (D) and shall not be deemed use of Truckee River basin groundwater within the State of Nevada within the meaning of subparagraph 204(c)(1)(D); and (b) California's Truckee River basin gross diversion allocation shall be charged immediately with the amount of groundwater discharged and, when California's Truckee River Basin gross diversion allocation equals 22,000 acre-feet or when the total of any reductions resulting from the changes in the place or method of disposal exceed 1000 acre-feet, whichever occurs first, the California Truckee River basin gross diversion allocation shall thereafter be charged with an additional amount of water required to compensate for the return flows which would otherwise have accrued to the Truckee River basin from municipal and industrial use of the discharged groundwater. In no event shall the total of California's Truckee River gross diversions and extractions exceed 32,000 acre-feet. (iii) For purposes of this paragraph, the existing method of disposal shall include, in addition to underground leach field disposal, surface spray or sprinkler infiltration of treated wastewater on the site between Martis Creek and the Truckee River referred to in this subsection. Page 4-5 Section 4 — System Water Use (iv) The provisions of this paragraph requiring the acquisition of water rights or the extraction and discharge of groundwater to offset reductions in the amount or timing of return flow to the Truckee River shall also apply to entities other than TTSA that may treat and dispose of wastewater within the California portion of the Truckee River basin, but only if and to the extent that the treated wastewater is not returned to the Truckee River or its tributaries, as to timing and amount, substantially as if the wastewater had been treated and disposed of by TTSA in its existing place of disposal and by its existing method of disposal. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to entities treating and disposing of the wastewater from less than eight dwelling units. WATER AUDITS AND NON -REVENUE WATER In accordance with State regulations, the District is required to prepare a water audit for each calendar year. One purpose of the water audit is to identify water losses within the water distribution system. Table 4-4 gives a summary of water losses for the 2015-2019 period as determined by this water audit process. It should be noted that the audit is a separate requirement from the UWMP. The water audit submittal date is October 1 of the following calendar year and water audit for 2020 has not been completed yet. Table 4-4. Water Audit Loss ReuortinLr. 2015-2019 Year Volume of Water Loss, millions of gallons 2015 345.2 2016 325.3 2017 296.5 2018 296.6 2019 317.2 WATER DEMAND FOR LOW-INCOME HOUSING The current Town of Truckee Housing Element was adopted on August 13, 2019. According to that document, there is a need for 1,182 low-income housing units. Based upon the 270 gallons per connection per day described in the Buildout Water Demand Projections report, there is a need for about 0.32 million gallons per year to serve these housing units. This demand is included in the existing and future water demands described earlier in this section. Page 4-6 SECTION 5 SBX7-7 BASELINES AND TARGETS SECTION 5 SB X7-7 BASELINE, TARGETS AND 2020 COMPLIANCE The Water Conservation Act of 2009, also known as the SB X7-7, set a goal of reducing statewide urban water use by 20 percent by the year 2020. Each retail urban water supplier is required to determine water use during its baseline period and target water use for the years 2015 and 2020 in order to help the State achieve the 20 percent reduction. BASELINE WATER USAGE CALCULATION SB X7-7 requires calculation of per capita water usage for a continuous 10-year period ending no earlier than December 31, 2004 and no later than December 31, 2010. As discussed in Section 2, the District acquired the Donner Lake Water System in May 2001 and the Glenshire Water System in February 2002. The District does not have accurate records regarding production and water usage in the Donner Lake area for early 2001 and prior years. Additionally, the District does not have accurate historical data regarding population in different parts of Truckee for 2001. Therefore, the nine-year period of 2002 to 2010 is utilized for the baseline calculation. The District has accurate data for this time period and the water system service area during this time more closely matches the Town of Truckee limits and its corresponding population estimates. The baseline water usage is 407 gallons per capita per day (gpcd) as documented in Table 5-1. It should be noted that the baseline water usage value is significantly higher than the 243 gpcd baseline established by the Department of Water Resources for the North Lahontan region. One main reason for this difference is that the calculation methodology does not adjust for the part- time population in the Truckee area. It only considers the permanent population. As noted in Section 2, the Town of Truckee has estimated that about half of the housing stock in the Truckee area is occupied on a part time basis. This part-time population can easily lead to a doubling of the number of people served at any given time, along with a significant increase in water demand. Additionally, there are numerous part-time occupancy properties that are equipped with timer -controlled irrigation systems. These properties exert an irrigation demand even though there is no corresponding population. DEMAND REDUCTION TARGET CALCULATION SB X7-7 requires that a water supplier develop a year 2020 water use target and a year 2015 interim target using one of four methods. These targets are intended to meet the goal of reducing statewide per capita water consumption by 20 percent by the year 2020, as established by the California Legislature. As defined in SB X7-7, there are four allowable methods for determining the 2020 target. The District has selected Method 1, which is "Eighty percent of the water supplier's baseline per capita water use." Therefore, the District's water demand targets are: 2015: 407 x 90% = 367 gpcd 2020: 407 x 80% = 326 gpcd Page 5-1 Section 5 — SB X7-7 Baselines and Targets Table 5-1. Calculation of Baseline Per Capita Water Usage Baseline Year Service Area Gross Water Use Daily Per Capita Population millions ofgallons) Water Use (GPCD) 10 to 15 Year Baseline GPCD Year 1 2002 14,583 2,307 433 Year 2 2003 14,784 2,272 421 Year 3 2004 15,098 2,505 455 Year 4 2005 15,448 2,271 403 Year 5 2006 15,651 2,457 430 Year 6 2007 15,837 2,526 437 Year 7 2008 16,085 2,396 408 Year 8 2009 16,230 2,163 365 Year 9 2010 16,180 1,852 314 10-15 Year Average Baseline GPCD 407 5 Year Baseline GPCD Baseline Year Service Area Gross Water Use Daily Per Capita Population (millions of gallons) Water Use (GPCD) Year 1 2006 15,651 2,457 430 Year 2 2007 15,837 2,526 437 Year 3 2008 16,085 2,396 408 Year 4 2009 16,230 2,163 365 Year 5 2010 16,180 1,852 314 5 Year Average Baseline GPCD 391 2015 Compliance Year GPCD 2015 16,211 1,384 234 SB X7-7 also requires the determination of a minimum water use reduction. This calculation is documented in Table 5-2. Table 5-2. Confirmation of Minimum Reduction for 2020 Target 5 Year Baseline GPCD Maximum 2020 Target* Calculated 2020 Target Confirmed 2020 Target 391 371 326 326 * Maximum 2020 Target is 95% of the 5 Year Baseline GPCD With the minimum water use reduction being met, demand reduction targets are calculated for the years 2015 and 2020 as shown in Table 5-3. Page 5-2 Section 5 — SB X7-7 Baselines and Targets Table 5-3. Calculation of 2015 Interim Tareet GPCD Confirmed 2020 Target 10-15 year Baseline GPCD 2015 Interim Target GPCD 326 407 367 There have not been any significant changes to the District's service area since 2002 and the baselines and targets described above remain unchanged from the District's 2010 and 2015 UWMPs. SB X7-7 COMPLIANCE As noted in Table 4-2, total water usage during the year 2020 was 1,712 million gallons. As noted in Table 2-1, the current service area population is estimated at 16,228. Therefore: 1,712,000,000 gallons - 365 days - 16,288 = 289 gpcd The District's 2020 water usage is below the target value of 326 gpcd and the District is in compliance with SB X7-7. Page 5-3 SECTION 6 WATER SYSTEM SUPPLIES SECTION 6 WATER SYSTEM SUPPLIES This section provides a discussion of the available water supplies to meet the existing and future water demands through buildout of the District's service area. MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER BASIN The District currently obtains its all of its water supply through the pumping of groundwater from the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin (MVGB). The MVGB is a multiple aquifer system consisting of basin -fill sedimentary units and interlayered basin -fill volcanic units. Detailed information regarding geology of the MVGB can be found in a number of sources, including: • Availability of Ground Water. Prepared for the Truckee Donner Public Utility District by Hydro -Search Inc. Reno, Nevada. February 1975. • Truckee and Vicinity Ground -Water Resource Evaluation. Prepared for Dart Resorts Inc. by Hydro -Search Inc. Reno, Nevada. April 1980. • Ground -Water Management Plan, Phase 1, Martis Valley Ground -Water Basin, Basin No. 6-67, Nevada and Placer Counties. Prepared for the Truckee Donner Public Utility District by Hydro -Search Inc. Reno, Nevada. January 1995. • Ground Water Resource Evaluation. Prepared For The Truckee Donner Public Utility District by Nimbus Engineers. Reno, Nevada. November 2000. • Ground Water Availability In The Martis Valley Ground Water Basin, Nevada and Placer Counties, California. Prepared for the Truckee Donner Public Utility District, Placer County Water Agency and Northstar Community Services District by Nimbus Engineers. Reno, Nevada. March 2001. • Supplemental Report to California's Groundwater — Bulletin 118, Update 2003. Prepared by the California Department of Water Resources. Sacramento, California. October 2003. • Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan. Prepared for the Truckee Donner Public Utility District, Placer County Water Agency and Northstar Community Services District by Brown and Caldwell and Balance Hydrologics, Reno, Nevada, April 2013. • Martis Valley Groundwater Basin Sustainable Groundwater Management Act Alternative Submittal. Prepared for the Truckee Donner Public Utility District, Placer County Water Agency, Northstar Community Services District, Town of Truckee, Nevada County and Placer County by GEI Consultants, Rancho Cordova, California. December 2016. Page 6-1 Section 6 — Water System Supplies The California Department of Water Resources has not determined that the MVGB is being overdrafted and there are not any known instances of subsidence or contamination of the MVGB. In accordance with the Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan, annual reports covering water years from 2016 through 2019 have been prepared. These reports further document that that MVGB is not being overdrafted. The MVGB is currently unadjudicated and none of the groundwater users has expressed a desire to have the basin adjudicated. QUANTITY OF GROUNDWATER IN THE MARTIS VALLEY BASIN A number of studies have been conducted to investigate and quantify the amount of water available in the MVGB. As knowledge regarding the geologic characteristics of the MVGB has improved over the years, the estimates of available water have been refined and therefore, the most recent studies are considered to have the best information regarding water availability. The 1975 study by Hydro -Search estimated annual recharge to the MVGB at 18,200 acre-feet per year (AFY) with a total subsurface storage volume of 1,050,000 acre-feet. The 1975 study also concluded that 13,000 AFY was available for consumptive uses. The 1980 and 1995 studies were essentially updates of the 1975 study and provided additional information regarding the MVGB. However, a new evaluation of groundwater availability was not conducted as part of those efforts. The 2001 study represented the first reconsideration of the MVGB water availability since the 1975 study. This 2001 study concluded that total subsurface storage volume is 484,000 acre-feet, with an annual recharge of 29,165 AFY. Additional water is recharged to the upper layer of the MVGB by the Tahoe -Truckee Sanitation Agency's (TTSA's) wastewater treatment plant. This 2001 study concluded that the sustainable yield of the MVGB is 24,000 AFY. In 2002, a study entitled Independent Appraisal of Martis Valley Ground Water Availability, Nevada and Placer Counties was conducted by Kennedy/Jenks Consultants. This study agreed with the sustainable yield estimate of 24,000 AFY by Nimbus Engineers in 2001. The Kennedy/Jenks study also concluded that the 24,000 AFY likely underestimates the amount of water available on a sustainable basis since the 2001 Nimbus study underestimated both basin recharge and ground water discharge to tributary streams. In April 2003, a study conducted by InterFlow Hydrology and Cordilleran Hydrology entitled Measurement of Ground Water Discharge to Streams Tributary to the Truckee River in Martis Valley, Nevada and Placer Counties, California examined the issue of ground water discharge to tributary streams and concluded that about 34,000 AFY of water is available on a sustainable basis. In 2016, in support of the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin Sustainable Groundwater Management Act Alternative Submittal, GEI Consultants performed a water budget analysis of the MVGB. This work estimated a sustainable yield of about 22,000 AFY. As noted above, the MVGB is unadjudicated and will likely remain unadjudicated in the future. Therefore, it is reasonable to assume that, at a minimum, the 22,000 AFY (7,168 million gallons) Page 6-2 Section 6 — Water System Supplies of water cited in the GEI Consultants study is available to support development in Truckee and the surrounding areas. RELIABILITY OF THE WATER SUPPLY The great majority of groundwater basin recharge results from snowfall and snowmelt during the winter period. Summer thunderstorms can produce high intensity rainfall events of short duration. However, these storms do not make a significant contribution to basin recharge. Figure 6-1 shows historic snowfall and snowpack data at Donner Summit for the period of 1879-2019 as measured by the Central Sierra Snow Laboratory. As shown in this graph snowfall (and corresponding basin recharge) can vary significantly from year to year. The driest single year occurred in 2015 with total snowfall of about 11 feet. The 3-year period with the minimum snowfall occurred in 2013- 2015 with a total of about 45 feet. The 2016 water budget analysis determined that inflows to the MVGB average about 578,800 AFY (188,000 million gallons) and outflows average about 564,300 AFY. Considering the large amount of water in storage in relation to the projected buildout demand, one year (or even five years) of below average precipitation and basin recharge would not have a significant impact upon the water supply. Therefore, the 22,000 AFY (7,168 million gallons) noted above also considered the 5-year minimum water supply. IMPACT OF CLIMATE CHANGE ON GROUNDWATER BASIN RECHARGE In December 2015, the United States Bureau of Reclamation published a document entitled the Truckee Basin Study. This study examined the potential impact of climate change throughout the entire Truckee River basin from south of Lake Tahoe in California, through the Martis Valley, and ending in Pyramid Lake in Nevada. In regards to groundwater recharge in the Martis Valley, the climate change analysis projected about a 10% increase in groundwater recharge under the warmer -wetter scenario and about a 25% decrease in groundwater recharge in the hotter -drier scenario by the end of the century. Given the uncertainty associated with these climate change projections, and the fact that current groundwater withdrawals are still significantly below the sustainable yield, the previously identified 22,000 AFY is used with no adjustments. While a 25% decrease in basin recharge would be significant, the associated sustainable yield is still well above the projected buildout demands and it would be manageable given the long time frame. The District will continue to monitor the situation and work with other users of the basin to conduct additional studies as necessary. WATER SUPPLY QUALITY As noted in the District's 2020 Water Quality Report, all water supplied to potable water customers is in compliance with State and Federal regulations. In the past, the District operated a treatment system at the Northside well to remove excess levels of arsenic. That treatment system is currently in a stand-by mode and the District has been able to comply with the arsenic MCL through a combination of operational changes, well pump modifications and more frequent water quality testing. The quality of the existing sources has been consistent and the District does not anticipate any future changes in the quality of its existing sources. Page 6-3 25 20 G1 G1 15 10 5 0 m r1 m m rl m 1-1 m m 1l m ti m m 1l m 1-1 m m 1l m r1 m m 1l m 11 m m 1, m r1 m m 1, m r1 m m 1, m r1 m 1n 1, m r1 cn Ln n rn ti m 1n 1, m o m 1n 1, m ti m 1n 1l m 1-1 m 1n 1, m 1l 00 00 00 00 00 m m m m m O O O O O '-1 c-1 e-I e-I e-I N N N N N m m m m m V �t �t �t ZT Ln Ln Ln Ln Ln W W lD lD lD 1l n n n n 00 00 00 00 00 m m m m m O O O O O r1 c-1 c-1 e-I e-I 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m Cl) m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m O O O O O O O O O O c-I c-I a —I c-I c-I c-I c-I c-I c-I c-I a —I a —I c-I c-I c-I c-I c-I c-I a —I a —I c-I c-I c-I c-I c-I c-I c-I c-I a —I c-I c-I c-I c-I c-I -4 -1 -1 -- -4 1-1 c c -4 -1 -1 -1 1-1 1-1 c c -4 -4 -1 -1 -- 1-1 1-1 c c -4 -1 N N N N N N N N N N Winter 80 70 60 m m r+ 50 40 30 20 10 0 Section 6 — Water System Supplies GROUNDWATER WITHDRAWALS The major producers of water in the MVGB are the District, the Northstar Community Services District, five golf courses and Teichert Aggregates. There are also a number of small wells supporting individual residences along with some other uses such as the Martis Creek Campground and the TNT Materials concrete plant. For 2020, withdrawals from the MVGB by the District totaled 1,484 million gallons for potable water purposes and an additional 228 million gallons of raw water for irrigation and construction water purposes. Historic groundwater pumping by the District is summarized in Table 6-1. Total groundwater withdrawals from the MVGB for 2020 for all users are estimated at 2,704 million gallons. This data is summarized in Table 6-2. Table 6-1. Groundwater Volume Pumued by the District Groundwater Type Location or Basin 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Name Alluvial Basin Martis Valley 1,516 1,487 1,579 1,504 1,712 TOTAL (millions of gallons) 1,516 1,487 1,579 1,504 1,712 I able 6-2. volume Yumpea from the lylartis valley urounawater lSasin in Lulu Estimated Data Source/Notes Treatment Withdrawal (millions of Former PCWA Zone 4 Potable 151 Eric Martin, NCSD Northstar CSD Potable 196 Eric Martin, NCSD TDPUD Potable 1,484 TDPUD — Golf Course Irrigation Non -Potable 226 TDPUD — Construction Water Non -Potable 2 Tahoe Donner Golf Course Non -Potable 72 Estimated based on 2017-2019 TROA Annual Reports Ponderosa Golf Course Non -Potable 10 Mike Stemen, TDRPD Maintenance Martis Camp Golf Course Non -Potable 103 Estimated based on 2017-2019 TROA Annual Reports Lahontan Golf Course Non -Potable 101 Estimated based on 2017-2019 TROA Annual Reports Schaeffer's Mill Golf Course Non -Potable 80 Estimated based on 2017-2019 TROA Annual Reports Northstar Ski Area Snowmaking Non -Potable 42 Estimated based on 2017-2019 TROA Annual Reports Individual Wells 216 Estimated based on 2017-2019 TROA Annual Reports State & Federal 21 Antonucci, 2001 Total (millions of gallons) 2,704 Page 6-5 Section 6 - Water System Supplies EXISTING PRODUCTION CAPACITY IN RELATION TO PROJECTED DEMANDS The current maximum day potable water demand for the Truckee System is 7.2 mgd. It is anticipated that this maximum day potable water demand will increase to 8.3 mgd and 9.3 mgd by the years 2025 and 2030, respectively. Average day potable water demand will increase from 4.1 mgd currently to 4.5 mgd in the year 2025 and 4.9 mgd in the year 2030. The anticipated growth in maximum day potable water demand is shown graphically in Figure 6-2. The District currently operates 10 potable water wells. The total capacity of these wells is about 10,260 gpm (14.8 mgd). The overall system potable water production capacity is adequate to serve projected demands through the year 2055. However, the firm capacity of these existing facilities will be exceeded in the year 203 8, since a failure of Airport Well would leave a production capacity of only 10.9 mgd. Figure 6-2 WASTEWATER AND RECYCLED WATER The District does not provide either wastewater collection or treatment to customers within its service area. The great majority of the District's water customers are served by a centralized wastewater collection system owned by the Truckee Sanitary District (TSD). This TSD maintained system collects the wastewater and conveys it to the Tahoe -Truckee Sanitation Agency's (TTSA) regional water reclamation plant. The remainder of the District's water customers is not served by centralized wastewater collection and treatment. Water customers in the Olympic Heights, Prosser Heights, Prosser Lakeview, Ponderosa Palisades and Martiswoods areas are served by individual septic tank and leachfield systems. TSD also provides wastewater conveyance service for portions of Placer County outside of the District's service area. All wastewater collected by TSD is conveyed to the TTSA Water Reclamation Plant for treatment. The TTSA plant has a peak capacity of 9.6 mgd and treats wastewater from the entire Truckee/North Lake Tahoe area within the state of California. During 2020, TSD conveyed about 500 million gallons of wastewater to the treatment plant. About 80 percent of TSD's current total wastewater flow is generated within the District's water service territory. No data is available to quantify the amount of wastewater treated by individual septic tank and leachfield systems. The treatment process at the TTSA plant involves full tertiary treatment including phosphorus and nitrogen removal. Treated effluent is discharged into the uppermost layer of the groundwater aquifer using subsurface percolation. Sludge generated by the wastewater treatment process is conveyed to either Orient Farms in Gerlach, Nevada, or the Lockwood Regional Landfill for disposal. During 2020, the TTSA plant processed about 1,197 million gallons of wastewater. Page 6-6 Figure 6-2. Projected Potable Water Demand vs. Existing Production Capacity, 1995-2040 25.0 20.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 Me 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040 Year Section 6 — Water System Supplies FUTURE WATER SUPPLIES Currently, the District uses groundwater as its sole source of supply. In the past, a number of local springs were utilized. Their use was discontinued due to the limited capacity and need for more extensive treatment as required by the Surface Water Treatment Rule. Construction of a surface water treatment plant to utilize surface water from Donner Lake was undertaken by a developer in the early 1970s, but was halted due to political issues and questions regarding the status of water rights. The District does not currently use recycled water and does not anticipate using recycled water in the future as discussed in Section 4. The use of surface water, either through a treatment plant or wells with filtration, requires that a number of technical, legal and environmental issues be investigated and addressed. There is sufficient groundwater available to meet the District's needs at buildout conditions and the District anticipates that groundwater will remain its main supply source. Importation of water from other areas, water transfers and water exchanges have not been investigated since they are unnecessary. Similarly, the use of desalinated water has not been investigated. Considering that the Truckee area is about 200 miles from the ocean, the use of desalination is considered extremely unpractical. BUILDOUT WATER DEMANDS As discussed in Section 4, buildout potable water demand for the Truckee System is estimated to be 2,716 million gallons per year. An additional 240 million gallons per year of non -potable water demand is also expected. When other users of the MVGB are considered, total withdrawals at buildout conditions are estimated to be 4,344 million gallons as noted in Table 6-3. With a total water supply of at least 22,000 AFY (7,168 million gallons), there is adequate water supply to meet the projected buildout conditions. There are 484,000 acre-feet (157,701 million gallons) of water in storage in the MVGB. The projected total demand of 4,344 million gallons at buildout is equal to about three percent of the capacity of the MVGB and there is adequate water to provide for over 36 years worth of demand even if no recharge of the basin were to occur. ADDITIONAL POTABLE WATER PRODUCTION CAPACITY The available production capacity is sufficient to meet current demands. Based upon the projected growth, the potable water production facilities will be unable to meet projected maximum day demands in the year 2055. However, the firm capacity will be exceeded in 2037. Based on the 10.9 mgd of available firm capacity, an additional 2.3 mgd of production capacity is needed over the next 20 years to meet projected demands and to provide adequate firm capacity to the system. For the purposes of water supply planning, it is assumed that new wells will have a capacity of 850 gpm each. Therefore, it is expected that one new water supply well will be needed in the period of 2035 to 2040, with four more wells required to meet buildout conditions. These wells should be constructed as growth and increases in water demand dictate. Figure 6-3 gives the relationship of projected demand to the recommended water production improvements. If the capacity of new wells differs significantly from the assumed 850 gpm value, the recommendations given herein should be adjusted accordingly. Page 6-8 Section 6 — Water System Supplies Table 6-3. Anticipated 1yMartis valley Groundwater Basin withdrawals at Buildout Estimated Data Source/Notes Treatment Withdrawal (millions of Entity gallons) Former PCWA Zone 4 Potable 261 PCWA 2010 UWMP Northstar CSD Potable 391 Mike Staudenmayer, NCSD GM TDPUD Potable 2,716 TDPUD — Golf Course Irrigation Non -Potable 240 Tahoe Donner Golf Course Non -Potable 80 Estimated based on 2017-2019 TROA Annual Reports Ponderosa Golf Course Non -Potable 11 Estimated based on data from TDRPD Martis Camp Golf Course Non -Potable 113 Estimated based on 2017-2019 TROA Annual Reports Lahontan Golf Course Non -Potable 111 Estimated based on 2017-2019 TROA Annual Reports Schaeffer's Mill Golf Course Non -Potable 88 Estimated based on 2017-2019 TROA Annual Reports Northstar Ski Area Snowmaking Non -Potable 60 Estimated based on 2017-2019 TROA Annual Reports Individual Wells 252 Antonucci, 2001 State & Federal 21 Antonucci, 2001 Total (millions of gallons) 4,344 In 2002 and 2003, the District drilled a number of exploration wells in order to identify locations for future groundwater wells. As a result of this exploration well program, the District acquired four well sites. The Prosser Village Well was constructed in 2004 and the Old Greenwood Well was constructed in 2006 at two of these sites. The Fibreboard Well was constructed in 2009 at the third site. The water produced by this well exceeds the MCL for arsenic and is considered non -potable water. However, this water is perfectly suited for irrigation purposes and supplies water to the Gray's Crossing and Old Greenwood golf courses. This well allowed for the removal of about 1.3 mgd of maximum day demand from the potable water system. There is one remaining well site where property rights have been secured by the District. The District plans to conduct additional investigations using the finite element model developed by Brown and Caldwell to provide information regarding behavior of the groundwater basin. Once this work is completed, the District should have sufficient information to identify additional well sites and can investigate the drilling of additional test wells. Page 6-9 Figure 6-3. Projected Potable Water Demand vs. Proposed Production Capacity, 1995-2040 25.0 20.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 Me 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040 Year Section 6 — Water System Supplies It should also be noted that some of the existing wells may be reaching the end of their useful lives towards the year 2030. Production from the wells should be monitored over time and redevelopment of existing wells may be necessary to maintain an adequate water supply. Of particular concern is the long-term viability of the existing Airport Well. The existing wellhole and casing are not completely vertical and there is a significant offset in the casing. As a result of this offset, the well shaft experiences accelerated wear and requires replacement every four years. WATER SYSTEM ENERGY USAGE Water suppliers are required to report the amount of energy utilized in the production, treatment and conveyance of water to customers. If possible, energy usage should be broken down into five categories: • Extraction and diversion • Raw water storage • Raw water conveyance • Water treatment • Water distribution Considering that the District pumps water from the MVGB directly into the distribution system, the raw water storage and raw water conveyance categories are not applicable. All water treatment (which is only disinfection) occurs at the well head and the energy used for this purpose cannot be distinguished from the energy used by the wells to pump water. The energy usage for the year 2020 is summarized in Table 6-4. The District does not have any hydropower generation within its water system. Table 6-4. 2020 Energv Usage Extraction and Water Diversion Distribution Total Volume of water (mil. gallons) 1,712 1,712 5,254 Energy usage (kWh) 227,748 213,937 441,685 Energy Intensity (kWh/mil. Gallons) 133.0 125.0 258.0 Page 6-11 SECTION 7 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLANNING SECTION 7 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLANNING The effective management of water supply shortages is an important responsibility of water agencies. Shortages may be caused by drought, failures of major water supply facilities, natural disasters, or other adverse conditions. Therefore, it is necessary to have an effective management program to mitigate water supply shortages. As described in Section 6, the District uses groundwater as its sole source of supply. The Martis Valley Groundwater Basin has a storage volume of about 484,000 acre-feet (157,701 million gallons) and is able support annual withdrawals of at least 22,000 acre-feet (7,168 million gallons) per year. Based upon current withdrawals of about 8,300 acre-feet (2,704 million gallons) per year, there is over 58 years of water supply available even if there was zero recharge of the groundwater basin. A five year minimum supply of 22,000 AFY has been assumed. The most likely cause of a water supply shortage would be the failure of a major water supply facility such as a well, pump station or transmission pipeline. Such an occurrence could be caused by a number of factors including earthquake, fire or major equipment failure. As a result, water supply shortages are expected to be somewhat short in duration (days or possibly weeks), but may occur without any warning. The District's water system consists of five major components: control valve stations, groundwater wells, pipelines, pump stations and storage tanks. In May 2004, the District completed a Vulnerability Assessment that identified the number of customers that would be impacted by major failure of a given facility. In conjunction with the Vulnerability Assessment, the District periodically updates its Emergency Response Plan which identifies actions to be taken in the event of a major failure of a given facility. The District is a participant in the Nevada County Local Hazard Mitigation Plan, which was most recently updated in August 2017. Action items identified for the District involved forest fuel reductions to be undertaken by the District's Electric Department. These items are an acknowledgement of the community's vulnerability to a wildfire. Historically, the water supply system has been most impacted by power outages. In response, the District has installed external generator connections and manual transfer switches at all of its pump stations and well sites. The District currently owns two large trailer -mounted portable generators that can be mobilized to any of the District's pump facilities in the event of a power outage. In addition, the District has installed permanently -mounted diesel -powered backup generators at 18 pump station sites and two wells. The two wells have a combined capacity of about 5.0 mgd. All of the facilities with permanently -mounted generators are also equipped with automatic transfer switches and the generators will activate in the event of a power outage. CURRENT WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN On June 2, 2021, the District adopted Ordinance which describes the District's current Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP) to be implemented in the event of a water supply or drought emergency. A copy of this ordinance (which includes the WSCP) can be found in Appendix D. Page 7-1 Section 7 — Water Shortage Contingency Planning POTENTIAL FINANCIAL IMPACTS OF A WATER SHORTAGE In 2009, the District retained HDR to perform a water rate study and assist in the development of the District's new metered rate structure. This new rate structure became effective in January of 2010. One of the major objectives in developing this new rate structure was to closely match the District's variable revenue stream with its variable expenses and to match its fixed revenue stream with its fixed expenses. About 85 percent of the Water Department's expenses are fixed and do not vary with the amount of water sold to customers. The remaining 15 percent of expenses is for the costs of pumping and treatment and will vary with customer usage. HDR performed water rate study updates in 2013, 2015 and 2020. Water rates were adjusted based upon these studies but the basic concept of matching variable revenues with variable expenses and fixed revenues with fixed expenses was maintained. In October 2014, the District implemented Stage 2 of its Water Shortage Contingency Plan. This was followed by the implementation of Stage 4 in June 2015. These actions were taken in response to mandates issued by the State of California. The District had adequate water supplies and was not experiencing a water shortage during this entire period. For 2015, the financial impact of these actions was a reduction in revenue of about $172,500 for decreased water sales. This was about two percent of budgeted water sales revenue. There was corresponding reduction in operational expenses of about $197,000. This was about four percent of budgeted operational expenses. The District also incurred an additional $120,000 in expenses mainly related to increased public education efforts and increased labor for customer notification and customer service. These costs were covered by a reduction in planned capital expenditures and the use of reserves. In the event that a prolonged Stage 5 conservation requirement (50 percent reduction in water usage) was imposed for a significant length of time (a number of months), the District would expect to see a revenue reduction of about six percent. Similar to 2015, there would be additional costs associated with public education, customer notification and customer service. There would also be a corresponding reduction in operational expenses associated with less water being treated and pumped to customers. Any remaining differences between revenue and expenses would likely be covered through the use of reserves. The District would then have to evaluate its overall financial situation during the next annual budget cycle. At that time, the District would review whether rate adjustments were necessary to ensure the financial stability of the Water Department. In the event of a major water supply facility failure, unforeseen expenses can be expected. District staff and/or outside contractors may be required to work overtime and weekends to repair the damaged facility, install a temporary facility or adjust system operations in order to maintain water service to District customers. Similar to a drought -related water shortage, it is expected that the immediate cost impacts would be covered through the use of reserve funds. The District would then review its financial situation once the facility has been repaired. Page 7-2 SECTION 8 WATER DEMAND MANAGEMENT MEASURES SECTION 8 WATER DEMAND MANAGEMENT MEASURES Demand management, or water conservation, is frequently the lowest -cost resource available to a water agency. The goals of the District's water conservation program are to reduce demand for water at peak times, demonstrate continued commitment to appropriate demand management measures (DMMs), and to ensure a reliable future water supply. The California Water Code requires that an Urban Water Management Plan discuss DMMs in seven areas: • Water waste prevention ordinances • Metering • Conservation pricing • Public education and outreach • Programs to assess and manage distribution system real loss • Water conservation program coordination and staffing support • Other demand management measures that have a significant impact on water use as measured in gallons per capita per day, including innovative measures, if implemented WATER WASTE PREVENTION ORDINANCES The District's Codes and Policies contain a provision whereby the District may disconnect water service to a customer that is found to be wasting water. Chapter 5.12.040 reads as follows: 5.12.040 Discontinuance of Water Service by the District 5.12.040.1 With notice - A customer's water service may be discontinued by the District upon at least five days' prior written notice in the event of: 5.12.040.1(A) Non-payment of bills for water service at any location within 30 days of presentation; 5.12.040.1(B) Violation of these codes; 5.12.040.1(C) Negligent or wasteful use of water, as determined by the District. 5.12.040.1(D) Failure to provide documents or payment as requested by a Notice to Comply. Requested items may include, but are not limited to, service applications, lease agreements, home ownership documents, signed payment agreement and payment by cash or money order for a check returned unpaid by the bank. The District does not have any direct prohibitions on specific types of water usage and does not have an ordinance banning water softeners. Hardness and TDS levels in the District's water supply are low and the District is not aware of any water softeners installed by customers. The Town of Truckee has also adopted water efficient landscape standards as required by California AB 1881. These requirements are given in Section 18.40.060 of the Town of Truckee Development Code. METERING In 2010, the District began reading all of its existing meters as required by AB 2572. As of January 1, 2021, over 99 percent of the residential accounts and all of the commercial accounts are equipped with a meter. The District currently anticipates that all water system customers will be equipped with a meter by December 2022, ahead of the deadline established by AB 2572. Page 8-1 Section 8 — Water Demand Management Measures The District has implemented volume -based billing for those customers equipped with a meter. For residential customers, the volume -based rate has a two-tier inclining block structure. For commercial customers, the volume -based rate has a single tier. There is no usage allowance for either customer class and all water used is billed to the customer. CONSERVATION PRICING As discussed above, the District has implemented volume -based billing for those customers equipped with a meter. For residential customers, the volume -based rate has a two-tier inclining block structure consistent with the requirements of Proposition 218. For commercial customers, the volume -based rate has a single tier. There is no usage allowance for either customer class and all water used is billed to the customer. The District's water rates are based on cost of service as determined by an outside, expert consulting firm. PUBLIC EDUCATION AND OUTREACH The District conducts public education and information programs on water conservation through a number of means: • Bill Inserts: The District periodically includes water conservation reminders with monthly service bills. Bill inserts are provided in both paper format and as a link to electronic bills. • Water Conservation Education/Handouts: The District has developed water conservation information packets and brochures for community -wide distribution. Charts and handouts are also available that determine how much water is needed to water grasses Spring through Fall. • Print Advertising: The District has developed a print ad series on Water Wise Landscaping practices that is published in local newspapers (Sierra Sun, Moonshine Ink, etc). • TV Commercials: The District has in the past produced television commercials asking District customers to voluntarily use landscape water wisely. These commercials were aired on the local cable public access channel. • School Education Programs: The District funds the purchase of landscape water conservation educational materials that are distributed to local children through the Tahoe - Truckee Unified School District. In recent years, the District has partnered with the Sierra Watershed Education Partnership (SWEP) and the Truckee High School `Envirolution Club' to distribute water -saving measures and information to every elementary school and middle school child in the District's territory through an innovative, and award winning, `Trashion Show' format. The `Trashion Shows' are general assembly presentations by the Envirolution Club members who make fashion outfits out of garbage and recycled materials with each outfit delivering an interpretive message on living sustainably (including water conservation). Page 8-2 Section 8 — Water Demand Management Measures • Demonstration Gardens: The District maintains a demonstration garden at its main office complex. The garden showcases ideas for creating a water -efficient garden and landscape plan using native and drought tolerant plants, bunch grass meadow replacements for lawns, hardscaping/mulching techniques, and water efficient irrigation. The District has also posted information and links regarding efficient landscaping on its web site. The District also collaborated on the creation of a native species demonstration garden at Truckee High School. • Water -Wise Gardening Web -Based Resource: In conjunction with the demonstration gardens, a web -based resource has been developed. This resource details the garden design, plant and material lists, gardening techniques, and other information intended to assist customers in conserving water for landscaping. • Landscaping and Irrigation Seminars: In cooperation with local landscapers and nurseries, the District conducts periodic seminars on landscaping and irrigation practices appropriate for the local climate. PROGRAMS TO ASSESS AND MANAGE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM REAL LOSS The District conducts a number of programs to identify and reduce water system losses: The District has an active leak repair program. Any reported or suspected leaks are verified by testing the water for chlorine residual. The leak is then excavated and repaired. During the Summer months, the District has a crew that spends about 90 percent of its time repairing leaks. • For the past seven years, the District has retained an outside contractor to perform distribution system leak surveys. • The District has purchased a number of remote leak detection correlators. These correlators perform leak detection measurements on a daily basis and report the location of potential leaks within the deployment area. The District has implemented a program whereby these correlators are moved on a period basis to areas where leaking pipelines are suspected. • The District has an ongoing pipeline replacement program. Each Summer, the District awards one or more construction contracts for the replacement or rehabilitation of existing water pipelines that are in poor condition. In the fall of 2020, the District approved a planned series of water rate increases. It is intended that a portion of the additional revenue will be utilized for expanding the pipeline replacement program. • The District is in the process of installing water meters and pressure monitors on all of its wells, pump stations and control valve stations. Once these metering and monitor devices are installed, the District conducts area -specific mass -balances on a monthly basis to identify areas of concern. This information is used to set priorities for the field technician assigned to leak detection surveys. Page 8-3 Section 8 — Water Demand Management Measures WATER CONSERVATION PROGRAM COORDINATION AND STAFFING SUPPORT The District has a Conservation Department consisting of a Senior Conservation Analyst and a Conservation Customer Service Specialist that manage both energy and water conservation programs. The department is supported by the Customer Service Department who also educate and deliver programs. The Senior Conservation Analyst serves as the Water Conservation Coordinator. OTHER DEMAND MANAGEMENT MEASURES The District conducts a number of other water conservation programs. These include: • High -Efficiency Washing Machine Rebates: The District offers a rebate of $50 for the purchase of "energy star" and high efficiency clothes washers. The District has a simple one page form to be completed by the rate -payer, accompanied by a copy of the sales receipt. This rebate program has been advertised on inserts included with monthly bills for service. • Residential Ultra -Low -Flush Toilet Replacement Program: The District offers a $100 rebate to those customers that replace an existing older toilet with a new toilet that uses 1.28 gallons per flush (GPF). A rebate of $125 for is offered for a 1.1 GPF or dual -flush toilet. Customers are required to provide the District with evidence that the old toilet has been removed from service and disposed of. The District has also created a partnership with a local plumbing supply company (Sierra Mountain Pipe and Supply) where customers can bring their old toilet to the store and exchange it for a new water efficient replacement at no cost. There are two options available for direct exchange, or the customer may apply the $1004125 value towards the purchase of a more expensive toilet. • Water Leak Repair Rebate: With early implementation of the automated meter reading system, the District has been able to identify leaks on customer -owned piping. The District has developed procedures for notifying customers by telephone or letter depending upon the severity of the leak. The District has a Customer Leak Repair Rebate program to encourage customers to repair leaks on the customer -side of the meter. The District offers a rebate of up to $300 as an incentive towards repair of these leaks. To qualify for this rebate, customers must have received prior notification from the District regarding the leak, they must provide documentation regarding the leak itself and the cost to repair it, and the District must verify that the leak has been corrected. • Water Survey Programs for Residential Customers: The District performs water surveys upon request of the property owner as part of the District's Residential Energy Survey Program.. The survey involves an inspection of the property along with recommendations for water conservation measures. Typical recommendations involve installation of low -flow showerheads, high -efficiency clothes washers, low -flow toilets and use of native plants for landscaping. Page 8-4 Section 8 — Water Demand Management Measures Residential Plumbing Retrofit: Upon request, the District provides to its customers, at no charge, the following water conservation devices: • Low -flow showerheads • Faucet aerators • Sprinkler/rainfall measurement gauges • Low -flow outside hose nozzles The availability of these water conserving devices has been advertised on inserts included with monthly bills for service. For a number of years, the District also has sponsored a booth at the annual Truckee Home & Garden Show held on Memorial Day weekend. The District distributes water conservation literature, low -flow showerheads and sprinkler/rainfall measurement gauges at this booth along with information regarding the District's electricity conservation programs. The District has also maintained a table at `Truckee Thursdays.' This is a weekly event held in downtown Truckee during the summer to promote the local merchants and other local events. • Large Landscape Conservation Programs and Incentives: The District distributes sprinkler/rainfall measurement gauges free of charge. Upon request of the property owner, the District will also make recommendations regarding landscaping and plants that are appropriate to the local climate. The District's primary mechanism for landscape initiatives is through educations with emphasis on the Patricia S. Sutton conservation garden and on- going engagement is local landscape supply companies and customers. • Irrigation System Rain Sensors: In response to the Emergency Drought Regulations, the District launched a new program in 2015 whereby rain sensors are distributed at no charge. These sensors interact with automated sprinkler control systems to prevent irrigation during and 48 hours after measurable precipitation events. WATER CONSERVATION DMM EFFECTIVENESS As discussed in Section 4, there has been a decreasing trend in potable water production over the past decade, with the exception of 2020. As discussed in Section 5, the District has met its water demand reduction requirements under SB X7-7. The District intends to continue the DMMs and programs described above. In addition, the District will continue to identify additional water conservation programs and implement these programs when they are cost effective. Page 8-5 APPENDIX A TEXT OF THE URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLANNING ACT 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A Appendix A. California Water Code — Urban Water Management Planning This material is for informational purposes only and not to be used in place of official California Water Code (Water Code). This document presents updated sections of Water Code as of January 1, 2020, as compiled by DWR staff. The selection focuses on the portions of code directly relevant to preparation of the urban water management plan and contextually relevant to urban water suppliers and the Department of Water Resources (DWR). This includes the Urban Water Management Planning Act and the Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7), and more. Further legislative information is available on the California Legislative Information website at https://Ieginfo.legislature.ca.gov/. The following Water Code sections are included in this appendix. • Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Water Code Division 6, Part 2.55 o Chapter 1. General Declarations and Policy, Sections 10608 - 10608.8 o Chapter 2. Definitions, Section 10608.12 o Chapter 3. Urban Retail Water Suppliers, Sections 10608.16 - 10608.44 o Chapter 4. Agricultural Water Suppliers, Section 10608.48 o Chapter 5. Sustainable Water Management, Section 10608.50 o Chapter 6. Standardized Data Collection, Section 10608.52 o Chapter 7. Funding Provisions, Sections 10608.56 - 10608.60 o Chapter S. Quantifying Agricultural Water Use Efficiency, Section 10608.64 California Department of Water Resources A-1 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A • Urban Water Management Planning Act Water Code Division 6, Part 2.6 o Chapter 1. General Declaration and Policy, Sections 10610 - 10610.4 o Chapter 2. Definitions, Sections 10611 - 10618 o Chapter 3. Urban Water Management Plans Article 1. General Provisions, Sections 10620 - 10621 Article 2. Contents of Plans, Sections 10630 - 10634 Article 2.5. Water Service Reliability, Section 10635 Article 3. Adoption and Implementation of Plans, Sections 10640 - 10645 o Chapter 4. Miscellaneous Provisions, Sections 10650 - 10657 PART 2.55. SUSTAINABLE WATER USE AND DEMAND REDUCTION CHAPTER 1. General Declaration and Policy [10608 - 10608.8] 10608. The Legislature finds and declares all of the following: (a) Water is a public resource that the California Constitution protects against waste and unreasonable use. (b) Growing population, climate change, and the need to protect and grow California's economy while protecting and restoring our fish and wildlife habitats make it essential that the state manage its water resources as efficiently as possible. (c) Diverse regional water supply portfolios will increase water supply reliability and reduce dependence on the Delta. (d) Reduced water use through conservation provides significant energy and environmental benefits, and can help protect water quality, improve streamflows, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. (e) The success of state and local water conservation programs to increase efficiency of water use is best determined on the basis of measurable outcomes related to water use or efficiency. (f) Improvements in technology and management practices offer the potential for increasing water efficiency in California over time, California Department of Water Resources A-2 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A providing an essential water management tool to meet the need for water for urban, agricultural, and environmental uses. (g) The Governor has called for a 20 percent per capita reduction in urban water use statewide by 2020. (h) The factors used to formulate water use efficiency targets can vary significantly from location to location based on factors including weather, patterns of urban and suburban development, and past efforts to enhance water use efficiency. (i) Per capita water use is a valid measure of a water provider's efforts to reduce urban water use within its service area. However, per capita water use is less useful for measuring relative water use efficiency between different water providers. Differences in weather, historical patterns of urban and suburban development, and density of housing in a particular location need to be considered when assessing per capita water use as a measure of efficiency. 10608.4. It is the intent of the Legislature, by the enactment of this part, to do all of the following: (a) Require all water suppliers to increase the efficiency of use of this essential resource. (b) Establish a framework to meet the state targets for urban water conservation identified in this part and called for by the Governor. (c) Measure increased efficiency of urban water use on a per capita basis. (d) Establish a method or methods for urban retail water suppliers to determine targets for achieving increased water use efficiency by the year 2020, in accordance with the Governor's goal of a 20- percent reduction. (e) Establish consistent water use efficiency planning and implementation standards for urban water suppliers and agricultural water suppliers. (f) Promote urban water conservation standards that are consistent with the California Urban Water Conservation Council's adopted best management practices and the requirements for demand management in Section 10631. California Department of Water Resources A-3 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (g) Establish standards that recognize and provide credit to water suppliers that made substantial capital investments in urban water conservation since the drought of the early 1990s. (h) Recognize and account for the investment of urban retail water suppliers in providing recycled water for beneficial uses. (i) Require implementation of specified efficient water management practices for agricultural water suppliers. (j) Support the economic productivity of California's agricultural, commercial, and industrial sectors. (k) Advance regional water resources management. 10608.8. (a) (1) Water use efficiency measures adopted and implemented pursuant to this part or Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800) are water conservation measures subject to the protections provided under Section 1011. (2) Because an urban agency is not required to meet its urban water use target until 2020 pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 10608.24, an urban retail water supplier's failure to meet those targets shall not establish a violation of law for purposes of any state administrative or judicial proceeding prior to January 1, 2021. Nothing in this paragraph limits the use of data reported to the department or the board in litigation or an administrative proceeding. This paragraph shall become inoperative on January 1, 2021. (3) To the extent feasible, the department and the board shall provide for the use of water conservation reports required under this part to meet the requirements of Section 1011 for water conservation reporting. (b) This part does not limit or otherwise affect the application of Chapter 3.5 commencing with Section 11340), Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 11370), Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 11400), and Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 11500) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code. (c) This part does not require a reduction in the total water used in the agricultural or urban sectors, because other factors, including, but not limited to, changes in agricultural economics or population California Department of Water Resources A-4 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A growth may have greater effects on water use. This part does not limit the economic productivity of California's agricultural, commercial, or industrial sectors. (d) The requirements of this part do not apply to an agricultural water supplier that is a party to the Quantification Settlement Agreement, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 1 of Chapter 617 of the Statutes of 2002, during the period within which the Quantification Settlement Agreement remains in effect. After the expiration of the Quantification Settlement Agreement, to the extent conservation water projects implemented as part of the Quantification Settlement Agreement remain in effect, the conserved water created as part of those projects shall be credited against the obligations of the agricultural water supplier pursuant to this part. CHAPTER 2. Definitions [10608.12] 10608.12. Unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions govern the construction of this part: (a) "Agricultural water supplier" means a water supplier, either publicly or privately owned, providing water to 10,000 or more irrigated acres, excluding recycled water. "Agricultural water supplier" includes a supplier or contractor for water, regardless of the basis of right, that distributes or sells water for ultimate resale to customers. "Agricultural water supplier" does not include the department. (b) "Base daily per capita water use" means any of the following: (1) The urban retail water supplier's estimate of its average gross water use, reported in gallons per capita per day and calculated over a continuous 10-year period ending no earlier than December 31, 2004, and no later than December 31, 2010. (2) For an urban retail water supplier that meets at least 10 percent of its 2008 measured retail water demand through recycled water that is delivered within the service area of an urban retail water supplier or its urban wholesale water supplier, the urban retail water supplier may extend the California Department of Water Resources A-5 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A calculation described in paragraph (1) up to an additional five years to a maximum of a continuous 15-year period ending no earlier than December 31, 2004, and no later than December 31, 2010. (3) For the purposes of Section 10608.22, the urban retail water supplier's estimate of its average gross water use, reported in gallons per capita per day and calculated over a continuous five-year period ending no earlier than December 311 2007, and no later than December 31, 2010. (c) "Baseline commercial, industrial, and institutional water use" means an urban retail water supplier's base daily per capita water use for commercial, industrial, and institutional users. (d) "CII water use" means water used by commercial water users, industrial water users, institutional water users, and large landscape water users. (e) "Commercial water user" means a water user that provides or distributes a product or service. (f) "Compliance daily per capita water use" means the gross water use during the final year of the reporting period, reported in gallons per capita per day. (g) "Disadvantaged community" means a community with an annual median household income that is less than 80 percent of the statewide annual median household income. (h) "Gross water use" means the total volume of water, whether treated or untreated, entering the distribution system of an urban retail water supplier, excluding all of the following: (1) Recycled water that is delivered within the service area of an urban retail water supplier or its urban wholesale water supplier. (2) The net volume of water that the urban retail water supplier places into long-term storage. (3) The volume of water the urban retail water supplier conveys for use by another urban water supplier. (4) The volume of water delivered for agricultural use, except as otherwise provided in subdivision (f) of Section 10608.24. (i) "Industrial water user" means a water user that is primarily a California Department of Water Resources A-6 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A manufacturer or processor of materials as defined by the North American Industry Classification System code sectors 31 to 33, inclusive, or an entity that is a water user primarily engaged in research and development. (j) "Institutional water user" means a water user dedicated to public service. This type of user includes, among other users, higher education institutions, schools, courts, churches, hospitals, government facilities, and nonprofit research institutions. (k) "Interim urban water use target" means the midpoint between the urban retail water supplier's base daily per capita water use and the urban retail water supplier's urban water use target for 2020. (1) `Large landscape" means a nonresidential landscape as described in the performance measures for CII water use adopted pursuant to Section 10609.10. (m) "Locally cost effective" means that the present value of the local benefits of implementing an agricultural efficiency water management practice is greater than or equal to the present value of the local cost of implementing that measure. (n) `Performance measures" means actions to be taken by urban retail water suppliers that will result in increased water use efficiency by CII water users. Performance measures may include, but are not limited to, educating CII water users on best management practices, conducting water use audits, and preparing water management plans. Performance measures do not include process water. (o) "Potable reuse" means direct potable reuse, indirect potable reuse for groundwater recharge, and reservoir water augmentation as those terms are defined in Section 13561. (p) "Process water" means water used by industrial water users for producing a product or product content or water used for research and development. Process water includes, but is not limited to, continuous manufacturing processes, and water used for testing, cleaning, and maintaining equipment. Water used to cool machinery or buildings used in the manufacturing process or necessary to maintain product quality or chemical characteristics for product manufacturing or control rooms, data centers, laboratories, clean rooms, and other industrial facility units that California Department of Water Resources A-7 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A are integral to the manufacturing or research and development process is process water. Water used in the manufacturing process that is necessary for complying with local, state, and federal health and safety laws, and is not incidental water, is process water. Process water does not mean incidental water uses. (q) "Recycled water" means recycled water, as defined in subdivision (n) of Section 13050. (r) "Regional water resources management" means sources of supply resulting from watershed -based planning for sustainable local water reliability or any of the following alternative sources of water: (1) The capture and reuse of stormwater or rainwater. (2) The use of recycled water. (3) The desalination of brackish groundwater. (4) The conjunctive use of surface water and groundwater in a manner that is consistent with the safe yield of the groundwater basin. (s) "Reporting period" means the years for which an urban retail water supplier reports compliance with the urban water use targets. (t) "Urban retail water supplier" means a water supplier, either publicly or privately owned, that directly provides potable municipal water to more than 3,000 end users or that supplies more than 3,000 acre-feet of potable water annually at retail for municipal purposes. (u) "Urban water use objective" means an estimate of aggregate efficient water use for the previous year based on adopted water use efficiency standards and local service area characteristics for that year, as described in Section 10609.20. (v) "Urban water use target" means the urban retail water supplier's targeted future daily per capita water use. (w)"Urban wholesale water supplier" means a water supplier, either publicly or privately owned, that provides more than 3,000 acre- feet of water annually at wholesale for potable municipal purposes. CHAPTER 3. Urban Retail Water Suppliers [10608.16 — 10608.44] California Department of Water Resources A-8 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A 10608.16. (a) The state shall achieve a 20-percent reduction in urban per capita water use in California on or before December 31, 2020. (1) The state shall make incremental progress towards the state target specified in subdivision (a) by reducing urban per capita water use by at least 10 percent on or before December 31, 2015. 10608.20. (a) (1) Each urban retail water supplier shall develop urban water use targets and an interim urban water use target by July 1, 2011. Urban retail water suppliers may elect to determine and report progress toward achieving these targets on an individual or regional basis, as provided in subdivision (a) of Section 10608.28, and may determine the targets on a fiscal year or calendar year basis. (2) It is the intent of the Legislature that the urban water use targets described in paragraph (1) cumulatively result in a 20-percent reduction from the baseline daily per capita water use by December 31, 2020. (b) An urban retail water supplier shall adopt one of the following methods for determining its urban water use target pursuant to subdivision (a): (1) Eighty percent of the urban retail water supplier's baseline per capita daily water use. (2) The per capita daily water use that is estimated using the sum of the following performance standards: (A) For indoor residential water use, 55 gallons per capita daily water use as a provisional standard. Upon completion of the department's 2017 report to the Legislature pursuant to Section 10608.42, this standard may be adjusted by the Legislature by statute. (B) For landscape irrigated through dedicated or residential meters or connections, water efficiency equivalent to the standards of the Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance set forth in Chapter 2.7 (commencing with Section 490) of Division 2 of Title 23 of the California Code of Regulations, as in effect the later of the year of the landscape's installation or 1992. An urban retail California Department of Water Resources A-9 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A water supplier using the approach specified in this subparagraph shall use satellite imagery, site visits, or other best available technology to develop an accurate estimate of landscaped areas. (C) For commercial, industrial, and institutional uses, a 10- percent reduction in water use from the baseline commercial, industrial, and institutional water use by 2020. (3) Ninety-five percent of the applicable state hydrologic region target, as set forth in the state's draft 20x2020 Water Conservation Plan (dated April 30, 2009). If the service area of an urban water supplier includes more than one hydrologic region, the supplier shall apportion its service area to each region based on population or area. (4) A method that shall be identified and developed by the department, through a public process, and reported to the Legislature no later than December 31, 2010. The method developed by the department shall identify per capita targets that cumulatively result in a statewide 20-percent reduction in urban daily per capita water use by December 31, 2020. In developing urban daily per capita water use targets, the department shall do all of the following: (A) Consider climatic differences within the state. (B) Consider population density differences within the state. (C) Provide flexibility to communities and regions in meeting the targets. (D) Consider different levels of per capita water use according to plant water needs in different regions. (E) Consider different levels of commercial, industrial, and institutional water use in different regions of the state. (F) Avoid placing an undue hardship on communities that have implemented conservation measures or taken actions to keep per capita water use low. (c) If the department adopts a regulation pursuant to paragraph (4) of California Department of Water Resources A-10 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A subdivision (b) that results in a requirement that an urban retail water supplier achieve a reduction in daily per capita water use that is greater than 20 percent by December 31, 2020, an urban retail water supplier that adopted the method described in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) may limit its urban water use target to a reduction of not more than 20 percent by December 31, 2020, by adopting the method described in paragraph (1) of subdivision (b). (d) The department shall update the method described in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) and report to the Legislature by December 311 2014. An urban retail water supplier that adopted the method described in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) may adopt a new urban daily per capita water use target pursuant to this updated method. (e) An urban retail water supplier shall include in its urban water management plan due in 2010 pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) the baseline daily per capita water use, urban water use target, interim urban water use target, and compliance daily per capita water use, along with the bases for determining those estimates, including references to supporting data. (f) When calculating per capita values for the purposes of this chapter, an urban retail water supplier shall determine population using federal, state, and local population reports and projections. (g) An urban retail water supplier may update its 2020 urban water use target in its 2015 urban water management plan required pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610). (h) (1) The department, through a public process and in consultation with the California Urban Water Conservation Council, shall develop technical methodologies and criteria for the consistent implementation of this part, including, but not limited to, both of the following: (A) Methodologies for calculating base daily per capita water use, baseline commercial, industrial, and institutional water use, compliance daily per capita water use, gross water use, service area population, indoor residential water use, and landscaped area water use. California Department of Water Resources A-11 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (B) Criteria for adjustments pursuant to subdivisions (d) and (e) of Section 10608.24. (2) The department shall post the methodologies and criteria developed pursuant to this subdivision on its internet website, and make written copies available, by October 1, 2010. An urban retail water supplier shall use the methods developed by the department in compliance with this part. (i) (1) The department shall adopt regulations for implementation of the provisions relating to process water in accordance with Section 10608.12, subdivision (e) of Section 10608.24, and subdivision (d) of Section 10608.26. (2) The initial adoption of a regulation authorized by this subdivision is deemed to address an emergency, for purposes of Sections 11346.1 and 11349.6 of the Government Code, and the department is hereby exempted for that purpose from the requirements of subdivision (b) of Section 11346.1 of the Government Code. After the initial adoption of an emergency regulation pursuant to this subdivision, the department shall not request approval from the Office of Administrative Law to readopt the regulation as an emergency regulation pursuant to Section 11346.1 of the Government Code. (j) (1) An urban retail water supplier is granted an extension to July 1, 2011, for adoption of an urban water management plan pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) due in 2010 to allow the use of technical methodologies developed by the department pursuant to paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) and subdivision (h). An urban retail water supplier that adopts an urban water management plan due in 2010 that does not use the methodologies developed by the department pursuant to subdivision (h) shall amend the plan by July 1, 2011, to comply with this part. (2) An urban wholesale water supplier whose urban water management plan prepared pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) was due and not submitted in 2010 is granted an extension to July 1, 2011, to permit coordination between an urban wholesale water California Department of Water Resources A-12 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A supplier and urban retail water suppliers. 10608.22. Notwithstanding the method adopted by an urban retail water supplier pursuant to Section 10608.20, an urban retail water supplier's per capita daily water use reduction shall be no less than 5 percent of base daily per capita water use as defined in paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) of Section 10608.12. This section does not apply to an urban retail water supplier with a base daily per capita water use at or below 100 gallons per capita per day. 10608.24. (a) Each urban retail water supplier shall meet its interim urban water use target by December 31, 2015. (b) Each urban retail water supplier shall meet its urban water use target by December 31, 2020. (c) An urban retail water supplier's compliance daily per capita water use shall be the measure of progress toward achievement of its urban water use target. (d) (1) When determining compliance daily per capita water use, an urban retail water supplier may consider the following factors: (A) Differences in evapotranspiration and rainfall in the baseline period compared to the compliance reporting period. (B) Substantial changes to commercial or industrial water use resulting from increased business output and economic development that have occurred during the reporting period. (C) Substantial changes to institutional water use resulting from fire suppression services or other extraordinary events, or from new or expanded operations, that have occurred during the reporting period. (2) If the urban retail water supplier elects to adjust its estimate of compliance daily per capita water use due to one or more of the factors described in paragraph (1), it shall provide the basis for, and data supporting, the adjustment in the report required by Section 10608.40. (e) When developing the urban water use target pursuant to Section 10608.20, an urban retail water supplier that has a substantial California Department of Water Resources A-13 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A percentage of industrial water use in its service area may exclude process water from the calculation of gross water use to avoid a disproportionate burden on another customer sector. (f) (1) An urban retail water supplier that includes agricultural water use in an urban water management plan pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) may include the agricultural water use in determining gross water use. An urban retail water supplier that includes agricultural water use in determining gross water use and develops its urban water use target pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) of Section 10608.20 shall use a water efficient standard for agricultural irrigation of 100 percent of reference evapotranspiration multiplied by the crop coefficient for irrigated acres. (2) An urban retail water supplier, that is also an agricultural water supplier, is not subject to the requirements of Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 10608.48), if the agricultural water use is incorporated into its urban water use target pursuant to paragraph (1). 10608.26. (a) In complying with this part, an urban retail water supplier shall conduct at least one public hearing to accomplish all of the following: (1) Allow community input regarding the urban retail water supplier's implementation plan for complying with this part. (2) Consider the economic impacts of the urban retail water supplier's implementation plan for complying with this part. (3) Adopt a method, pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 10608.20, for determining its urban water use target. (b) In complying with this part, an urban retail water supplier may meet its urban water use target through efficiency improvements in any combination among its customer sectors. An urban retail water supplier shall avoid placing a disproportionate burden on any customer sector. (c) For an urban retail water supplier that supplies water to a United States Department of Defense military installation, the urban retail water supplier's implementation plan for complying with this part shall consider the conservation of that military installation under California Department of Water Resources A-14 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A federal Executive Order 13514. (d) (1) Any ordinance or resolution adopted by an urban retail water supplier after the effective date of this section shall not require existing customers as of the effective date of this section, to undertake changes in product formulation, operations, or equipment that would reduce process water use, but may provide technical assistance and financial incentives to those customers to implement efficiency measures for process water. This section shall not limit an ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to a declaration of drought emergency by an urban retail water supplier. (2) This part shall not be construed or enforced so as to interfere with the requirements of Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 113980) to Chapter 13 (commencing with Section 114380), inclusive, of Part 7 of Division 104 of the Health and Safety Code, or any requirement or standard for the protection of public health, public safety, or worker safety established by federal, state, or local government or recommended by recognized standard setting organizations or trade associations. 10608.28. (a) An urban retail water supplier may meet its urban water use target within its retail service area, or through mutual agreement, by any of the following: (1) Through an urban wholesale water supplier. (2) Through a regional agency authorized to plan and implement water conservation, including, but not limited to, an agency established under the Bay Area Water Supply and Conservation Agency Act (Division 31 (commencing with Section 81300)). (3) Through a regional water management group as defined in Section 10537. (4) By an integrated regional water management funding area. (5) By hydrologic region. (6) Through other appropriate geographic scales for which computation methods have been developed by the California Department of Water Resources A-15 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A department. (b) A regional water management group, with the written consent of its member agencies, may undertake any or all planning, reporting, and implementation functions under this chapter for the member agencies that consent to those activities. Any data or reports shall provide information both for the regional water management group and separately for each consenting urban retail water supplier and urban wholesale water supplier. 10608.32. All costs incurred pursuant to this part by a water utility regulated by the Public Utilities Commission may be recoverable in rates subject to review and approval by the Public Utilities Commission, and may be recorded in a memorandum account and reviewed for reasonableness by the Public Utilities Commission. 10608.34. (a) (1) On or before January 1, 2017, the department shall adopt rules for all of the following: (A) The conduct of standardized water loss audits by urban retail water suppliers in accordance with the method adopted by the American Water Works Association in the third edition of Water Audits and Loss Control Programs, Manual M36 and in the Free Water Audit Software, version 5.0. (B) The process for validating a water loss audit report prior to submitting the report to the department. For the purposes of this section, "validating" is a process whereby an urban retail water supplier uses a technical expert to confirm the basis of all data entries in the urban retail water supplier's water loss audit report and to appropriately characterize the quality of the reported data. The validation process shall follow the principles and terminology laid out by the American Water Works Association in the third edition of Water Audits and Loss Control Programs, Manual M36 and in the Free Water Audit Software, version 5.0. A validated water loss audit report shall include the name and technical qualifications of the person engaged for validation. (C) The technical qualifications required of a person to California Department of Water Resources A-16 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A engage in validation, as described in subparagraph (B). (D) The certification requirements for a person selected by an urban retail water supplier to provide validation of its own water loss audit report. (E) The method of submitting a water loss audit report to the department. (2) The department shall update rules adopted pursuant to paragraph (1) no later than six months after the release of subsequent editions of the American Water Works Association's Water Audits and Loss Control Programs, Manual M36. Except as provided by the department, until the department adopts updated rules pursuant to this paragraph, an urban retail water supplier may rely upon a subsequent edition of the American Water Works Association's Water Audits and Loss Control Programs, Manual M36 or the Free Water Audit Software. (b) (1) On or before October 1 of each year until October 1, 2023, each urban retail water supplier reporting on a calendar year basis shall submit a completed and validated water loss audit report for the previous calendar year or the previous fiscal year as prescribed by the department pursuant to subdivision (a). (2) On or before January 1 of each year until January 1, 2024, each urban retail water supplier reporting on a fiscal year basis shall submit a completed and validated water loss audit report for the previous fiscal year as prescribed by the department pursuant to subdivision (a). (3) On or before January 1, 2024, and on or before January 1 of each year thereafter, each urban retail water supplier shall submit a completed and validated water loss audit report for the previous calendar year or previous fiscal year as part of the report submitted to the department pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 10609.24 and as prescribed by the department pursuant to subdivision (a). (4) Water loss audit reports submitted on or before October 1, 2017, may be completed and validated with assistance as described in subdivision (c). California Department of Water Resources A-17 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (c) Using funds available for the 2016-17 fiscal year, the board shall contribute up to four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) towards procuring water loss audit report validation assistance for urban retail water suppliers. (d) Each water loss audit report submitted to the department shall be accompanied by information, in a form specified by the department, identifying steps taken in the preceding year to increase the validity of data entered into the final audit, reduce the volume of apparent losses, and reduce the volume of real losses. (e) At least one of the following employees of an urban retail water supplier shall attest to each water loss audit report submitted to the department: (1) The chief financial officer. (2) The chief engineer. (3) The general manager. (f) The department shall deem incomplete and return to the urban retail water supplier any final water loss audit report found by the department to be incomplete, not validated, unattested, or incongruent with known characteristics of water system operations. A water supplier shall resubmit a completed water loss audit report within 90 days of an audit being returned by the department. (g) The department shall post all validated water loss audit reports on its internet website in a manner that allows for comparisons across water suppliers. The department shall make the validated water loss audit reports available for public viewing in a timely manner after their receipt. (h) Using available funds, the department shall provide technical assistance to guide urban retail water suppliers' water loss detection programs, including, but not limited to, metering techniques, pressure management techniques, condition -based assessment techniques for transmission and distribution pipelines, and utilization of portable and permanent water loss detection devices. (i) No earlier than January 1, 2019, and no later than July 1, 2020, the board shall adopt rules requiring urban retail water suppliers to meet performance standards for the volume of water losses. In California Department of Water Resources A-18 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A adopting these rules, the board shall employ full life -cycle cost accounting to evaluate the costs of meeting the performance standards. The board may consider establishing a minimum allowable water loss threshold that, if reached and maintained by an urban water supplier, would exempt the urban water supplier from further water loss reduction requirements. 10608.35. (a) The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and make a recommendation to the Legislature, by January 1, 2020, on the feasibility of developing and enacting water loss reporting requirements for urban wholesale water suppliers. (b) The studies and investigations shall include an evaluation of the suitability of applying the processes and requirements of Section 10608.34 to urban wholesale water suppliers. (c) In conducting necessary studies and investigations and developing its recommendation, the department shall solicit broad public participation from stakeholders and other interested persons. 10608.36. Urban wholesale water suppliers shall include in the urban water management plans required pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) an assessment of their present and proposed future measures, programs, and policies to help achieve the water use reductions required by this part. 10608.40. Urban water retail suppliers shall report to the department on their progress in meeting their urban water use targets as part of their urban water management plans submitted pursuant to Section 10631. The data shall be reported using a standardized form developed pursuant to Section 10608.52. 10608.42. (a) The department shall review the 2015 urban water management plans and report to the Legislature by July 1, 2017, on progress towards achieving a 20-percent reduction in urban water use by December 31, 2020. The report shall include recommendations on changes to water efficiency standards or urban water use targets to achieve the 20- percent reduction and to reflect updated efficiency information and technology changes. California Department of Water Resources A-19 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (b) A report to be submitted pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code. 10608.43. The department, in conjunction with the California Urban Water Conservation Council, by April 1, 2010, shall convene a representative task force consisting of academic experts, urban retail water suppliers, environmental organizations, commercial water users, industrial water users, and institutional water users to develop alternative best management practices for commercial, industrial, and institutional users and an assessment of the potential statewide water use efficiency improvement in the commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors that would result from implementation of these best management practices. The taskforce, in conjunction with the department, shall submit a report to the Legislature by April 1, 2012, that shall include a review of multiple sectors within commercial, industrial, and institutional users and that shall recommend water use efficiency standards for commercial, industrial, and institutional users among various sectors of water use. The report shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (a) Appropriate metrics for evaluating commercial, industrial, and institutional water use. (b) Evaluation of water demands for manufacturing processes, goods, and cooling. (c) Evaluation of public infrastructure necessary for delivery of recycled water to the commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors. (d) Evaluation of institutional and economic barriers to increased recycled water use within the commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors. (e) Identification of technical feasibility and cost of the best management practices to achieve more efficient water use statewide in the commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors that is consistent with the public interest and reflects past investments in water use efficiency. 10608.44. Each state agency shall reduce water use at facilities it operates to support urban retail water suppliers in meeting the target identified in California Department of Water Resources A-20 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A Section 10608.16. CHAPTER 4. Agricultural Water Suppliers [10608.48] 10608.48. (a) On or before July 31, 2012, an agricultural water supplier shall implement efficient water management practices pursuant to subdivisions (b) and (c). (b) Agricultural water suppliers shall implement both of the following critical efficient management practices: (1) Measure the volume of water delivered to customers with sufficient accuracy to comply with subdivision (a) of Section 531.10 and to implement paragraph (2). (2) Adopt a pricing structure for water customers based at least in part on quantity delivered. (c) Agricultural water suppliers shall implement additional efficient management practices, including, but not limited to, practices to accomplish all of the following, if the measures are locally cost effective and technically feasible: (1) Facilitate alternative land use for lands with exceptionally high water duties or whose irrigation contributes to significant problems, including drainage. (2) Facilitate use of available recycled water that otherwise would not be used beneficially, meets all health and safety criteria, and does not harm crops or soils. (3) Facilitate the financing of capital improvements for on -farm irrigation systems. (4) Implement an incentive pricing structure that promotes one or more of the following goals: (A) More efficient water use at the farm level. (B) Conjunctive use of groundwater. (C) Appropriate increase of groundwater recharge. (D) Reduction in problem drainage. California Department of Water Resources A-21 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (E) Improved management of environmental resources. (F) Effective management of all water sources throughout the year by adjusting seasonal pricing structures based on current conditions. (5) Expand line or pipe distribution systems, and construct regulatory reservoirs to increase distribution system flexibility and capacity, decrease maintenance, and reduce seepage. (6) Increase flexibility in water ordering by, and delivery to, water customers within operational limits. (7) Construct and operate supplier spill and tailwater recovery systems. (8) Increase planned conjunctive use of surface water and groundwater within the supplier service area. (9) Automate canal control structures. (10) Facilitate or promote customer pump testing and evaluation. (11) Designate a water conservation coordinator who will develop and implement the water management plan and prepare progress reports. (12) Provide for the availability of water management services to water users. These services may include, but are not limited to, all of the following: (A) On -farm irrigation and drainage system evaluations. (B) Normal year and real-time irrigation scheduling and crop evapotranspiration information. (C) Surface water, groundwater, and drainage water quantity and quality data. (D) Agricultural water management educational programs and materials for farmers, staff, and the public. (13) Evaluate the policies of agencies that provide the supplier with water to identify the potential for institutional changes to allow more flexible water deliveries and storage. (14) Evaluate and improve the efficiencies of the supplier's California Department of Water Resources A-22 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A pumps. (d) Agricultural water suppliers shall include in the agricultural water management plans required pursuant to Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800) a report on which efficient water management practices have been implemented and are planned to be implemented, an estimate of the water use efficiency improvements that have occurred since the last report, and an estimate of the water use efficiency improvements estimated to occur five and 10 years in the future. If an agricultural water supplier determines that an efficient water management practice is not locally cost effective or technically feasible, the supplier shall submit information documenting that determination. (e) The department shall require information about the implementation of efficient water management practices to be reported using a standardized form developed pursuant to Section 10608.52. (f) An agricultural water supplier may meet the requirements of subdivisions (d) and (e) by submitting to the department a water conservation plan submitted to the United States Bureau of Reclamation that meets the requirements described in Section 10828. (f) On or before December 31, 2013, December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2021, the department, in consultation with the board, shall submit to the Legislature a report on the agricultural efficient water management practices that have been implemented and are planned to be implemented and an assessment of the manner in which the implementation of those efficient water management practices has affected and will affect agricultural operations, including estimated water use efficiency improvements, if any. (g) The department may update the efficient water management practices required pursuant to subdivision (c), in consultation with the Agricultural Water Management Council, the United States Bureau of Reclamation, and the board. All efficient water management practices for agricultural water use pursuant to this chapter shall be adopted or revised by the department only after the department conducts public hearings to allow participation of the diverse geographical areas and interests of the state. California Department of Water Resources A-23 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (h) (1) The department shall adopt regulations that provide for a range of options that agricultural water suppliers may use or implement to comply with the measurement requirement in paragraph (1) of subdivision (b). (2) The initial adoption of a regulation authorized by this subdivision is deemed to address an emergency, for purposes of Sections 11346.1 and 11349.6 of the Government Code, and the department is hereby exempted for that purpose from the requirements of subdivision (b) of Section 11346.1 of the Government Code. After the initial adoption of an emergency regulation pursuant to this subdivision, the department shall not request approval from the Office of Administrative Law to readopt the regulation as an emergency regulation pursuant to Section 11346.1 of the Government Code. CHAPTER S. Sustainable Water Management [10608.50] 10608.50. (a) The department, in consultation with the board, shall promote implementation of regional water resources management practices through increased incentives and removal of barriers consistent with state and federal law. Potential changes may include, but are not limited to, all of the following: (1) Revisions to the requirements for urban and agricultural water management plans. (2) Revisions to the requirements for integrated regional water management plans. (3) Revisions to the eligibility for state water management grants and loans. (4) Revisions to state or local permitting requirements that increase water supply opportunities, but do not weaken water quality protection under state and federal law. (5) Increased funding for research, feasibility studies, and project construction. (6) Expanding technical and educational support for local land use and water management agencies. California Department of Water Resources A-24 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (b) No later than January 1, 2011, and updated as part of the California Water Plan, the department, in consultation with the board, and with public input, shall propose new statewide targets, or review and update existing statewide targets, for regional water resources management practices, including, but not limited to, recycled water, brackish groundwater desalination, and infiltration and direct use of urban stormwater runoff. CHAPTER 6. Standardized Data Collection [10608.52] 10608.52. (a) The department, in consultation with the board, the California Bay -Delta Authority or its successor agency, the State Department of Public Health, and the Public Utilities Commission, shall develop a single standardized water use reporting form to meet the water use information needs of each agency, including the needs of urban water suppliers that elect to determine and report progress toward achieving targets on a regional basis as provided in subdivision (a) of Section 10608.28. (b) At a minimum, the form shall be developed to accommodate information sufficient to assess an urban water supplier's compliance with conservation targets pursuant to Section 10608.24 and an agricultural water supplier's compliance with implementation of efficient water management practices pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 10608.48. The form shall accommodate reporting by urban water suppliers on an individual or regional basis as provided in subdivision (a) of Section 10608.28. CHAPTER 7. Funding Provisions [10608.56 — 10608.60] 10608.56. (a) On and after July 1, 2016, an urban retail water supplier is not eligible for a water grant or loan awarded or administered by the state unless the supplier complies with this part. (b) On and after July 1, 2013, an agricultural water supplier is not eligible for a water grant or loan awarded or administered by the state unless the supplier complies with this part. (c) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), the department shall determine that an urban retail water supplier is eligible for a water grant or loan even though the supplier has not met the per capita California Department of Water Resources A-25 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A reductions required pursuant to Section 10608.24, if the urban retail water supplier has submitted to the department for approval a schedule, financing plan, and budget, to be included in the grant or loan agreement, for achieving the per capita reductions. The supplier may request grant or loan funds to achieve the per capita reductions to the extent the request is consistent with the eligibility requirements applicable to the water funds. (d) Notwithstanding subdivision (b), the department shall determine that an agricultural water supplier is eligible for a water grant or loan even though the supplier is not implementing all of the efficient water management practices described in Section 10608.48, if the agricultural water supplier has submitted to the department for approval a schedule, financing plan, and budget, to be included in the grant or loan agreement, for implementation of the efficient water management practices. The supplier may request grant or loan funds to implement the efficient water management practices to the extent the request is consistent with the eligibility requirements applicable to the water funds. (e) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), the department shall determine that an urban retail water supplier is eligible for a water grant or loan even though the supplier has not met the per capita reductions required pursuant to Section 10608.24, if the urban retail water supplier has submitted to the department for approval documentation demonstrating that its entire service area qualifies as a disadvantaged community. (f) The department shall not deny eligibility to an urban retail water supplier or agricultural water supplier in compliance with the requirements of this part and Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800), that is participating in a multiagency water project, or an integrated regional water management plan, developed pursuant to Section 75026 of the Public Resources Code, solely on the basis that one or more of the agencies participating in the project or plan is not implementing all of the requirements of this part or Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800). 10608.60. (a) It is the intent of the Legislature that funds made available by Section 75026 of the Public Resources Code should be expended, consistent with Division 43 (commencing with Section 75001) of the Public California Department of Water Resources A-26 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A Resources Code and upon appropriation by the Legislature, for grants to implement this part. In the allocation of funding, it is the intent of the Legislature that the department give consideration to disadvantaged communities to assist in implementing the requirements of this part. (b) It is the intent of the Legislature that funds made available by Section 75041 of the Public Resources Code, should be expended, consistent with Division 43 (commencing with Section 75001) of the Public Resources Code and upon appropriation by the Legislature, for direct expenditures to implement this part. CHAPTER 8. Quantifying Agricultural Water Use Efficiency [10608.64] 10608.64. The department, in consultation with the Agricultural Water Management Council, academic experts, and other stakeholders, shall develop a methodology for quantifying the efficiency of agricultural water use. Alternatives to be assessed shall include, but not be limited to, determination of efficiency levels based on crop type or irrigation system distribution uniformity. On or before December 31, 2011, the department shall report to the Legislature on a proposed methodology and a plan for implementation. The plan shall include the estimated implementation costs and the types of data needed to support the methodology. Nothing in this section authorizes the department to implement a methodology established pursuant to this section. PART 2.55. SUSTAINABLE WATER USE AND DEMAND REDUCTION [10608 — 10609.42] CHAPTER 9. Urban Water Use Objectives and Water Use Reporting [10609 — 10609.38] 10609. (a) The Legislature finds and declares that this chapter establishes a method to estimate the aggregate amount of water that would have been delivered the previous year by an urban retail water supplier if all that water had been used efficiently. This estimated aggregate water use is the urban retail water supplier's urban water use objective. The method is based on water use efficiency standards and local service area characteristics for that year. By comparing the amount of water actually used in the previous year with the urban water use objective, local urban water suppliers will be in a better position to help eliminate unnecessary use of water; that is, water used in excess of that needed to accomplish the intended beneficial use. California Department of Water Resources A-27 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (b) The Legislature further finds and declares all of the following: (1) This chapter establishes standards and practices for the following water uses: (A) Indoor residential use. (B) Outdoor residential use. (C) CII water use. (D) Water losses. (E) Other unique local uses and situations that can have a material effect on an urban water supplier's total water use. (2) This chapter further does all of the following: (A) Establishes a method to calculate each urban water use objective. (B) Considers recycled water quality in establishing efficient irrigation standards. (C) Requires the department to provide or otherwise identify data regarding the unique local conditions to support the calculation of an urban water use objective. (D) Provides for the use of alternative sources of data if alternative sources are shown to be as accurate as, or more accurate than, the data provided by the department. (E) Requires annual reporting of the previous year's water use with the urban water use objective. (F) Provides a bonus incentive for the amount of potable recycled water used the previous year when comparing the previous year's water use with the urban water use objective, of up to 10 percent of the urban water use objective. (3) This chapter requires the department and the board to solicit broad public participation from stakeholders and other interested persons in the development of the standards and the adoption of regulations pursuant to this chapter. California Department of Water Resources A-28 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (4) This chapter preserves the Legislature's authority over long- term water use efficiency target setting and ensures appropriate legislative oversight of the implementation of this chapter by doing all of the following: (A) Requiring the Legislative Analyst to conduct a review of the implementation of this chapter, including compliance with the adopted standards and regulations, accuracy of the data, use of alternate data, and other issues the Legislative Analyst deems appropriate. (B) Stating legislative intent that the director of the department and the chairperson of the board appear before the appropriate Senate and Assembly policy committees to report on progress in implementing this chapter. (C) Providing one -time -only authority to the department and board to adopt water use efficiency standards, except as explicitly provided in this chapter. Authorization to update the standards shall require separate legislation. (c) It is the intent of the Legislature that the following principles apply to the development and implementation of long-term standards and urban water use objectives: (1) Local urban retail water suppliers should have primary responsibility for meeting standards -based water use targets, and they shall retain the flexibility to develop their water supply portfolios, design and implement water conservation strategies, educate their customers, and enforce their rules. (2) Long-term standards and urban water use objectives should advance the state's goals to mitigate and adapt to climate change. (3) Long-term standards and urban water use objectives should acknowledge the shade, air quality, and heat-island reduction benefits provided to communities by trees through the support of water -efficient irrigation practices that keep trees healthy. California Department of Water Resources A-29 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (4) The state should identify opportunities for streamlined reporting, eliminate redundant data submissions, and incentivize open access to data collected by urban and agricultural water suppliers. 10609.2. (a) The board, in coordination with the department, shall adopt long-term standards for the efficient use of water pursuant to this chapter on or before June 30, 2022. (b) Standards shall be adopted for all of the following: (1) Outdoor residential water use. (2) Outdoor irrigation of landscape areas with dedicated irrigation meters in connection with CII water use. (3) A volume for water loss. (c) When adopting the standards under this section, the board shall consider the policies of this chapter and the proposed efficiency standards' effects on local wastewater management, developed and natural parklands, and urban tree health. The standards and potential effects shall be identified by May 30, 2022. The board shall allow for public comment on potential effects identified by the board under this subdivision. (d) The long-term standards shall be set at a level designed so that the water use objectives, together with other demands excluded from the long-term standards such as CII indoor water use and CII outdoor water use not connected to a dedicated landscape meter, would exceed the statewide conservation targets required pursuant to Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 10608.16). (e) The board, in coordination with the department, shall adopt by regulation variances recommended by the department pursuant to Section 10609.14 and guidelines and methodologies pertaining to the calculation of an urban retail water supplier's urban water use objective recommended by the department pursuant to Section 10609.16. 10609.4. (a) (1) Until January 1, 2025, the standard for indoor residential water use shall be 55 gallons per capita daily. (2) Beginning January 1, 2025, and until January 1, 2030, the California Department of Water Resources A-30 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A standard for indoor residential water use shall be the greater of 52.5 gallons per capita daily or a standard recommended pursuant to subdivision (b). (3) Beginning January 1, 2030, the standard for indoor residential water use shall be the greater of 50 gallons per capita daily or a standard recommended pursuant to subdivision (b). (b) (1) The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and may jointly recommend to the Legislature a standard for indoor residential water use that more appropriately reflects best practices for indoor residential water use than the standard described in subdivision (a). A report on the results of the studies and investigations shall be made to the chairpersons of the relevant policy committees of each house of the Legislature by January 1, 2021, and shall include information necessary to support the recommended standard, if there is one. The studies and investigations shall also include an analysis of the benefits and impacts of how the changing standard for indoor residential water use will impact water and wastewater management, including potable water usage, wastewater, recycling and reuse systems, infrastructure, operations, and supplies. (2) The studies, investigations, and report described in paragraph (1) shall include collaboration with, and input from, a broad group of stakeholders, including, but not limited to, environmental groups, experts in indoor plumbing, and water, wastewater, and recycled water agencies. 10609.6. (a) (1) The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and recommend, no later than October 1, 2021, standards for outdoor residential use for adoption by the board in accordance with this chapter. (2) (A) The standards shall incorporate the principles of the model water efficient landscape ordinance adopted by the department pursuant to the Water Conservation in Landscaping Act (Article 10.8 (commencing with Section 65591) of Chapter 3 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the Government Code). (B) The standards shall apply to irrigable lands. California Department of Water Resources A-31 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (C) The standards shall include provisions for swimming pools, spas, and other water features. Ornamental water features that are artificially supplied with water, including ponds, lakes, waterfalls, and fountains, shall be analyzed separately from swimming pools and spas. (b) The department shall, by January 1, 2021, provide each urban retail water supplier with data regarding the area of residential irrigable lands in a manner that can reasonably be applied to the standards adopted pursuant to this section. (c) The department shall not recommend standards pursuant to this section until it has conducted pilot projects or studies, or some combination of the two, to ensure that the data provided to local agencies are reasonably accurate for the data's intended uses, taking into consideration California's diverse landscapes and community characteristics. 10609.8. (a) The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and recommend, no later than October 1, 2021, standards for outdoor irrigation of landscape areas with dedicated irrigation meters or other means of calculating outdoor irrigation use in connection with CII water use for adoption by the board in accordance with this chapter. (b) The standards shall incorporate the principles of the model water efficient landscape ordinance adopted by the department pursuant to the Water Conservation in Landscaping Act (Article 10.8 (commencing with Section 65591) of Chapter 3 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the Government Code). (c) The standards shall include an exclusion for water for commercial agricultural use meeting the definition of subdivision (b) of Section 51201 of the Government Code. 10609.9. For purposes of Sections 10609.6 and 10609.8, "principles of the model water efficient landscape ordinance" means those provisions of the model water efficient landscape ordinance applicable to the establishment or determination of the amount of water necessary to efficiently irrigate both new and existing landscapes. These provisions include, but are not limited to, all of the following: California Department of Water Resources A-32 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (a) Evapotranspiration adjustment factors, as applicable. (b) Landscape area. (c) Maximum applied water allowance. (d) Reference evapotranspiration. (e) Special landscape areas, including provisions governing evapotranspiration adjustment factors for different types of water used for irrigating the landscape. 10609.10. (a) The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and recommend, no later than October 1, 2021, performance measures for CII water use for adoption by the board in accordance with this chapter. (b) Prior to recommending performance measures for CII water use, the department shall solicit broad public participation from stakeholders and other interested persons relating to all of the following: (1) Recommendations for a CII water use classification system for California that address significant uses of water. (2) Recommendations for setting minimum size thresholds for converting mixed CII meters to dedicated irrigation meters, and evaluation of, and recommendations for, technologies that could be used in lieu of requiring dedicated irrigation meters. (3) Recommendations for CII water use best management practices, which may include, but are not limited to, water audits and water management plans for those CII customers that exceed a recommended size, volume of water use, or other threshold. (c) Recommendations of appropriate performance measures for CII water use shall be consistent with the October 21, 2013, report to the Legislature by the Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional Task Force entitled "Water Use Best Management Practices," including the technical and financial feasibility recommendations provided in that report, and shall support the economic productivity of California's commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors. California Department of Water Resources A-33 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (d) (1) The board, in coordination with the department, shall adopt performance measures for CII water use on or before June 30, 2022. California Department of Water Resources A-34 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (a) Each urban retail water supplier shall implement the performance measures adopted by the board pursuant to paragraph (1). 10609.12. The standards for water loss for urban retail water suppliers shall be the standards adopted by the board pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 10608.34. 10609.14. (a) The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and, no later than October 1, 2021, recommend for adoption by the board in accordance with this chapter appropriate variances for unique uses that can have a material effect on an urban retail water supplier's urban water use objective. (b) Appropriate variances may include, but are not limited to, allowances for the following: (1) Significant use of evaporative coolers. (2) Significant populations of horses and other livestock. (3) Significant fluctuations in seasonal populations. (4) Significant landscaped areas irrigated with recycled water having high levels of total dissolved solids. (5) Significant use of water for soil compaction and dust control. (6) Significant use of water to supplement ponds and lakes to sustain wildlife. (7) Significant use of water to irrigate vegetation for fire protection. (8) Significant use of water for commercial or noncommercial agricultural use. (c) The department, in recommending variances for adoption by the board, shall also recommend a threshold of significance for each recommended variance. (d) Before including any specific variance in calculating an urban retail water supplier's water use objective, the urban retail water supplier shall request and receive approval by the board for the inclusion of that variance. (e) The board shall post on its Internet Web site all of the following: California Department of Water Resources A-35 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (1) A list of all urban retail water suppliers with approved W-Uf:] IMI (2) The specific variance or variances approved for each urban retail water supplier. (3) The data supporting approval of each variance. 10609.15. To help streamline water data reporting, the department and the board shall do all of the following: (a) Identify urban water reporting requirements shared by both agencies, and post on each agency's Internet Web site how the data is used for planning, regulatory, or other purposes. (b) Analyze opportunities for more efficient publication of urban water reporting requirements within each agency, and analyze how each agency can integrate various data sets in a publicly accessible location, identify priority actions, and implement priority actions identified in the analysis. (c) Make appropriate data pertaining to the urban water reporting requirements that are collected by either agency available to the public according to the principles and requirements of the Open and Transparent Water Data Act (Part 4.9 (commencing with Section 12400)). 10609.16. The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and recommend, no later than October 1, 2021, guidelines and methodologies for the board to adopt that identify how an urban retail water supplier calculates its urban water use objective. The guidelines and methodologies shall address, as necessary, all of the following: (a) Determining the irrigable lands within the urban retail water supplier's service area. (b) Updating and revising methodologies described pursuant to subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (h) of Section 10608.20, as appropriate, including methodologies for calculating the population in an urban retail water supplier's service area. (c) Using landscape area data provided by the department or alternative data. California Department of Water Resources A-36 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (d) Incorporating precipitation data and climate data into estimates of a urban retail water supplier's outdoor irrigation budget for its urban water use objective. (e) Estimating changes in outdoor landscape area and population, and calculating the urban water use objective, for years when updated landscape imagery is not available from the department. (f) Determining acceptable levels of accuracy for the supporting data, the urban water use objective, and compliance with the urban water use objective. 10609.18. The department and the board shall solicit broad public participation from stakeholders and other interested persons in the development of the standards and the adoption of regulations pursuant to this chapter. The board shall hold at least one public meeting before taking any action on any standard or variance recommended by the department. 10609.20. (a) Each urban retail water supplier shall calculate its urban water use objective no later than January 1, 2024, and by January 1 every year thereafter. (b) The calculation shall be based on the urban retail water supplier's water use conditions for the previous calendar or fiscal year. (c) Each urban water supplier's urban water use objective shall be composed of the sum of the following: (1) Aggregate estimated efficient indoor residential water use. (2) Aggregate estimated efficient outdoor residential water use. (3) Aggregate estimated efficient outdoor irrigation of landscape areas with dedicated irrigation meters or equivalent technology in connection with CII water use. (4) Aggregate estimated efficient water losses. (5) Aggregate estimated water use in accordance with variances, as appropriate. (d) (1) An urban retail water supplier that delivers water from a groundwater basin, reservoir, or other source that is augmented by potable reuse water may adjust its urban water use objective by a bonus incentive calculated pursuant to this subdivision. California Department of Water Resources A-37 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (2) The water use objective bonus incentive shall be the volume of its potable reuse delivered to residential water users and to landscape areas with dedicated irrigation meters in connection with CII water use, on an acre-foot basis. (3) The bonus incentive pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be limited in accordance with one of the following: (A) The bonus incentive shall not exceed 15 percent of the urban water supplier's water use objective for any potable reuse water produced at an existing facility. (B) The bonus incentive shall not exceed 10 percent of the urban water supplier's water use objective for any potable reuse water produced at any facility that is not an existing facility. (4) For purposes of this subdivision, "existing facility" means a facility that meets all of the following: (A) The facility has a certified environmental impact report, mitigated negative declaration, or negative declaration on or before January 1, 2019. (B) The facility begins producing and delivering potable reuse water on or before January 1, 2022. (C) The facility uses microfiltration and reverse osmosis technologies to produce the potable reuse water. (e) (1) The calculation of the urban water use objective shall be made using landscape area and other data provided by the department and pursuant to the standards, guidelines, and methodologies adopted by the board. The department shall provide data to the urban water supplier at a level of detail sufficient to allow the urban water supplier to verify its accuracy at the parcel level. (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), an urban retail water supplier may use alternative data in calculating the urban water use objective if the supplier demonstrates to the department that the alternative data are equivalent, or superior, in quality and accuracy to the data provided by the department. The department may provide technical assistance to an urban retail water supplier in evaluating whether the alternative data are appropriate for use in calculating the supplier's urban water use objective. California Department of Water Resources A-38 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A 10609.21. (a) For purposes of Section 10609.20, and notwithstanding paragraph (4) of subdivision (d) of Section 10609.20, "existing facility" also includes the North City Project, phase one of the Pure Water San Diego Program, for which an environmental impact report was certified on April 10, 2018. (b) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2019. 10609.22. (a) An urban retail water supplier shall calculate its actual urban water use no later than January 1, 2024, and by January 1 every year thereafter. (b) The calculation shall be based on the urban retail water supplier's water use for the previous calendar or fiscal year. (c) Each urban water supplier's urban water use shall be composed of the sum of the following: (1) Aggregate residential water use. (2) Aggregate outdoor irrigation of landscape areas with dedicated irrigation meters in connection with CII water use. (3) Aggregate water losses. 10609.24. (a) An urban retail water supplier shall submit a report to the department no later than January 1, 2024, and by January 1 every year thereafter. The report shall include all of the following: (1) The urban water use objective calculated pursuant to Section 10609.20 along with relevant supporting data. (2) The actual urban water use calculated pursuant to Section 10609.22 along with relevant supporting data. (3) Documentation of the implementation of the performance measures for CII water use. (4) A description of the progress made towards meeting the urban water use objective. (5) The validated water loss audit report conducted pursuant to Section 10608.34. (b) The department shall post the reports and information on its internet website. California Department of Water Resources A-39 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (c) The board may issue an information order or conservation order to, or impose civil liability on, an entity or individual for failure to submit a report required by this section. 10609.25. As part of the first report submitted to the department by an urban retail water supplier no later than January 1, 2024, pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 10609.24, each urban retail water supplier shall provide a narrative that describes the water demand management measures that the supplier plans to implement to achieve its urban water use objective by January 1, 2027. 10609.26. (a) (1) On and after January 1, 2024, the board may issue informational orders pertaining to water production, water use, and water conservation to an urban retail water supplier that does not meet its urban water use objective required by this chapter. Informational orders are intended to obtain information on supplier activities, water production, and conservation efforts in order to identify technical assistance needs and assist urban water suppliers in meeting their urban water use objectives. (2) In determining whether to issue an informational order, the board shall consider the degree to which the urban retail water supplier is not meeting its urban water use objective, information provided in the report required by Section 10609.24, and actions the urban retail water supplier has implemented or will implement in order to help meet the urban water use objective. (3) The board shall share information received pursuant to this subdivision with the department. (4) An urban water supplier may request technical assistance from the department. The technical assistance may, to the extent available, include guidance documents, tools, and data. (b) On and after January 1, 2025, the board may issue a written notice to an urban retail water supplier that does not meet its urban water use objective required by this chapter. The written notice may warn the urban retail water supplier that it is not meeting its urban water use objective described in Section 10609.20 and is not making adequate progress in meeting the urban water use objective, and may request that the urban retail water supplier California Department of Water Resources A-40 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A address areas of concern in its next annual report required by Section 10609.24. In deciding whether to issue a written notice, the board may consider whether the urban retail water supplier has received an informational order, the degree to which the urban retail water supplier is not meeting its urban water use objective, information provided in the report required by Section 10609.24, and actions the urban retail water supplier has implemented or will implement in order to help meet its urban water use objective. (c) (1) On and after January 1, 2026, the board may issue a conservation order to an urban retail water supplier that does not meet its urban water use objective. A conservation order may consist of, but is not limited to, referral to the department for technical assistance, requirements for education and outreach, requirements for local enforcement, and other efforts to assist urban retail water suppliers in meeting their urban water use objective. (2) In issuing a conservation order, the board shall identify specific deficiencies in an urban retail water supplier's progress towards meeting its urban water use objective, and identify specific actions to address the deficiencies. (3) The board may request that the department provide an urban retail water supplier with technical assistance to support the urban retail water supplier's actions to remedy the deficiencies. (d) A conservation order issued in accordance with this chapter may include requiring actions intended to increase water -use efficiency, but shall not curtail or otherwise limit the exercise of a water right, nor shall it require the imposition of civil liability pursuant to Section 377. 10609.27. Notwithstanding Section 10609.26, the board shall not issue an information order, written notice, or conservation order pursuant to Section 10609.26 if both of the following conditions are met: (a) The board determines that the urban retail water supplier is not meeting its urban water use objective solely because the volume of water loss exceeds the urban retail water supplier's standard for water loss. California Department of Water Resources A-41 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (b) Pursuant to Section 10608.34, the board is taking enforcement action against the urban retail water supplier for not meeting the performance standards for the volume of water losses. 10609.28. The board may issue a regulation or informational order requiring a wholesale water supplier, an urban retail water supplier, or a distributor of a public water supply, as that term is used in Section 350, to provide a monthly report relating to water production, water use, or water conservation. 10609.30. On or before January 10, 2024, the Legislative Analyst shall provide to the appropriate policy committees of both houses of the Legislature and the public a report evaluating the implementation of the water use efficiency standards and water use reporting pursuant to this chapter. The board and the department shall provide the Legislative Analyst with the available data to complete this report. (a) The report shall describe all of the following: (1) The rate at which urban retail water users are complying with the standards, and factors that might facilitate or impede their compliance. (2) The accuracy of the data and estimates being used to calculate urban water use objectives. (3) Indications of the economic impacts, if any, of the implementation of this chapter on urban water suppliers and urban water users, including CII water users. (4) The frequency of use of the bonus incentive, the volume of water associated with the bonus incentive, value to urban water suppliers of the bonus incentive, and any implications of the use of the bonus incentive on water use efficiency. (5) The early indications of how implementing this chapter might impact the efficiency of statewide urban water use. (6) Recommendations, if any, for improving statewide urban water use efficiency and the standards and practices described in this chapter. (7) Any other issues the Legislative Analyst deems appropriate. California Department of Water Resources A-42 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A 10609.32. It is the intent of the Legislature that the chairperson of the board and the director of the department appear before the appropriate policy committees of both houses of the Legislature on or around January 1, 2026, and report on the implementation of the water use efficiency standards and water use reporting pursuant to this chapter. It is the intent of the Legislature that the topics to be covered include all of the following: (a) The rate at which urban retail water suppliers are complying with the standards, and factors that might facilitate or impede their compliance. (b) What enforcement actions have been taken, if any. (c) The accuracy of the data and estimates being used to calculate urban water use objectives. (d) Indications of the economic impacts, if any, of the implementation of this chapter on urban water suppliers and urban water users, including CII water users. (e) The frequency of use of the bonus incentive, the volume of water associated with the bonus incentive, value to urban water suppliers of the bonus incentive, and any implications of the use of the bonus incentive on water use efficiency. (f) An assessment of how implementing this chapter is affecting the efficiency of statewide urban water use. 10609.34. Notwithstanding Section 15300.2 of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations, an action of the board taken under this chapter shall be deemed to be a Class 8 action, within the meaning of Section 15308 of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations, provided that the action does not involve relaxation of existing water conservation or water use standards. 10609.36. (a) Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to determine or alter water rights. Sections 1010 and 1011 apply to water conserved through implementation of this chapter. (b) Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to authorize the board to update or revise water use efficiency standards authorized by this chapter except as explicitly provided in this chapter. Authorization to update the standards beyond that explicitly provided in this chapter shall require separate legislation. California Department of Water Resources A-43 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (c) Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect the use of recycled water as seawater barriers for groundwater salinity management. 10609.38. The board may waive the requirements of this chapter for a period of up to five years for any urban retail water supplier whose water deliveries are significantly affected by changes in water use as a result of damage from a disaster such as an earthquake or fire. In establishing the period of a waiver, the board shall take into consideration the breadth of the damage and the time necessary for the damaged areas to recover from the disaster. PART 2.6. URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLANNING CHAPTER 1. General Declaration and Policy [10610 — 10610.4] 10610. This part shall be known and may be cited as the "Urban Water Management Planning Act." 10610.2. (a) The Legislature finds and declares all of the following: (1) The waters of the state are a limited and renewable resource subject to ever-increasing demands. (2) The conservation and efficient use of urban water supplies are of statewide concern; however, the planning for that use and the implementation of those plans can best be accomplished at the local level. (3) A long-term, reliable supply of water is essential to protect the productivity of California's businesses and economic climate, and increasing long-term water conservation among Californians, improving water use efficiency within the state's communities and agricultural production, and strengthening local and regional drought planning are critical to California's resilience to drought and climate change. (4) As part of its long-range planning activities, every urban water supplier should make every effort to ensure the appropriate level of reliability in its water service sufficient to meet the needs of its various categories of customers during normal, dry, and multiple dry water years now and into the California Department of Water Resources A-44 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A foreseeable future, and every urban water supplier should collaborate closely with local land -use authorities to ensure water demand forecasts are consistent with current land -use planning. (5) Public health issues have been raised over a number of contaminants that have been identified in certain local and imported water supplies. (6) Implementing effective water management strategies, including groundwater storage projects and recycled water projects, may require specific water quality and salinity targets for meeting groundwater basins water quality objectives and promoting beneficial use of recycled water. (7) Water quality regulations are becoming an increasingly important factor in water agencies' selection of raw water sources, treatment alternatives, and modifications to existing treatment facilities. (8) Changes in drinking water quality standards may also impact the usefulness of water supplies and may ultimately impact supply reliability. (9) The quality of source supplies can have a significant impact on water management strategies and supply reliability. (b) This part is intended to provide assistance to water agencies in carrying out their long-term resource planning responsibilities to ensure adequate water supplies to meet existing and future demands for water. 10610.4. The Legislature finds and declares that it is the policy of the state as follows: (a) The management of urban water demands and efficient use of water shall be actively pursued to protect both the people of the state and their water resources. (b) The management of urban water demands and efficient use of urban water supplies shall be a guiding criterion in public decisions. (c) Urban water suppliers shall be required to develop water management plans to achieve the efficient use of available supplies and strengthen local drought planning. California Department of Water Resources A-45 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A CHAPTER 2. Definitions [10611 — 10618] 10611. Unless the context otherwise requires, the definitions of this chapter govern the construction of this part. 10611.3. "Customer" means a purchaser of water from a water supplier who uses the water for municipal purposes, including residential, commercial, governmental, and industrial uses. 10611.5. "Demand management" means those water conservation measures, programs, and incentives that prevent the waste of water and promote the reasonable and efficient use and reuse of available supplies. 10612. "Drought risk assessment" means a method that examines water shortage risks based on the driest five-year historic sequence for the agency's water supply, as described in subdivision (b) of Section 10635. 10613. "Efficient use" means those management measures that result in the most effective use of water so as to prevent its waste or unreasonable use or unreasonable method of use. 10614. "Person" means any individual, firm, association, organization, partnership, business, trust, corporation, company, public agency, or any agency of such an entity. 10615. "Plan" means an urban water management plan prepared pursuant to this part. A plan shall describe and evaluate sources of supply, reasonable and practical efficient uses, reclamation and demand management activities. The components of the plan may vary according to an individual community or area's characteristics and its capabilities to efficiently use and conserve water. The plan shall address measures for residential, commercial, governmental, and industrial water demand management as set forth in Article 2 (commencing with Section 10630) of Chapter 3. In addition, a strategy and time schedule for implementation shall be included in the plan. 10616. "Public agency" means any board, commission, county, city and county, city, regional agency, district, or other public entity. California Department of Water Resources A-46 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A 10616.5. "Recycled water" means the reclamation and reuse of wastewater for beneficial use. 10617. "Urban water supplier" means a supplier, either publicly or privately owned, providing water for municipal purposes either directly or indirectly to more than 3,000 customers or supplying more than 3,000 acre-feet of water annually. An urban water supplier includes a supplier or contractor for water, regardless of the basis of right, which distributes or sells for ultimate resale to customers. This part applies only to water supplied from public water systems subject to Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 116275) of Part 12 of Division 104 of the Health and Safety Code. 10617.5. "Water shortage contingency plan" means a document that incorporates the provisions detailed in subdivision (a) of Section 10632 and is subsequently adopted by an urban water supplier pursuant to this article. 10618. "Water supply and demand assessment" means a method that looks at current year and one or more dry year supplies and demands for determining water shortage risks, as described in Section 10632.1. CHAPTER 3. Urban Water Management Plans ARTICLE 1. General Provisions [10620 — 10621 ] 10620. (a) Every urban water supplier shall prepare and adopt an urban water management plan in the manner set forth in Article 3 (commencing with Section 10640). (b) Every person that becomes an urban water supplier shall adopt an urban water management plan within one year after it has become an urban water supplier. (c) An urban water supplier indirectly providing water shall not include planning elements in its water management plan as provided in Article 2 (commencing with Section 10630) that would be applicable to urban water suppliers or public agencies directly providing water, or to their customers, without the consent of those suppliers or public agencies. (d) (1) An urban water supplier may satisfy the requirements of this part by participation in areawide, regional, watershed, or basinwide urban water management planning where those plans will reduce California Department of Water Resources A-47 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A preparation costs and contribute to the achievement of conservation, efficient water use, and improved local drought resilience. (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), each urban water supplier shall develop its own water shortage contingency plan, but an urban water supplier may incorporate, collaborate, and otherwise share information with other urban water suppliers or other governing entities participating in an areawide, regional, watershed, or basinwide urban water management plan, an agricultural management plan, or groundwater sustainability plan development. (3) Each urban water supplier shall coordinate the preparation of its plan with other appropriate agencies in the area, including other water suppliers that share a common source, water management agencies, and relevant public agencies, to the extent practicable. (e) The urban water supplier may prepare the plan with its own staff, by contract, or in cooperation with other governmental agencies. (f) An urban water supplier shall describe in the plan water management tools and options used by that entity that will maximize resources and minimize the need to import water from other regions. 10621. (a) Each urban water supplier shall update its plan at least once every five years on or before July 1, in years ending in six and one, incorporating updated and new information from the five years preceding each update. (b) Every urban water supplier required to prepare a plan pursuant to this part shall, at least 60 days before the public hearing on the plan required by Section 10642, notify any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies that the urban water supplier will be reviewing the plan and considering amendments or changes to the plan. The urban water supplier may consult with, and obtain comments from, any city or county that receives notice pursuant to this subdivision. (c) An urban water supplier regulated by the Public Utilities Commission shall include its most recent plan and water shortage California Department of Water Resources A-48 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A contingency plan as part of the supplier's general rate case filings. (d) The amendments to, or changes in, the plan shall be adopted and filed in the manner set forth in Article 3 (commencing with Section 10640). (e) Each urban water supplier shall update and submit its 2015 plan to the department by July 1, 2016. (f) Each urban water supplier shall update and submit its 2020 plan to the department by July 1, 2021. CHAPTER 3. Urban Water Management Plans ARTICLE 2. Contents of Plans [10630 — 10634] 10630. It is the intention of the Legislature, in enacting this part, to permit levels of water management planning commensurate with the numbers of customers served and the volume of water supplied, while accounting for impacts from climate change. 10630.5. Each plan shall include a simple lay description of how much water the agency has on a reliable basis, how much it needs for the foreseeable future, what the agency's strategy is for meeting its water needs, the challenges facing the agency, and any other information necessary to provide a general understanding of the agency's plan. 10631. A plan shall be adopted in accordance with this chapter that shall do all of the following: (a) Describe the service area of the supplier, including current and projected population, climate, and other social, economic, and demographic factors affecting the supplier's water management planning. The projected population estimates shall be based upon data from the state, regional, or local service agency population projections within the service area of the urban water supplier and shall be in five-year increments to 20 years or as far as data is available. The description shall include the current and projected land uses within the existing or anticipated service area affecting the supplier's water management planning. Urban water suppliers shall coordinate with local or regional land use authorities to determine the most appropriate land use information, including, California Department of Water Resources A-49 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A where appropriate, land use information obtained from local or regional land use authorities, as developed pursuant to Article 5 (commencing with Section 65300) of Chapter 3 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the Government Code. (b) Identify and quantify, to the extent practicable, the existing and planned sources of water available to the supplier over the same five-year increments described in subdivision (a), providing supporting and related information, including all of the following: (1) A detailed discussion of anticipated supply availability under a normal water year, single dry year, and droughts lasting at least five years, as well as more frequent and severe periods of drought, as described in the drought risk assessment. For each source of water supply, consider any information pertinent to the reliability analysis conducted pursuant to Section 10635, including changes in supply due to climate change. (2) When multiple sources of water supply are identified, a description of the management of each supply in correlation with the other identified supplies. (3) For any planned sources of water supply, a description of the measures that are being undertaken to acquire and develop those water supplies. (4) If groundwater is identified as an existing or planned source of water available to the supplier, all of the following information: (A) The current version of any groundwater sustainability plan or alternative adopted pursuant to Part 2.74 (commencing with Section 10720), any groundwater management plan adopted by the urban water supplier, including plans adopted pursuant to Part 2.75 (commencing with Section 10750), or any other specific authorization for groundwater management for basins underlying the urban water supplier's service area. (B) A description of any groundwater basin or basins from which the urban water supplier pumps groundwater. California Department of Water Resources A-50 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A For basins that a court or the board has adjudicated the rights to pump groundwater, a copy of the order or decree adopted by the court or the board and a description of the amount of groundwater the urban water supplier has the legal right to pump under the order or decree. For a basin that has not been adjudicated, information as to whether the department has identified the basin as a high- or medium -priority basin in the most current official departmental bulletin that characterizes the condition of the groundwater basin, and a detailed description of the efforts being undertaken by the urban water supplier to coordinate with groundwater sustainability agencies or groundwater management agencies listed in subdivision (c) of Section 10723 to maintain or achieve sustainable groundwater conditions in accordance with a groundwater sustainability plan or alternative adopted pursuant to Part 2.74 (commencing with Section 10720). (C) A detailed description and analysis of the location, amount, and sufficiency of groundwater pumped by the urban water supplier for the past five years. The description and analysis shall be based on information that is reasonably available, including, but not limited to, historic use records. (D) A detailed description and analysis of the amount and location of groundwater that is projected to be pumped by the urban water supplier. The description and analysis shall be based on information that is reasonably available, including, but not limited to, historic use records. (c) Describe the opportunities for exchanges or transfers of water on a short-term or long-term basis. (d) (1) For an urban retail water supplier, quantify, to the extent records are available, past and current water use, over the same five-year increments described in subdivision (a), and projected water use, based upon information developed pursuant to subdivision (a), identifying the uses among water use sectors, California Department of Water Resources A-51 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A including, but not necessarily limited to, all of the following: (A) Single-family residential. (B) Multifamily. (C) Commercial. (D) Industrial. (E) Institutional and governmental. (F) Landscape. (G) Sales to other agencies. (H) Saline water intrusion barriers, groundwater recharge, or conjunctive use, or any combination thereof. (I) Agricultural. (J) Distribution system water loss. (2) The water use projections shall be in the same five-year increments described in subdivision (a). (3) (A) The distribution system water loss shall be quantified for each of the five years preceding the plan update, in accordance with rules adopted pursuant to Section 10608.34. (B) The distribution system water loss quantification shall be reported in accordance with a worksheet approved or developed by the department through a public process. The water loss quantification worksheet shall be based on the water system balance methodology developed by the American Water Works Association. (C) In the plan due July 1, 2021, and in each update thereafter, data shall be included to show whether the urban retail water supplier met the distribution loss standards enacted by the board pursuant to Section 10608.34. (4) (A) Water use projections, where available, shall display and account for the water savings estimated to result from adopted codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans identified by the urban water supplier, as applicable to the service area. California Department of Water Resources A-52 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (B) To the extent that an urban water supplier reports the information described in subparagraph (A), an urban water supplier shall do both of the following: (i) Provide citations of the various codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans utilized in making the projections. (ii) Indicate the extent that the water use projections consider savings from codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans. Water use projections that do not account for these water savings shall be noted of that fact. (e) Provide a description of the supplier's water demand management measures. This description shall include all of the following: (1) (A) For an urban retail water supplier, as defined in Section 10608.12, a narrative description that addresses the nature and extent of each water demand management measure implemented over the past five years. The narrative shall describe the water demand management measures that the supplier plans to implement to achieve its water use targets pursuant to Section 10608.20. (B) The narrative pursuant to this paragraph shall include descriptions of the following water demand management measures: (i) Water waste prevention ordinances. (ii) Metering. (iii) Conservation pricing. (iv) Public education and outreach. (v) Programs to assess and manage distribution system real loss. (vi) Water conservation program coordination and staffing support. (vii) Other demand management measures that have a significant impact on water use as measured in California Department of Water Resources A-53 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A gallons per capita per day, including innovative measures, if implemented. (2) For an urban wholesale water supplier, as defined in Section 10608.12, a narrative description of the items in clauses (ii), (iv), (vi), and (vii) of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1), and a narrative description of its distribution system asset management and wholesale supplier assistance programs. (f) Include a description of all water supply projects and water supply programs that may be undertaken by the urban water supplier to meet the total projected water use, as established pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 10635. The urban water supplier shall include a detailed description of expected future projects and programs that the urban water supplier may implement to increase the amount of the water supply available to the urban water supplier in normal and single -dry water years and for a period of drought lasting five consecutive water years. The description shall identify specific projects and include a description of the increase in water supply that is expected to be available from each project. The description shall include an estimate with regard to the implementation timeline for each project or program. (g) Describe the opportunities for development of desalinated water, including, but not limited to, ocean water, brackish water, and groundwater, as a long-term supply. (h) An urban water supplier that relies upon a wholesale agency for a source of water shall provide the wholesale agency with water use projections from that agency for that source of water in five-year increments to 20 years or as far as data is available. The wholesale agency shall provide information to the urban water supplier for inclusion in the urban water supplier's plan that identifies and quantifies, to the extent practicable, the existing and planned sources of water as required by subdivision (b), available from the wholesale agency to the urban water supplier over the same five- year increments, and during various water -year types in accordance with subdivision (f). An urban water supplier may rely upon water supply information provided by the wholesale agency in fulfilling the plan informational requirements of subdivisions (b) and (f). California Department of Water Resources A-54 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A 10631.1. (a) The water use projections required by Section 10631 shall include projected water use for single-family and multifamily residential housing needed for lower income households, as defined in Section 50079.5 of the Health and Safety Code, as identified in the housing element of any city, county, or city and county in the service area of the supplier. (b) It is the intent of the Legislature that the identification of projected water use for single-family and multifamily residential housing for lower income households will assist a supplier in complying with the requirement under Section 65589.7 of the Government Code to grant a priority for the provision of service to housing units affordable to lower income households. 10631.2. (a) In addition to the requirements of Section 10631, an urban water management plan shall include any of the following information that the urban water supplier can readily obtain: (1) An estimate of the amount of energy used to extract or divert water supplies. (2) An estimate of the amount of energy used to convey water supplies to the water treatment plants or distribution systems. (3) An estimate of the amount of energy used to treat water supplies. (4) An estimate of the amount of energy used to distribute water supplies through its distribution systems. (5) An estimate of the amount of energy used for treated water supplies in comparison to the amount used for nontreated water supplies. (6) An estimate of the amount of energy used to place water into or withdraw from storage. (7) Any other energy -related information the urban water supplier deems appropriate. (b) The department shall include in its guidance for the preparation of urban water management plans a methodology for the voluntary calculation or estimation of the energy intensity of urban water systems. The department may consider studies and calculations conducted by the Public Utilities Commission in developing the methodology. California Department of Water Resources A-55 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (c) The Legislature finds and declares that energy use is only one factor in water supply planning and shall not be considered independently of other factors. 10632. (a) Every urban water supplier shall prepare and adopt a water shortage contingency plan as part of its urban water management plan that consists of each of the following elements: (1) The analysis of water supply reliability conducted pursuant to Section 10635. (2) The procedures used in conducting an annual water supply and demand assessment that include, at a minimum, both of the following: (A) The written decision making process that an urban water supplier will use each year to determine its water supply reliability. (B) The key data inputs and assessment methodology used to evaluate the urban water supplier's water supply reliability for the current year and one dry year, including all of the following: (i) Current year unconstrained demand, considering weather, growth, and other influencing factors, such as policies to manage current supplies to meet demand objectives in future years, as applicable. (ii) Current year available supply, considering hydrological and regulatory conditions in the current year and one dry year. The annual supply and demand assessment may consider more than one dry year solely at the discretion of the urban water supplier. (iii) Existing infrastructure capabilities and plausible constraints. (iv)A defined set of locally applicable evaluation criteria that are consistently relied upon for each annual water supply and demand assessment. (v) A description and quantification of each source of water supply. California Department of Water Resources A-56 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (3) (A) Six standard water shortage levels corresponding to progressive ranges of up to 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50 percent shortages and greater than 50 percent shortage. Urban water suppliers shall define these shortage levels based on the suppliers' water supply conditions, including percentage reductions in water supply, changes in groundwater levels, changes in surface elevation or level of subsidence, or other changes in hydrological or other local conditions indicative of the water supply available for use. Shortage levels shall also apply to catastrophic interruption of water supplies, including, but not limited to, a regional power outage, an earthquake, and other potential emergency events. (B) An urban water supplier with an existing water shortage contingency plan that uses different water shortage levels may comply with the requirement in subparagraph (A) by developing and including a cross- reference relating its existing categories to the six standard water shortage levels. (4) Shortage response actions that align with the defined shortage levels and include, at a minimum, all of the following: (A) Locally appropriate supply augmentation actions. (B) Locally appropriate demand reduction actions to adequately respond to shortages. (C) Locally appropriate operational changes. (D) Additional, mandatory prohibitions against specific water use practices that are in addition to state - mandated prohibitions and appropriate to the local conditions. (E) For each action, an estimate of the extent to which the gap between supplies and demand will be reduced by implementation of the action. (5) Communication protocols and procedures to inform customers, the public, interested parties, and local, regional, and state governments, regarding, at a minimum, all of the following: California Department of Water Resources A-57 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (A) Any current or predicted shortages as determined by the annual water supply and demand assessment described pursuant to Section 10632.1. (B) Any shortage response actions triggered or anticipated to be triggered by the annual water supply and demand assessment described pursuant to Section 10632.1. (C) Any other relevant communications. (6) For an urban retail water supplier, customer compliance, enforcement, appeal, and exemption procedures for triggered shortage response actions as determined pursuant to Section 10632.2. (7) (A) A description of the legal authorities that empower the urban water supplier to implement and enforce its shortage response actions specified in paragraph (4) that may include, but are not limited to, statutory authorities, ordinances, resolutions, and contract provisions. (A) A statement that an urban water supplier shall declare a water shortage emergency in accordance with Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 350) of Division 1. (B) A statement that an urban water supplier shall coordinate with any city or county within which it provides water supply services for the possible proclamation of a local emergency, as defined in Section 8558 of the Government Code. (8) A description of the financial consequences of, and responses for, drought conditions, including, but not limited to, all of the following: (A) A description of potential revenue reductions and expense increases associated with activated shortage response actions described in paragraph (4). (B) A description of mitigation actions needed to address revenue reductions and expense increases associated with activated shortage response actions described in paragraph (4). California Department of Water Resources A-58 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (C) A description of the cost of compliance with Chapter 3.3 (commencing with Section 365) of Division 1. (9) For an urban retail water supplier, monitoring and reporting requirements and procedures that ensure appropriate data is collected, tracked, and analyzed for purposes of monitoring customer compliance and to meet state reporting requirements. (10) Reevaluation and improvement procedures for systematically monitoring and evaluating the functionality of the water shortage contingency plan in order to ensure shortage risk tolerance is adequate and appropriate water shortage mitigation strategies are implemented as needed. (b) For purposes of developing the water shortage contingency plan pursuant to subdivision (a), an urban water supplier shall analyze and define water features that are artificially supplied with water, including ponds, lakes, waterfalls, and fountains, separately from swimming pools and spas, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 115921 of the Health and Safety Code. (c) The urban water supplier shall make available the water shortage contingency plan prepared pursuant to this article to its customers and any city or county within which it provides water supplies no later than 30 days after adoption of the water shortage contingency plan. 10632.1. An urban water supplier shall conduct an annual water supply and demand assessment pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 10632 and, on or before July 1 of each year, submit an annual water shortage assessment report to the department with information for anticipated shortage, triggered shortage response actions, compliance and enforcement actions, and communication actions consistent with the supplier's water shortage contingency plan. An urban water supplier that relies on imported water from the State Water Project or the Bureau of Reclamation shall submit its annual water supply and demand assessment within 14 days of receiving its final allocations, or by July 1 of each year, whichever is later. 10632.2. An urban water supplier shall follow, where feasible and appropriate, the prescribed procedures and implement determined shortage response actions in its water shortage contingency plan, as identified in California Department of Water Resources A-59 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A subdivision (a) of Section 10632, or reasonable alternative actions, provided that descriptions of the alternative actions are submitted with the annual water shortage assessment report pursuant to Section 10632.1. Nothing in this section prohibits an urban water supplier from taking actions not specified in its water shortage contingency plan, if needed, without having to formally amend its urban water management plan or water shortage contingency plan. 10632.3. It is the intent of the Legislature that, upon proclamation by the Governor of a state of emergency under the California Emergency Services Act (Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 8550) of Division 1 of Title 2 of the Government Code) based on drought conditions, the board defer to implementation of locally adopted water shortage contingency plans to the extent practicable. 10632.5. (a) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (3) of subdivision (a) of Section 10632, beginning January 1, 2020, the plan shall include a seismic risk assessment and mitigation plan to assess the vulnerability of each of the various facilities of a water system and mitigate those vulnerabilities. (b) An urban water supplier shall update the seismic risk assessment and mitigation plan when updating its urban water management plan as required by Section 10621. (c) An urban water supplier may comply with this section by submitting, pursuant to Section 10644, a copy of the most recent adopted local hazard mitigation plan or multihazard mitigation plan under the federal Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000 (Public Law 106- 390) if the local hazard mitigation plan or multihazard mitigation plan addresses seismic risk. 10633. The plan shall provide, to the extent available, information on recycled water and its potential for use as a water source in the serv' ice area of the urban water supplier. The preparation of the plan shall be coordinated with local water, wastewater, groundwater, and planning agencies that operate within the supplier's service area, and shall include all of the following: (a) A description of the wastewater collection and treatment systems in the supplier's service area, including a quantification of the California Department of Water Resources A-60 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A amount of wastewater collected and treated and the methods of wastewater disposal. (b) A description of the quantity of treated wastewater that meets recycled water standards, is being discharged, and is otherwise available for use in a recycled water project. (c) A description of the recycled water currently being used in the supplier's service area, including, but not limited to, the type, place, and quantity of use. (d) A description and quantification of the potential uses of recycled water, including, but not limited to, agricultural irrigation, landscape irrigation, wildlife habitat enhancement, wetlands, industrial reuse, groundwater recharge, indirect potable reuse, and other appropriate uses, and a determination with regard to the technical and economic feasibility of serving those uses. (e) The projected use of recycled water within the supplier's service area at the end of 5, 10, 15, and 20 years, and a description of the actual use of recycled water in comparison to uses previously projected pursuant to this subdivision. (f) A description of actions, including financial incentives, which may be taken to encourage the use of recycled water, and the projected results of these actions in terms of acre-feet of recycled water used per year. (g) A plan for optimizing the use of recycled water in the supplier's service area, including actions to facilitate the installation of dual distribution systems, to promote recirculating uses, to facilitate the increased use of treated wastewater that meets recycled water standards, and to overcome any obstacles to achieving that increased use. 10634. The plan shall include information, to the extent practicable, relating to the quality of existing sources of water available to the supplier over the same five-year increments as described in subdivision (a) of Section 10631, and the manner in which water quality affects water management strategies and supply reliability. California Department of Water Resources A-61 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A CHAPTER 3. Urban Water Management Plans ARTICLE 2.5. Water Service Reliability [10635] 10635. (a) Every urban water supplier shall include, as part of its urban water management plan, an assessment of the reliability of its water service to its customers during normal, dry, and multiple dry water years. This water supply and demand assessment shall compare the total water supply sources available to the water supplier with the long-term total projected water use over the next 20 years, in five-year increments, for a normal water year, a single dry water year, and a drought lasting five consecutive water years. The water service reliability assessment shall be based upon the information compiled pursuant to Section 10631, including available data from state, regional, or local agency population projections within the service area of the urban water supplier. (b) Every urban water supplier shall include, as part of its urban water management plan, a drought risk assessment for its water service to its customers as part of information considered in developing the demand management measures and water supply projects and programs to be included in the urban water management plan. The urban water supplier may conduct an interim update or updates to this drought risk assessment within the five-year cycle of its urban water management plan update. The drought risk assessment shall include each of the following: (1) A description of the data, methodology, and basis for one or more supply shortage conditions that are necessary to conduct a drought risk assessment for a drought period that lasts five consecutive water years, starting from the year following when the assessment is conducted. (2) A determination of the reliability of each source of supply under a variety of water shortage conditions. This may include a determination that a particular source of water supply is fully reliable under most, if not all, conditions. (3) A comparison of the total water supply sources available to the water supplier with the total projected water use for the drought period. (4) Considerations of the historical drought hydrology, plausible changes on projected supplies and demands under climate California Department of Water Resources A-62 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A change conditions, anticipated regulatory changes, and other locally applicable criteria. (d) The urban water supplier shall provide that portion of its urban water management plan prepared pursuant to this article to any city or county within which it provides water supplies no later than 60 days after the submission of its urban water management plan. (e) Nothing in this article is intended to create a right or entitlement to water service or any specific level of water service. (f) Nothing in this article is intended to change existing law concerning an urban water supplier's obligation to provide water service to its existing customers or to any potential future customers. CHAPTER 3. Urban Water Management Plans ARTICLE 3. Adoption and Implementation of Plans [10640 — 10645] 10640. (a) Every urban water supplier required to prepare a plan pursuant to this part shall prepare its plan pursuant to Article 2 (commencing with Section 10630). The supplier shall likewise periodically review the plan as required by Section 10621, and any amendments or changes required as a result of that review shall be adopted pursuant to this article. (b) Every urban water supplier required to prepare a water shortage contingency plan shall prepare a water shortage contingency plan pursuant to Section 10632. The supplier shall likewise periodically review the water shortage contingency plan as required by paragraph (10) of subdivision (a) of Section 10632 and any amendments or changes required as a result of that review shall be adopted pursuant to this article. California Department of Water Resources A-63 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A 10641. An urban water supplier required to prepare a plan or a water shortage contingency plan may consult with, and obtain comments from, any public agency or state agency or any person who has special expertise with respect to water demand management methods and techniques. 10642. Each urban water supplier shall encourage the active involvement of diverse social, cultural, and economic elements of the population within the service area prior to and during the preparation of both the plan and the water shortage contingency plan. Prior to adopting either, the urban water supplier shall make both the plan and the water shortage contingency plan available for public inspection and shall hold a public hearing or hearings thereon. Prior to any of these hearings, notice of the time and place of the hearing shall be published within the jurisdiction of the publicly owned water supplier pursuant to Section 6066 of the Government Code. The urban water supplier shall provide notice of the time and place of a hearing to any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies. Notices by a local public agency pursuant to this section shall be provided pursuant to Chapter 17.5 (commencing with Section 7290) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code. A privately owned water supplier shall provide an equivalent notice within its service area. After the hearing or hearings, the plan or water shortage contingency plan shall be adopted as prepared or as modified after the hearing or hearings. 10643. An urban water supplier shall implement its plan adopted pursuant to this chapter in accordance with the schedule set forth in its plan. 10644. (a) (1) An urban water supplier shall submit to the department, the California State Library, and any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies a copy of its plan no later than 30 days after adoption. Copies of amendments or changes to the plans shall be submitted to the department, the California State Library, and any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies within 30 days after adoption. (2) The plan, or amendments to the plan, submitted to the department pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be submitted electronically and shall include any standardized forms, tables, or displays specified by the department. (b) If an urban water supplier revises its water shortage contingency plan, the supplier shall submit to the department a copy of its California Department of Water Resources A-64 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A water shortage contingency plan prepared pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 10632 no later than 30 days after adoption, in accordance with protocols for submission and using electronic reporting tools developed by the department. (c) (1) (A) Notwithstanding Section 10231.5 of the Government Code, the department shall prepare and submit to the Legislature, on or before July 1, in the years ending in seven and two, a report summarizing the status of the plans and water shortage contingency plans adopted pursuant to this part. The report prepared by the department shall identify the exemplary elements of the individual plans and water shortage contingency plans. The department shall provide a copy of the report to each urban water supplier that has submitted its plan and water shortage contingency plan to the department. The department shall also prepare reports and provide data for any legislative hearings designed to consider the effectiveness of plans and water shortage contingency plans submitted pursuant to this part. (B) The department shall prepare and submit to the board, on or before September 30 of each year, a report summarizing the submitted water supply and demand assessment results along with appropriate reported water shortage conditions and the regional and statewide analysis of water supply conditions developed by the department. As part of the report, the department shall provide a summary and, as appropriate, urban water supplier specific information regarding various shortage response actions implemented as a result of annual supplier -specific water supply and demand assessments performed pursuant to Section 10632.1. (C) The department shall submit the report to the Legislature for the 2015 plans by July 1, 2017, and the report to the Legislature for the 2020 plans and water shortage contingency plans by July 1, 2022. (2) A report to be submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code. California Department of Water Resources A-65 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A (d) The department shall make available to the public the standard the department will use to identify exemplary water demand management measures. 10645. (a) Not later than 30 days after filing a copy of its plan with the department, the urban water supplier and the department shall make the plan available for public review during normal business hours. (b) Not later than 30 days after filing a copy of its water shortage contingency plan with the department, the urban water supplier and the department shall make the plan available for public review during normal business hours. CHAPTER 4. Miscellaneous Provisions [10650 — 10657] 10650. Any actions or proceedings, other than actions by the board, to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul the acts or decisions of an urban water supplier on the grounds of noncompliance with this part shall be commenced as follows: (a) An action or proceeding alleging failure to adopt a plan or a water shortage contingency plan shall be commenced within 18 months after that adoption is required by this part. (b) Any action or proceeding alleging that a plan or water shortage contingency plan, or action taken pursuant to either, does not comply with this part shall be commenced within 90 days after filing of the plan or water shortage contingency plan or an amendment to either pursuant to Section 10644 or the taking of that action. 10651. In any action or proceeding to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul a plan or a water shortage contingency plan, or an action taken pursuant to either by an urban water supplier on the grounds of noncompliance with this part, the inquiry shall extend only to whether there was a prejudicial abuse of discretion. Abuse of discretion is established if the supplier has not proceeded in a manner required by law or if the action by the water supplier is not supported by substantial evidence. 10652. The California Environmental Quality Act (Division 13 (commencing with Section 21000) of the Public Resources Code) does not apply to the California Department of Water Resources A-66 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A preparation and adoption of plans pursuant to this part or to the implementation of actions taken pursuant to Section 10632. Nothing in this part shall be interpreted as exempting from the California Environmental Quality Act any project that would significantly affect water supplies for fish and wildlife, or any project for implementation of the plan, other than projects implementing Section 10632, or any project for expanded or additional water supplies. 10653. The adoption of a plan shall satisfy any requirements of state law, regulation, or order, including those of the board and the Public Utilities Commission, for the preparation of water management plans, water shortage contingency plans, or conservation plans; provided, that if the board or the Public Utilities Commission requires additional information concerning water conservation, drought response measures, or financial conditions to implement its existing authority, nothing in this part shall be deemed to limit the board or the commission in obtaining that information. The requirements of this part shall be satisfied by any urban water demand management plan that complies with analogous federal laws or regulations after the effective date of this part, and which substantially meets the requirements of this part, or by any existing urban water management plan which includes the contents of a plan required under this part. 10654. An urban water supplier may recover in its rates the costs incurred in preparing its urban water management plan, its drought risk assessment, its water supply and demand assessment, and its water shortage contingency plan and implementing the reasonable water conservation measures included in either of the plans. 10655. If any provision of this part or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, that invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this part which can be given effect without the invalid provision or application thereof, and to this end the provisions of this part are severable. 10656. An urban water supplier is not eligible for a water grant or loan awarded or administered by the state unless the urban water supplier complies with this part. California Department of Water Resources A-67 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook Appendix A 10657. The department may adopt regulations regarding the definitions of water, water use, and reporting periods, and may adopt any other regulations deemed necessary or desirable to implement this part. In developing regulations pursuant to this section, the department shall solicit broad public participation from stakeholders and other interested persons. California Department of Water Resources A-68 APPENDIX B WATER CONSERVATION ACT OF 2009 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final California Water Code Division 6, Part 2.55. Chapter 1. General Declarations and Policy §10608-10608.8 Chapter 2. Definitions §10608.12 Chapter 3. Urban Retail Water Suppliers §10608.16-10608.44 Chapter 4. Agricultural Water Suppliers §10608.48 Chapter 5. Sustainable Water Management §10608.50 Chapter 6 Standardized Data Collection §10608.52 Chapter 7 Funding Provisions §10608.56-10608.60 Chapter 8 Quantifying Agricultural Water Use Efficiency §10608.64 Chapter 1. General Declarations and Policy SECTION 10608-10608.8 10608. The Legislature finds and declares all of the following: (a) Water is a public resource that the California Constitution protects against waste and unreasonable use. (b) Growing population, climate change, and the need to protect and grow California's economy while protecting and restoring our fish and wildlife habitats make it essential that the state manage its water resources as efficiently as possible. (c) Diverse regional water supply portfolios will increase water supply reliability and reduce dependence on the Delta. (d) Reduced water use through conservation provides significant energy and environmental benefits, and can help protect water quality, improve streamflows, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. (e) The success of state and local water conservation programs to increase efficiency of water use is best determined on the basis of measurable outcomes related to water use or efficiency. (f) Improvements in technology and management practices offer the potential for increasing water efficiency in California over time, providing an essential water management tool to meet the need for water for urban, agricultural, and environmental uses. (g) The Governor has called for a 20 percent per capita reduction in urban water use statewide by 2020. (h) The factors used to formulate water use efficiency targets can vary significantly from location to location based on factors including weather, patterns of urban and suburban development, and past efforts to enhance water use efficiency. NIM Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final (i) Per capita water use is a valid measure of a water provider's efforts to reduce urban water use within its service area. However, per capita water use is less useful for measuring relative water use efficiency between different water providers. Differences in weather, historical patterns of urban and suburban development, and density of housing in a particular location need to be considered when assessing per capita water use as a measure of efficiency. 10608.4. It is the intent of the Legislature, by the enactment of this part, to do all of the following: (a) Require all water suppliers to increase the efficiency of use of this essential resource. (b) Establish a framework to meet the state targets for urban water conservation identified in this part and called for by the Governor. (c) Measure increased efficiency of urban water use on a per capita basis. (d) Establish a method or methods for urban retail water suppliers to determine targets for achieving increased water use efficiency by the year 2020, in accordance with the Governor's goal of a 20-percent reduction. (e) Establish consistent water use efficiency planning and implementation standards for urban water suppliers and agricultural water suppliers. (f) Promote urban water conservation standards that are consistent with the California Urban Water Conservation Council's adopted best management practices and the requirements for demand management in Section 10631. (g) Establish standards that recognize and provide credit to water suppliers that made substantial capital investments in urban water conservation since the drought of the early 1990s. (h) Recognize and account for the investment of urban retail water suppliers in providing recycled water for beneficial uses. (i) Require implementation of specified efficient water management practices for agricultural water suppliers. (j) Support the economic productivity of California's agricultural, commercial, and industrial sectors. (k) Advance regional water resources management. 10608.8. (a) (1) Water use efficiency measures adopted and implemented pursuant to this part or Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800) are water conservation measures subject to the protections provided under Section 1011. (2) Because an urban agency is not required to meet its urban water use target until 2020 pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 10608.24, an urban retail water supplier's failure to meet those targets shall not establish a violation of law for purposes of any state administrative or judicial proceeding prior to B - 3 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final January 1, 2021. Nothing in this paragraph limits the use of data reported to the department or the board in litigation or an administrative proceeding. This paragraph shall become inoperative on January 1, 2021. (3) To the extent feasible, the department and the board shall provide for the use of water conservation reports required under this part to meet the requirements of Section 1011 for water conservation reporting. (b) This part does not limit or otherwise affect the application of Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340), Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 11370), Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 11400), and Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 11500) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code. (c) This part does not require a reduction in the total water used in the agricultural or urban sectors, because other factors, including, but not limited to, changes in agricultural economics or population growth may have greater effects on water use. This part does not limit the economic productivity of California's agricultural, commercial, or industrial sectors. (d) The requirements of this part do not apply to an agricultural water supplier that is a party to the Quantification Settlement Agreement, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 1 of Chapter 617 of the Statutes of 2002, during the period within which the Quantification Settlement Agreement remains in effect. After the expiration of the Quantification Settlement Agreement, to the extent conservation water projects implemented as part of the Quantification Settlement Agreement remain in effect, the conserved water created as part of those projects shall be credited against the obligations of the agricultural water supplier pursuant to this part. Chapter 2 Definitions SECTION 10608.12 10608.12. Unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions govern the construction of this part: (a) "Agricultural water supplier" means a water supplier, either publicly or privately owned, providing water to 10,000 or more irrigated acres, excluding recycled water. "Agricultural water supplier" includes a supplier or contractor for water, regardless of the basis of right, that distributes or sells water for ultimate resale to customers. "Agricultural water supplier" does not include the department. (b) "Base daily per capita water use" means any of the following: (1) The urban retail water supplier's estimate of its average gross water use, reported in gallons per capita per day and calculated over a continuous 10- year period ending no earlier than December 31, 2004, and no later than December 31, 2010. B - 4 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final (2) For an urban retail water supplier that meets at least 10 percent of its 2008 measured retail water demand through recycled water that is delivered within the service area of an urban retail water supplier or its urban wholesale water supplier, the urban retail water supplier may extend the calculation described in paragraph (1) up to an additional five years to a maximum of a continuous 15-year period ending no earlier than December 31, 2004, and no later than December 31, 2010. (3) For the purposes of Section 10608.22, the urban retail water supplier's estimate of its average gross water use, reported in gallons per capita per day and calculated over a continuous five-year period ending no earlier than December 31, 2007, and no later than December 31, 2010. (c) "Baseline commercial, industrial, and institutional water use" means an urban retail water supplier's base daily per capita water use for commercial, industrial, and institutional users. (d) "Commercial water user" means a water user that provides or distributes a product or service. (e) "Compliance daily per capita water use" means the gross water use during the final year of the reporting period, reported in gallons per capita per day. (f) "Disadvantaged community" means a community with an annual median household income that is less than 80 percent of the statewide annual median household income. (g) "Gross water use" means the total volume of water, whether treated or untreated, entering the distribution system of an urban retail water supplier, excluding all of the following: (1) Recycled water that is delivered within the service area of an urban retail water supplier or its urban wholesale water supplier. (2) The net volume of water that the urban retail water supplier places into long- term storage. (3) The volume of water the urban retail water supplier conveys for use by another urban water supplier. (4) The volume of water delivered for agricultural use, except as otherwise provided in subdivision (f) of Section 10608.24. (h) "Industrial water user" means a water user that is primarily a manufacturer or processor of materials as defined by the North American Industry Classification System code sectors 31 to 33, inclusive, or an entity that is a water user primarily engaged in research and development. (i) "Institutional water user" means a water user dedicated to public service. This type of user includes, among other users, higher education institutions, schools, courts, churches, hospitals, government facilities, and nonprofit research institutions. B - 5 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final (j) "Interim urban water use target" means the midpoint between the urban retail water supplier's base daily per capita water use and the urban retail water supplier's urban water use target for 2020. (k) "Locally cost effective" means that the present value of the local benefits of implementing an agricultural efficiency water management practice is greater than or equal to the present value of the local cost of implementing that measure. (1) "Process water" means water used for producing a product or product content or water used for research and development, including, but not limited to, continuous manufacturing processes, water used for testing and maintaining equipment used in producing a product or product content, and water used in combined heat and power facilities used in producing a product or product content. Process water does not mean incidental water uses not related to the production of a product or product content, including, but not limited to, water used for restrooms, landscaping, air conditioning, heating, kitchens, and laundry. (m) "Recycled water" means recycled water, as defined in subdivision (n) of Section 13050, that is used to offset potable demand, including recycled water supplied for direct use and indirect potable reuse, that meets the following requirements, where applicable: (1) For groundwater recharge, including recharge through spreading basins, water supplies that are all of the following: (A) Metered. (B) Developed through planned investment by the urban water supplier or a wastewater treatment agency. (C) Treated to a minimum tertiary level. (D) Delivered within the service area of an urban retail water supplier or its urban wholesale water supplier that helps an urban retail water supplier meet its urban water use target. (2) For reservoir augmentation, water supplies that meet the criteria of paragraph (1) and are conveyed through a distribution system constructed specifically for recycled water. (n) "Regional water resources management" means sources of supply resulting from watershed -based planning for sustainable local water reliability or any of the following alternative sources of water: (1) The capture and reuse of stormwater or rainwater. (2) The use of recycled water. (3) The desalination of brackish groundwater. AM Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final (4) The conjunctive use of surface water and groundwater in a manner that is consistent with the safe yield of the groundwater basin. (o) "Reporting period" means the years for which an urban retail water supplier reports compliance with the urban water use targets. (p) "Urban retail water supplier" means a water supplier, either publicly or privately owned, that directly provides potable municipal water to more than 3,000 end users or that supplies more than 3,000 acre-feet of potable water annually at retail for municipal purposes. (q) "Urban water use target" means the urban retail water supplier's targeted future daily per capita water use. (r) "Urban wholesale water supplier," means a water supplier, either publicly or privately owned, that provides more than 3,000 acre-feet of water annually at wholesale for potable municipal purposes. Chapter 3 Urban Retail Water Suppliers SECTION 10608.16-10608.44 10608.16.(a) The state shall achieve a 20-percent reduction in urban per capita water use in California on or before December 31, 2020. (b) The state shall make incremental progress towards the state target specified in subdivision (a) by reducing urban per capita water use by at least 10 percent on or before December 31, 2015. 10608.20.(a) (1) Each urban retail water supplier shall develop urban water use targets and an interim urban water use target by July 1, 2011. Urban retail water suppliers may elect to determine and report progress toward achieving these targets on an individual or regional basis, as provided in subdivision (a) of Section 10608.28, and may determine the targets on a fiscal year or calendar year basis. (2) It is the intent of the Legislature that the urban water use targets described in paragraph (1) cumulatively result in a 20-percent reduction from the baseline daily per capita water use by December 31, 2020. (b) An urban retail water supplier shall adopt one of the following methods for determining its urban water use target pursuant to subdivision (a): (1) Eighty percent of the urban retail water supplier's baseline per capita daily water use. (2) The per capita daily water use that is estimated using the sum of the following performance standards: B - 7 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final (A) For indoor residential water use, 55 gallons per capita daily water use as a provisional standard. Upon completion of the department's 2016 report to the Legislature pursuant to Section 10608.42, this standard may be adjusted by the Legislature by statute. (B) For landscape irrigated through dedicated or residential meters or connections, water efficiency equivalent to the standards of the Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance set forth in Chapter 2.7 (commencing with Section 490) of Division 2 of Title 23 of the California Code of Regulations, as in effect the later of the year of the landscape's installation or 1992. An urban retail water supplier using the approach specified in this subparagraph shall use satellite imagery, site visits, or other best available technology to develop an accurate estimate of landscaped areas. (C) For commercial, industrial, and institutional uses, a 10-percent reduction in water use from the baseline commercial, industrial, and institutional water use by 2020. (3) Ninety-five percent of the applicable state hydrologic region target, as set forth in the state's draft 20x2020 Water Conservation Plan (dated April 30, 2009). If the service area of an urban water supplier includes more than one hydrologic region, the supplier shall apportion its service area to each region based on population or area. (4) A method that shall be identified and developed by the department, through a public process, and reported to the Legislature no later than December 31, 2010. The method developed by the department shall identify per capita targets that cumulatively result in a statewide 20-percent reduction in urban daily per capita water use by December 31, 2020. In developing urban daily per capita water use targets, the department shall do all of the following: (A) Consider climatic differences within the state. (B) Consider population density differences within the state. (C) Provide flexibility to communities and regions in meeting the targets. (D) Consider different levels of per capita water use according to plant water needs in different regions. (E) Consider different levels of commercial, industrial, and institutional water use in different regions of the state. (F) Avoid placing an undue hardship on communities that have implemented conservation measures or taken actions to keep per capita water use low. (c) If the department adopts a regulation pursuant to paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) that results in a requirement that an urban retail water supplier achieve a reduction in daily per capita water use that is greater than 20 percent by December 31, 2020, an urban retail water supplier that adopted the method AM Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final described in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) may limit its urban water use target to a reduction of not more than 20 percent by December 31, 2020, by adopting the method described in paragraph (1) of subdivision (b). (d) The department shall update the method described in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) and report to the Legislature by December 31, 2014. An urban retail water supplier that adopted the method described in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) may adopt a new urban daily per capita water use target pursuant to this updated method. (e) An urban retail water supplier shall include in its urban water management plan due in 2010 pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) the baseline daily per capita water use, urban water use target, interim urban water use target, and compliance daily per capita water use, along with the bases for determining those estimates, including references to supporting data. (f) When calculating per capita values for the purposes of this chapter, an urban retail water supplier shall determine population using federal, state, and local population reports and projections. (g) An urban retail water supplier may update its 2020 urban water use target in its 2015 urban water management plan required pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610). (h) (1) The department, through a public process and in consultation with the California Urban Water Conservation Council, shall develop technical methodologies and criteria for the consistent implementation of this part, including, but not limited to, both of the following: (A) Methodologies for calculating base daily per capita water use, baseline commercial, industrial, and institutional water use, compliance daily per capita water use, gross water use, service area population, indoor residential water use, and landscaped area water use. (B) Criteria for adjustments pursuant to subdivisions (d) and (e) of Section 10608.24. (2) The department shall post the methodologies and criteria developed pursuant to this subdivision on its Internet Web site, and make written copies available, by October 1, 2010. An urban retail water supplier shall use the methods developed by the department in compliance with this part. (i) (1) The department shall adopt regulations for implementation of the provisions relating to process water in accordance with subdivision (1) of Section 10608.12, subdivision (e) of Section 10608.24, and subdivision (d) of Section 10608.26. (2) The initial adoption of a regulation authorized by this subdivision is deemed to address an emergency, for purposes of Sections 11346.1 and 11349.6 of the Government Code, and the department is hereby exempted for that purpose from the requirements of subdivision (b) of Section 11346.1 of the Am Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final Government Code. After the initial adoption of an emergency regulation pursuant to this subdivision, the department shall not request approval from the Office of Administrative Law to readopt the regulation as an emergency regulation pursuant to Section 11346.1 of the Government Code. (j) (1) An urban retail water supplier is granted an extension to July 1, 2011, for adoption of an urban water management plan pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) due in 2010 to allow the use of technical methodologies developed by the department pursuant to paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) and subdivision (h). An urban retail water supplier that adopts an urban water management plan due in 2010 that does not use the methodologies developed by the department pursuant to subdivision (h) shall amend the plan by July 1, 2011, to comply with this part. (2) An urban wholesale water supplier whose urban water management plan prepared pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) was due and not submitted in 2010 is granted an extension to July 1, 2011, to permit coordination between an urban wholesale water supplier and urban retail water suppliers. 10608.22. Notwithstanding the method adopted by an urban retail water supplier pursuant to Section 10608.20, an urban retail water supplier's per capita daily water use reduction shall be no less than 5 percent of base daily per capita water use as defined in paragraph(3) of subdivision (b) of Section 10608.12. This section does not apply to an urban retail water supplier with a base daily per capita water use at or below 100 gallons per capita per day. 10608.24.(a) Each urban retail water supplier shall meet its interim urban water use target by December 31, 2015. (b) Each urban retail water supplier shall meet its urban water use target by December 31, 2020. (c) An urban retail water supplier's compliance daily per capita water use shall be the measure of progress toward achievement of its urban water use target. (d) (1) When determining compliance daily per capita water use, an urban retail water supplier may consider the following factors: (A) Differences in evapotranspiration and rainfall in the baseline period compared to the compliance reporting period. (B) Substantial changes to commercial or industrial water use resulting from increased business output and economic development that have occurred during the reporting period. (C) Substantial changes to institutional water use resulting from fire suppression services or other extraordinary events, or from new or expanded operations, that have occurred during the reporting period. (2) If the urban retail water supplier elects to adjust its estimate of compliance daily per capita water use due to one or more of the factors described in B-10 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final paragraph (1), it shall provide the basis for, and data supporting, the adjustment in the report required by Section 10608.40. (e) When developing the urban water use target pursuant to Section 10608.20, an urban retail water supplier that has a substantial percentage of industrial water use in its service area may exclude process water from the calculation of gross water use to avoid a disproportionate burden on another customer sector. (f) (1) An urban retail water supplier that includes agricultural water use in an urban water management plan pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) may include the agricultural water use in determining gross water use. An urban retail water supplier that includes agricultural water use in determining gross water use and develops its urban water use target pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) of Section 10608.20 shall use a water efficient standard for agricultural irrigation of 100 percent of reference evapotranspiration multiplied by the crop coefficient for irrigated acres. (2) An urban retail water supplier, that is also an agricultural water supplier, is not subject to the requirements of Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 10608.48), if the agricultural water use is incorporated into its urban water use target pursuant to paragraph (1). 10608.26.(a) In complying with this part, an urban retail water supplier shall conduct at least one public hearing to accomplish all of the following: (1) Allow community input regarding the urban retail water supplier's implementation plan for complying with this part. (2) Consider the economic impacts of the urban retail water supplier's implementation plan for complying with this part. (3) Adopt a method, pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 10608.20, for determining its urban water use target. (b) In complying with this part, an urban retail water supplier may meet its urban water use target through efficiency improvements in any combination among its customer sectors. An urban retail water supplier shall avoid placing a disproportionate burden on any customer sector. (c) For an urban retail water supplier that supplies water to a United States Department of Defense military installation, the urban retail water supplier's implementation plan for complying with this part shall consider the conservation of that military installation under federal Executive Order 13514. (d) (1) Any ordinance or resolution adopted by an urban retail water supplier after the effective date of this section shall not require existing customers as of the effective date of this section, to undertake changes in product formulation, operations, or equipment that would reduce process water use, but may provide technical assistance and financial incentives to those customers to implement efficiency measures for process water. This section shall not limit B-11 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final an ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to a declaration of drought emergency by an urban retail water supplier. (2) This part shall not be construed or enforced so as to interfere with the requirements of Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 113980) to Chapter 13 (commencing with Section 114380), inclusive, of Part 7 of Division 104 of the Health and Safety Code, or any requirement or standard for the protection of public health, public safety, or worker safety established by federal, state, or local government or recommended by recognized standard setting organizations or trade associations. 10608.28.(a) An urban retail water supplier may meet its urban water use target within its retail service area, or through mutual agreement, by any of the following: (1) Through an urban wholesale water supplier. (2) Through a regional agency authorized to plan and implement water conservation, including, but not limited to, an agency established under the Bay Area Water Supply and Conservation Agency Act (Division 31 (commencing with Section 81300)). (3) Through a regional water management group as defined in Section 10537. (4) By an integrated regional water management funding area. (5) By hydrologic region. (6) Through other appropriate geographic scales for which computation methods have been developed by the department. (b) A regional water management group, with the written consent of its member agencies, may undertake any or all planning, reporting, and implementation functions under this chapter for the member agencies that consent to those activities. Any data or reports shall provide information both for the regional water management group and separately for each consenting urban retail water supplier and urban wholesale water supplier. 10608.32. All costs incurred pursuant to this part by a water utility regulated by the Public Utilities Commission may be recoverable in rates subject to review and approval by the Public Utilities Commission, and may be recorded in a memorandum account and reviewed for reasonableness by the Public Utilities Commission. 10608.36. Urban wholesale water suppliers shall include in the urban water management plans required pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) an assessment of their present and proposed future measures, programs, and policies to help achieve the water use reductions required by this part. 10608.40. Urban water retail suppliers shall report to the department on their progress in meeting their urban water use targets as part of their urban water management plans B-12 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final submitted pursuant to Section 10631. The data shall be reported using a standardized form developed pursuant to Section 10608.52. 10608.42.(a) The department shall review the 2015 urban water management plans and report to the Legislature by July 1, 2017, on progress towards achieving a 20-percent reduction in urban water use by December 31, 2020. The report shall include recommendations on changes to water efficiency standards or urban water use targets to achieve the 20-percent reduction and to reflect updated efficiency information and technology changes. (b) A report to be submitted pursuant to subdivision (a) shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code. 10608.43. The department, in conjunction with the California Urban Water Conservation Council, by April 1, 2010, shall convene a representative task force consisting of academic experts, urban retail water suppliers, environmental organizations, commercial water users, industrial water users, and institutional water users to develop alternative best management practices for commercial, industrial, and institutional users and an assessment of the potential statewide water use efficiency improvement in the commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors that would result from implementation of these best management practices. The taskforce, in conjunction with the department, shall submit a report to the Legislature by April 1, 2012, that shall include a review of multiple sectors within commercial, industrial, and institutional users and that shall recommend water use efficiency standards for commercial, industrial, and institutional users among various sectors of water use. The report shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (a) Appropriate metrics for evaluating commercial, industrial, and institutional water use. (b) Evaluation of water demands for manufacturing processes, goods, and cooling. (c) Evaluation of public infrastructure necessary for delivery of recycled water to the commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors. (d) Evaluation of institutional and economic barriers to increased recycled water use within the commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors. (e) Identification of technical feasibility and cost of the best management practices to achieve more efficient water use statewide in the commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors that is consistent with the public interest and reflects past investments in water use efficiency. 10608.44. Each state agency shall reduce water use at facilities it operates to support urban retail water suppliers in meeting the target identified in Section 10608.16. B-13 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final Chapter 4 Agricultural Water Suppliers SECTION 10608.48 10608.48.(a) On or before July 31, 2012, an agricultural water supplier shall implement efficient water management practices pursuant to subdivisions (b) and (c). (b) Agricultural water suppliers shall implement all of the following critical efficient management practices: (1) Measure the volume of water delivered to customers with sufficient accuracy to comply with subdivision (a) of Section 531.10 and to implement paragraph (2). (2) Adopt a pricing structure for water customers based at least in part on quantity delivered. (c) Agricultural water suppliers shall implement additional efficient management practices, including, but not limited to, practices to accomplish all of the following, if the measures are locally cost effective and technically feasible: (1) Facilitate alternative land use for lands with exceptionally high water duties or whose irrigation contributes to significant problems, including drainage. (2) Facilitate use of available recycled water that otherwise would not be used beneficially, meets all health and safety criteria, and does not harm crops or soils. (3) Facilitate the financing of capital improvements for on -farm irrigation systems. (4) Implement an incentive pricing structure that promotes one or more of the following goals: (A) More efficient water use at the farm level. (B) Conjunctive use of groundwater. (C) Appropriate increase of groundwater recharge. (D) Reduction in problem drainage. (E) Improved management of environmental resources. (F) Effective management of all water sources throughout the year by adjusting seasonal pricing structures based on current conditions. (5) Expand line or pipe distribution systems, and construct regulatory reservoirs to increase distribution system flexibility and capacity, decrease maintenance, and reduce seepage. B-14 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final (6) Increase flexibility in water ordering by, and delivery to, water customers within operational limits. (7) Construct and operate supplier spill and tailwater recovery systems. (8) Increase planned conjunctive use of surface water and groundwater within the supplier service area. (9) Automate canal control structures. (10) Facilitate or promote customer pump testing and evaluation. (11) Designate a water conservation coordinator who will develop and implement the water management plan and prepare progress reports. (12) Provide for the availability of water management services to water users. These services may include, but are not limited to, all of the following: (A) On -farm irrigation and drainage system evaluations. (B) Normal year and real-time irrigation scheduling and crop evapotranspiration information. (C) Surface water, groundwater, and drainage water quantity and quality data. (D) Agricultural water management educational programs and materials for farmers, staff, and the public. (13) Evaluate the policies of agencies that provide the supplier with water to identify the potential for institutional changes to allow more flexible water deliveries and storage. (14) Evaluate and improve the efficiencies of the supplier's pumps. (d) Agricultural water suppliers shall include in the agricultural water management plans required pursuant to Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800) a report on which efficient water management practices have been implemented and are planned to be implemented, an estimate of the water use efficiency improvements that have occurred since the last report, and an estimate of the water use efficiency improvements estimated to occur five and 10 years in the future. If an agricultural water supplier determines that an efficient water management practice is not locally cost effective or technically feasible, the supplier shall submit information documenting that determination. (e) The data shall be reported using a standardized form developed pursuant to Section 10608.52. (f) An agricultural water supplier may meet the requirements of subdivisions (d) and (e) by submitting to the department a water conservation plan submitted to the United States Bureau of Reclamation that meets the requirements described in Section 10828. B-15 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final (g) On or before December 31, 2013, December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2021, the department, in consultation with the board, shall submit to the Legislature a report on the agricultural efficient water management practices that have been implemented and are planned to be implemented and an assessment of the manner in which the implementation of those efficient water management practices has affected and will affect agricultural operations, including estimated water use efficiency improvements, if any. (h) The department may update the efficient water management practices required pursuant to subdivision (c), in consultation with the Agricultural Water Management Council, the United States Bureau of Reclamation, and the board. All efficient water management practices for agricultural water use pursuant to this chapter shall be adopted or revised by the department only after the department conducts public hearings to allow participation of the diverse geographical areas and interests of the state. (i) (1) The department shall adopt regulations that provide for a range of options that agricultural water suppliers may use or implement to comply with the measurement requirement in paragraph (1) of subdivision (b). (2) The initial adoption of a regulation authorized by this subdivision is deemed to address an emergency, for purposes of Sections 11346.1 and 11349.6 of the Government Code, and the department is hereby exempted for that purpose from the requirements of subdivision (b) of Section 11346.1 of the Government Code. After the initial adoption of an emergency regulation pursuant to this subdivision, the department shall not request approval from the Office of Administrative Law to readopt the regulation as an emergency regulation pursuant to Section 11346.1 of the Government Code. Chapter 5 Sustainable Water Management Section 10608.50 10608.50.(a) The department, in consultation with the board, shall promote implementation of regional water resources management practices through increased incentives and removal of barriers consistent with state and federal law. Potential changes may include, but are not limited to, all of the following: (1) Revisions to the requirements for urban and agricultural water management plans. (2) Revisions to the requirements for integrated regional water management plans. (3) Revisions to the eligibility for state water management grants and loans. B-16 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final (4) Revisions to state or local permitting requirements that increase water supply opportunities, but do not weaken water quality protection under state and federal law. (5) Increased funding for research, feasibility studies, and project construction. (6) Expanding technical and educational support for local land use and water management agencies. (b) No later than January 1, 2011, and updated as part of the California Water Plan, the department, in consultation with the board, and with public input, shall propose new statewide targets, or review and update existing statewide targets, for regional water resources management practices, including, but not limited to, recycled water, brackish groundwater desalination, and infiltration and direct use of urban stormwater runoff. Chapter 6 Standardized Data Collection SECTION 10608.52 10608.52.(a) The department, in consultation with the board, the California Bay -Delta Authority or its successor agency, the State Department of Public Health, and the Public Utilities Commission, shall develop a single standardized water use reporting form to meet the water use information needs of each agency, including the needs of urban water suppliers that elect to determine and report progress toward achieving targets on a regional basis as provided in subdivision (a) of Section 10608.28. (b) At a minimum, the form shall be developed to accommodate information sufficient to assess an urban water supplier's compliance with conservation targets pursuant to Section 10608.24 and an agricultural water supplier's compliance with implementation of efficient water management practices pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 10608.48. The form shall accommodate reporting by urban water suppliers on an individual or regional basis as provided in subdivision (a) of Section 10608.28. Chapter 7 Funding Provisions Section 10608.56-10608.60 10608.56.(a) On and after July 1, 2016, an urban retail water supplier is not eligible for a water grant or loan awarded or administered by the state unless the supplier complies with this part. (b) On and after July 1, 2013, an agricultural water supplier is not eligible for a water grant or loan awarded or administered by the state unless the supplier complies with this part. B-17 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final (c) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), the department shall determine that an urban retail water supplier is eligible for a water grant or loan even though the supplier has not met the per capita reductions required pursuant to Section 10608.24, if the urban retail water supplier has submitted to the department for approval a schedule, financing plan, and budget, to be included in the grant or loan agreement, for achieving the per capita reductions. The supplier may request grant or loan funds to achieve the per capita reductions to the extent the request is consistent with the eligibility requirements applicable to the water funds. (d) Notwithstanding subdivision (b), the department shall determine that an agricultural water supplier is eligible for a water grant or loan even though the supplier is not implementing all of the efficient water management practices described in Section 10608.48, if the agricultural water supplier has submitted to the department for approval a schedule, financing plan, and budget, to be included in the grant or loan agreement, for implementation of the efficient water management practices. The supplier may request grant or loan funds to implement the efficient water management practices to the extent the request is consistent with the eligibility requirements applicable to the water funds. (e) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), the department shall determine that an urban retail water supplier is eligible for a water grant or loan even though the supplier has not met the per capita reductions required pursuant to Section 10608.24, if the urban retail water supplier has submitted to the department for approval documentation demonstrating that its entire service area qualifies as a disadvantaged community. (f) The department shall not deny eligibility to an urban retail water supplier or agricultural water supplier in compliance with the requirements of this part and Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800), that is participating in a multiagency water project, or an integrated regional water management plan, developed pursuant to Section 75026 of the Public Resources Code, solely on the basis that one or more of the agencies participating in the project or plan is not implementing all of the requirements of this part or Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800). 10608.60.(a) It is the intent of the Legislature that funds made available by Section 75026 of the Public Resources Code should be expended, consistent with Division 43 (commencing with Section 75001) of the Public Resources Code and upon appropriation by the Legislature, for grants to implement this part. In the allocation of funding, it is the intent of the Legislature that the department give consideration to disadvantaged communities to assist in implementing the requirements of this part. (b) It is the intent of the Legislature that funds made available by Section 75041 of the Public Resources Code, should be expended, consistent with Division 43 (commencing with Section 75001) of the Public Resources Code and upon appropriation by the Legislature, for direct expenditures to implement this part. B-18 Appendix B Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) Final Chapter 8 Quantifying Agricultural Water Use Efficiency SECTION 10608.64 10608.64. The department, in consultation with the Agricultural Water Management Council, academic experts, and other stakeholders, shall develop a methodology for quantifying the efficiency of agricultural water use. Alternatives to be assessed shall include, but not be limited to, determination of efficiency levels based on crop type or irrigation system distribution uniformity. On or before December 31, 2011, the department shall report to the Legislature on a proposed methodology and a plan for implementation. The plan shall include the estimated implementation costs and the types of data needed to support the methodology. Nothing in this section authorizes the department to implement a methodology established pursuant to this section. B-19 APPENDIX C MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN ` V|N| VENTURE (0Dd0nO|) | / | / ____________________________ ___________________________7 hf I Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Prepared for Truckee Donner Public Utility District, Truckee, California Placer County Water Agency, Auburn, California Northstar Community Services District, Northstar, California April 18, 2013 "�Z:e'E MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN NEVADA AND PLACER COUNTIES, CALIFORNIA SIGNATURE PAGE Signatures of principal personnel responsible for the development of the Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan are exhibited below: �d - 'No.962 v& 1)* EV. Tina M. Bauer, P.G. #6893, CHG #962 Brown and Caldwell, Project Manager S. David Shaw °No_8210�• �XP David Shaw, P.G. #8210 Balance Hydrologics, Inc., Project Geologist John Ayres, CHG #910 Brown and Caldwell, Hydrogeologist Balance 6- Hydrol*s, Inc. 10540 White Rock Road, Suite 180 Rancho Cordova, California 95670 This Groundwater Management Plan (GMP) was prepared by Brown and Caldwell under contract to the Placer County Water Agency, Truckee Donner Public Utility District and Northstar Community Services District. The key staff involved in the preparation of the GMP are listed below. Brown and Caldwell Tina M. Bauer, PG, CHg, Project Manager John Ayres, PG,CHg, Hydrogeologist and Public Outreach Brent Cain, Hydrogeologist and Principal Groundwater Modeler Paul Selsky, PE, Quality Assurance/Quality Control Tina Crawford, GIS Specialist Christy Probst, Graphics Specialist Dawn Schock, Production Coordinator Balance Hydrologics (Geology) David Shaw, PG, Geologist Mark Woyshner, Principal Hydrologist, Quality Assurance/Quality Control Barry Hecht, CEG, CHg, Principal -in -Charge Colleen Haraden, GIS Specialist Balance Hpdml*cs Inc, 10540 White Rock Road, Suite 180 Rancho Cordova, California 95670 Table of Contents Listof Figures......................................................................................................................................................v Listof Tables ......................................................................................................................................................vi Listof Abbreviations ......................................................................................................................................... vii 1. Introduction...............................................................................................................................................1-1 1.1 Purpose of the Groundwater Management Plan.........................................................................1-1 1.2 Groundwater Management Plan Authority and Administration..................................................1-1 1.3 Groundwater Management Plan Development Process.............................................................1-3 1.4 Groundwater Management Goal...................................................................................................1-5 1.5 Basin Management Objectives.....................................................................................................1-5 1.6 Plan Components...........................................................................................................................1-6 1.7 Area Covered by the G M P ..............................................................................................................1-8 1.8 Public Outreach and Education.....................................................................................................1-8 1.9 Groundwater Model.......................................................................................................................1-8 1.10 Document Organization.................................................................................................................1-9 2. Physical Setting........................................................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1 Topography.....................................................................................................................................2-1 2.2 Climate............................................................................................................................................2-1 2.2.1 Climate Variability............................................................................................................2-4 2.2.2 Climate Change................................................................................................................2-6 2.3 Surface Water Hydrology...............................................................................................................2-6 2.3.1 Truckee River................................................................................................................... 2-6 2.3.2 Martis Creek...................................................................................................................2-10 2.3.3 Donner and Cold Creeks................................................................................................2-10 2.3.3.1 Cold Creek..............................................................................................................2-10 2.3.4 Trout Creek.....................................................................................................................2-10 2.3.5 Prosser Creek.................................................................................................................2-11 2.3.6 Truckee Corridor.............................................................................................................2-11 2.3.7 Other impoundments.....................................................................................................2-11 2.4 Geology.........................................................................................................................................2-11 2.4.1 Geologic Database Development.................................................................................2-11 2.4.2 Stratigraphy....................................................................................................................2-18 2.4.3 Structure.........................................................................................................................2-18 2.5 Groundwater Occurrence and Movement..................................................................................2-20 2.5.1 Water -bearing Units and Properties..............................................................................2-20 2.5.2 Surface -groundwater interaction..................................................................................2-22 2.5.3 Groundwater levels and Land Subsidence...................................................................2-22 2.5.3.1 Land Subsidence...................................................................................................2-23 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Table of Contents 2.6 Groundwater Well Infrastructure.................................................................................................2-23 2.7 Groundwater Quality....................................................................................................................2-26 2.8 Land Use.......................................................................................................................................2-27 2.9 Groundwater Recharge................................................................................................................2-27 2.10 Water Use.....................................................................................................................................2-28 3. Plan Implementation ................................................................................................................................3-1 3.1 Implementation Actions that Support BMO #1- Manage Groundwater to Maintain Established and Planned Uses......................................................................................................3-1 3.1.1 Develop and implement a summary report every five years.........................................3-1 3.1.2 Compile an annual summary of groundwater monitoring data....................................3-2 3.1.3 Partner agencies to meet annually to discuss GMP implementation ..........................3-2 3.1.4 Support TROA provisions associated with well construction, repair, modification, anddestruction................................................................................................................ 3-2 3.1.5 Evaluate and consider taking a position on relevant water resources -related policies, programs, and projects under consideration by local, State and Federal agencies ...3-2 3.1.6 Pursue opportunities for improved groundwater basin monitoring and reporting with local, State, and Federal agencies..........................................................................3-2 3.1.7 Evaluate the need for programs to facilitate saline intrusion control, mitigate the migration of contaminated groundwater, facilitate conjunctive use, and to mitigateoverdraft............................................................................................................3-2 3.1.8 Consider development of contamination cleanup, recharge, storage, conservation and water recycling projects...........................................................................................3-3 3.1.9 Pursue funding sources for implementation of plan policies, programs, reporting andprojects......................................................................................................................3-3 3.1.10 Participate in the evaluation of relevant local projects to maintain groundwater quantityand quality.........................................................................................................3-4 3.1.11 Summary of BMO #1 Actions..........................................................................................3-4 3.2 Implementation Actions that Support BMO #2 - Manage Groundwater within the Provisionsof TROA.........................................................................................................................3-4 3.2.1 Continue coordination and collaboration with TROA agencies on groundwater management issues and source well development......................................................3-5 3.2.2 Summary of BMO #2 Actions..........................................................................................3-5 3.3 Implementation Actions that Support BMO #3 - Collaborate and Cooperate with Groundwater Users and Stakeholders in the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin .......................3-5 3.3.1 Formalize and institute a Stakeholder Working Group to meet at least annually or as needed on GMP implementation activities and updates.....................................3-5 3.3.2 Collaborate with the LRWQCB to limit the migration of contaminated groundwater and in development of large scale contamination clean up programs ........................3-6 3.3.3 Work cooperatively with local stakeholders and local, State and Federal agencies on groundwater management activities, projects, and studies .................................... 3.3.4 Identify opportunities for public involvement during GMP implementation .................3-6 3.3.5 Summary of BMO #3 Actions..........................................................................................3-6 3.4 Implementation Actions that Support BMO #4 - Protect Groundwater Quantity and Quality ... 3-7 3.4.1 Establish and maintain a California Statewide Groundwater Elevation Monitoring compliant monitoring program.....................................................................3-7 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Table of Contents 3.4.2 Continue and Encourage Water Conservation Activities and Public Education ........... 3-9 3.4.3 Work with local stakeholders and DWR to identify areas that may need additional groundwater level and groundwater quality monitoring based on identified data gaps or negative performance trends............................................................................3-9 3.4.4 Coordinate with other agencies, including DWR and the USGS to identify opportunities for land subsidence monitoring...............................................................3-9 3.4.5 Evaluate the need for, and advocate for, as necessary, a wellhead protection, groundwater recharge area protection, and other programs as necessaryin MVGB........................................................................................................3-10 3.4.6 Map and share groundwater recharge zones..............................................................3-10 3.4.7 Provide relevant information to land use agencies regarding groundwater availability....................................................................................................................... 3-10 3.4.8 Summary of BMO #4 Actions........................................................................................3-10 3.5 BMO #5 - Pursue and use the best available science and technology to inform the decision making process............................................................................................................. 3-11 3.5.1 Work with State and Federal agencies to attempt to secure funding for expansion of the partner agencies' monitoring grid....................................................3-11 3.5.2 Maintain relationship with DWR for groundwater monitoring and database management activities..................................................................................................3-12 3.5.3 Identify opportunities for collecting water quality monitoring data............................3-12 3.5.4 Use and consider updating the hydrologic model to improve understanding of groundwater in the MVGB.........................................................................................3-13 3.5.5 Seek new tools, technology, and information that may improve the understanding of the water resources in the MVGB and watershed ..........................3-13 3.5.6 Summary of BMO #5 Actions........................................................................................3-13 3.6 Implementation Actions that Support BMO #6 - Consider the environment and participate in the stewardship of groundwater resources.........................................................3-14 3.6.1 Consider local, State, or Federal riparian, surface water, or surface water - groundwater interaction investigations, studies or programs in the MVGB...............3-14 3.6.2 Continue support and collaboration with local groups that identify, coordinate, or implement projects that support the overall sustainability of the MVGB...................3-14 3.6.3 Summary of BMO #6 Actions........................................................................................3-14 4. References................................................................................................................................................4-1 Appendix A: Resolutions of Intent to Adopt a Groundwater Management Plan.............................................A Appendix B: Resolutions Adopting the Groundwater Management Plan ....................................................... B AppendixC: Public Outreach Plan..................................................................................................................... C Appendix D: CASGEM Monitoring Plan............................................................................................................. D Appendix E: Groundwater Quality Reports........................................................................................................E AppendixF: DRI Technical Note.........................................................................................................................F iv P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Table of Contents List of Figures Figure 1-1. Groundwater Management Plan Area.......................................................................................1-2 Figure 1-2. GMP Development Process........................................................................................................1-4 Figure 2-1. Groundwater Basin Location and Physiography.......................................................................2-2 Figure2-2. Mean Annual Precipitation.........................................................................................................2-3 Figure 2-3. Mean Monthly Precipitation, Truckee Ranger Station, from 1904 to 1919 and1935 to 2009.................................................................................................................................... 2-4 Figure 2-4. Percent Deviation from Mean Annual Precipitation at the Truckee Ranger Station and Total Annual Streamflow at Farad....................................................................................................2-5 Figure 2-5. Hydrography and Long -Term Monitoring Stations.................................................................... 2-7 Figure 2-6. Mean Monthly Streamflows in the Middle Truckee River Watershed.....................................2-9 Figure 2-7. Stratigraphic Column showing Primary Hydrostratigraphic Units..........................................2-12 Figure2-8. Well Locations...........................................................................................................................2-13 Figure 2-9. Geologic Map and Cross Section Locations............................................................................2-14 Figure2-10. Cross-section A-A'...................................................................................................................2-15 Figure2-11. Cross-section B-B..................................................................................................................... 2-16 Figure2-12. Cross-section C-C.................................................................................................................... 2-17 Figure 2-13. Locations of Springs and Mapped Faults (active and inferred)...........................................2-19 Figure 2-14a. Lousetown Volcanic Outcrop...............................................................................................2-21 Figure 2-14b. Prosser Formation Outcrop Underlying Glacial Outwash...................................................2-21 Figure 2-15. Water Levels in DWR Long-term Groundwater Monitoring Wells........................................2-23 Figure 2-16. Department of Water Resources Monitoring Wells and Select Hydrographs .....................2-24 Figure 2-17. Depth Distribution of Wells in the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin..................................2-26 Figure 2-18. Average Annual Groundwater Recharge 1988 to 2011......................................................2-29 Figure 2-19. Annual Groundwater Recharge Dry Year 1988....................................................................2-30 Figure 2-20. Annual Groundwater Recharge Wet Year 1995...................................................................2-31 Figure 3-1. CASGEM and DWR Groundwater Monitoring Wells..................................................................3-8 V P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Table of Contents List of Tables Table 1-1. Stakeholder Working Group Members.......................................................................................1-3 Table 1-2. Required Components and Associated Report Section.............................................................1-6 Table 1-3. Voluntary Components and Associated Report Section............................................................1-7 Table 1-4. Recommended Components and Associated Report Section..................................................1-7 Table 2-1. Average Monthly Streamflow on the Truckee River and Select Tributaries ............................ 2-8 Table 2-2. Estimated Yield of Public Agency Production Wellsa................................................................2-25 Table 2-3. Summary of Average Annual Groundwater Recharge Estimates for the MVGB ...................2-27 Table 2-4. Estimated Current Groundwater Production............................................................................2-28 Table 3-1. Summary BMO#1 Supporting Implementation Actions.............................................................3-4 Table 3-2. Summary BMO#2 Supporting Implementation Actions.............................................................3-5 Table 3-3. Summary BMO#3 Supporting Implementation Actions.............................................................3-6 Table 3-4. Summary BMO#4 Supporting Implementation Actions...........................................................3-10 Table 3-5. Summary BMO#5 Supporting Implementation Actions...........................................................3-13 Table 3-6. Summary BMO#6 Supporting Implementation Actions...........................................................3-14 Vi P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Table of Contents List of Abbreviations AB 3030 Assembly Bill 3030 ac-ft/yr acre-feet per year BMOs Basin Management Objectives CASGEM California cfs cubic feet per second CWC California Water Code DPH Department of Public Health DRI Desert Research Institute DWR Department of Water Resources DWSAP Drinking Water Source Assessment Program GAMA Groundwater Ambient Monitoring and Assessment GCM general circulation model GMP Groundwater Management Plan gpm gallons per minute GSFLOW Ground -water and Surface -water Flow Model IRWMP Integrated Regional Water Management Plan LGA Local Groundwater Assistance LLNL Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory LRWQCB Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board LUST leaking underground storage tank MCL Maximum Contaminant Level mgd million gallons per day MODFLOW Modular Three -Dimensional Finite - Difference Groundwater Flow Model msl mean sea level MVGB Martis Valley Groundwater Basin NCSD Northstar Community Services District NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Association PCWA Placer County Water Agency PRMS Precipitation Runoff Modeling System PUC Public Utilities Commission SB Senate Bill sq mi square miles SWG Stakeholder Working Group SWRCB State Water Resources Control Board TDPUD Truckee Donner Public Utility District TDS Total Dissolved Solids TROA Truckee River Operating Agreement T-TSA Tahoe -Truckee Sanitation Agency USACE United States Army Corps of Engineers USFS United State Forest Service USGS United States Geologic Survey UZF Unsaturated Zone Flow vii P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Section 1 Introduction In 1992, the State Legislature enacted the California Groundwater Management Act through Assembly Bill 3030 (AB 3030) to encourage local public agencies to adopt plans to manage groundwater resources within their jurisdictions. Provisions were created in the California Water Code (CWC) Sections 10750 et.seq. to manage the safe production, quality, and proper storage of groundwater and AB 3030 codified voluntary components of a Groundwater Management Plan (GMP). In 2002, Senate Bill 1938 (SB 1938) was signed into law which amended the CWC with required components of a GMP for any public agency seeking State funds administered through the California Department of Water Resources (DWR) for groundwater projects. In 2003, DWR published Bulletin 118 - Update 2003, California's Groundwater which includes seven recommended components of a GMP. This GMP includes the following components: the partner agencies' authority, physical setting including groundwater conditions, management goals and Basin Management Objectives (BMOs), and GMP implementation activities. 1.1 Purpose of the Groundwater Management Plan The Truckee Donner Public Utility District (TDPUD), Northstar Community Services District (NCSD), and Placer County Water Agency (PCWA) have voluntarily partnered to develop the Martis Valley GMP, a collaborative planning tool that assists the partner agencies with efforts to ensure long term quality and availability of shared groundwater resources in the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin (MVGB). This GMP is a "living document" that includes an overall goal, BMOs, and implementation actions that will be periodically updated to reflect changes in groundwater management and progress in meeting its goal and objectives. The purpose of the Martis Valley GMP is to improve the understanding and management of the groundwater resource in Martis Valley, while providing a framework for the partner agencies to align policy and implement effective and sustainable groundwater management programs. This GMP is not: • mandatory, • regulatory, • an enforcement effort, or • land use or zoning ordinances. Older groundwater management plans by TDPUD (1995) and PCWA (1998) are herein updated by this GMP which has been designed to meet the requirements set by SB 1938, addresses the voluntary and recommended components included in AB 3030, as well as address recommendations outlined in Bulletin 118-2003. The area covered by the Martis Valley GMP, as shown in Figure 1-1, includes each partner agencies' jurisdictional boundaries within Nevada and Placer Counties. 1.2 Groundwater Management Plan Authority and Administration Each partner agency is an authorized groundwater management agency within the meaning of CWC § 10753 (a). In April of 2011, each partner agency adopted respective resolutions of intent to develop a GMP; the resolutions are included as Appendix A. 1-1 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 1 1.3 Groundwater Management Plan Development Process During the course of preparing the GMP, various entities were involved in developing, approving, and adopting the GMP. In addition to the partner agencies, a Stakeholder Working Group (SWG) was created to provide local knowledge, data and information, opinions, and review and comment on material prepared by the GMP team. The SWG was comprised of representatives of Federal, State, and local governments, environmental and special interest groups, and local land use interests. Four SWG meetings were held with the partner agencies during GMP development. SWG participants and the agency represented are presented in Table 1-1. Table 1-1. Stakeholder Working Group Participant Working Group Members Representing Chris Bonds Department of Water Resources, Central Region Office Steven Springhorn Department of Water Resources, Central Region Office Ron Parr DMB Highlands Group LLC Rick Stephens Lahontan Community Association John Eaton Kaitlin Backlund Mountain Area Preservation Foundation Mountain Area Preservation Foundation Michael Johnson Placer County Community Development Marcia Beals Tahoe Truckee Sanitation Agency Tony Lashbrook Town of Truckee Jeff Boyer Truckee River Operating Agreement Dave Wathen Truckee River Operating Agreement Lisa Wallace Truckee River Watershed Council Kenneth Parr United States Bureau of Reclamation Tom Scott United States Bureau of Reclamation Joanne Roubique United States Forest Service, Truckee District Andrew Strain Heavenly Mountain Resort/Northstar California Resort Adam Spear Vail Resorts Steve Maglisceau Marlin Atlantis/Schaffer's Mill Tony Firenzi Placer County Water Agency Steven Poncelet Truckee Donner Public Utility District Northstar Community Services District Mike Staudenmayer There are five main steps in the development of a GMP, as defined under CWC §10753.2 through 10753.6, and the agencies' actions to follow them are shown in Figure 1-2 and are summarized below: Step 1 - Provide public notification of a hearing on whether or not to adopt a resolution of intention to draft a GMP and subsequently complete a hearing on whether or not to adopt a resolution of intention to draft a GMP. Following the hearing, draft a resolution of intention to draft a GMP. The agencies provided public notification and held their respective hearings in March 2011. Copies of newspaper notifications are included in Appendix A. 1-3 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 1 Step 2 - Adopt a resolution of intention to draft a GMP and publish the resolution of intention in accordance with public notification. The partner agencies' adopted their respective resolutions of intention to develop a GMP in April 2011. The resolutions are included as Appendix A. The AB 3030 GWMP Development Process Publish a Public Hearing Notice 7fep 7 Adopt GMP Figure 1-2. GMP Development Process P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx 1-4 Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 1 Step 3 - Prepare a draft GMP within two years of resolution of intention adoption. Provide to the public a written statement describing the manner in which interested parties may participate in developing the GMP. The agencies provided notification and held three SWG meetings where meeting attendees gave input on the GMP goal, BMOs, and implementation actions. The agencies also held a public meeting on July 20, 2011 to receive public input. Step 4 - Provide public notification of a hearing on whether or not to adopt the GMP, followed by holding a hearing on whether or not to adopt the GMP. Public notices of the scheduled hearings were provided in the Auburn Journal and the Sierra Sun newspapers and proof of publications are included in Appendix B. Step 5 - The plan may be adopted within 35 days after the completion of Step 4 above if protests are received for less than 50 percent of the assessed value of property in the plan area. If protests are received for greater than 50 percent of the assessed value of the property in the plan area, the plan will not be adopted. No public comments were received during the public comment period. In February 2013 each partner agency adopted the Martis Valley GMP and their respective resolutions are included in Appendix B. 1.4 Groundwater Management Goal The GMP's goal provides the overarching purpose of the GMP, is used to identify the desired outcome of GMP implementation, is general in nature, and does not include quantitative components: The goal of the Martis Valley GMP is to ensure long term quality and availability of groundwater in the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin. 1.5 Basin Management Objectives The BMOs provide more specific direction to the GMP; they are generally protective of the groundwater resource and the environment, and each BMO identifies a distinct portion of the overarching goal which provides specific areas for focus. Summarized below are six primary areas that are emphasized and embodied in the BMO's that support the GMP goal: 1. Manage groundwater to maintain established and planned uses. Because the MVGB is the primary source of water to multiple users under separate jurisdictions, this objective encourages the partner agencies to pursue management of groundwater that is within their jurisdiction in order to protect existing uses. 2. Manage groundwater use within the provisions of the Truckee River Operating Agreement. The Truckee -Carson -Pyramid Lake Water Rights Settlement Act (Settlement Act), Public Law 101- 618 (1990), established entitlements to the waters of Lake Tahoe, the Truckee River and its tributaries and how the storage reservoirs of the Truckee River are operated. Section 205 of the Settlement Act directs the Secretary of the Department of the Interior to negotiate an operating agreement for the operation of Truckee River reservoirs, between California, Nevada, Sierra Pacific Power Company, Pyramid Tribe, and the United States. The operating agreement is known as the Truckee River Operating Agreement (TROA). This objective documents the partner agencies' commitment to continue to comply with provisions of the TROA. Some provisions in TROA apply to groundwater and water wells within the Truckee River Basin (which includes the Martis Valley) to address potential adverse impacts to surface water. 1-5 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 1 3. Collaborate and cooperate with groundwater users and stakeholders in the MVGB. Collaborating and sharing information and resources with other groundwater users in the MVGB helps promote GMP goals. This objective encourages the partner agencies to reach out to other groundwater users within the MVGB. 4. Protect groundwater quantity and quality. Groundwater performs an integral function in a watershed, one of which is satisfying water supply needs. Improving the understanding of the groundwater basin is a critical step in protecting and sustaining the Martis Valley groundwater supply. 5. Pursue and use the best available science and technology to inform the decision making process. Science and technology continue to develop new tools that may improve the understanding of the MVGB. This objective encourages the partner agencies to take actions that work with the best available science to help make informed agency decisions. 6. Consider the environment and participate in the stewardship of groundwater resources. The partner agencies are dedicated to stewardship of groundwater resources and this BMO ensures that stewardship is part of the GMP. 1.6 Plan Components Required GMP components and their location in the GMP are summarized in Table 1-2, Voluntary GMP components and their location in the GMP are summarized in Table 1-3, and recommended GMP components and their location in the GMP are summarized in Table 1-4. Category Required GMP Components Required Components: (10753.7.) 1 I Establish Basin Management Objectives (BMOs) 2 Include components relating to the monitoring and management of: groundwater levels, groundwater quality, and inelastic land subsidence 3 Include components relating to changes in surface flow and surface water quality that directly affect groundwater levels or quality or are caused by groundwater pumping in the basin 4 Include description of how recharge areas identified in the GMP substantially contribute to the replenishment of the groundwater basin 5 Prepare a GMP that enables the partner agencies to work cooperatively with other public entities whose service area falls within the plan area and overlies the groundwater basin 6 Prepare a map that details the area of the groundwater basin, the area subject to the GMP, and the boundaries of other local agencies that overlie the basin 7 Prepare a map identifying the recharge areas for the groundwater basin 8 Adopt monitoring protocols that detect changes in: groundwater levels, groundwater quality, inelastic land subsidence, and surface water flow or quality that affects groundwater or groundwater pumping that affects surface water flow or quality 9 If the GMP area includes areas outside a groundwater basin as defined in Bulletin 118, the partner agencies will use the required components, and geologic and hydrologic principles appropriate for the area Report Section Section 1.5 Section 3.4 Section 3.2 Section 2.9 Section 3.1 Section 3.4 Section 1.1 Section 2.9 Section 3.4 Throughout GMP 1-6 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 1 Components Report Category GMP Components Report Voluntary Voluntary Components (10753.8.) Section 1 Control of saline intrusion Section 3.1 2 Identification and management of wellhead protection Section 3.4 3 Regulation of the migration of contaminated groundwater Section 3.1 Section 3.2 4 Administration of a well abandonment and well destruction program Section 3.1 5 Mitigation of conditions of overdraft Section 3.1 6 Replenishment of groundwater extracted by water producers Section 3.1 7 Monitoring of groundwater levels and storage Facilitating conjunctive use operations Identification of well construction policies Construction and operation by the partner agencies of groundwater contamination cleanup, recharge, storage, conservation, water recycling, and extraction projects Development of relationships with state and Federal regulatory agencies Review of land use plans and coordination with land use planning agencies to assess activities that create a reasonable risk of groundwater contamination Section 3.4 8 Section 3.1 9 Section 3.4 10 Section 3.1 Section 3.2 Section 3.1 Section 3.2 Section 3.5 Section 3.4 11 12 Category GMP Components Report Recommended Recommended Components Section (From Bulletin 118-2003 Appendix C) 1 Document public involvement and ability of the public to participate in development of the Section 1.3 GMP, this may include a Technical Advisory Committee (Stakeholder Working Group) 2 Establish an advisory committee of stakeholders within the plan area that will help guide the Section 1.3 development and implementation of the GMP and provide a forum for the resolution of Section 3.1 controversial issues 3 Describe the area to be managed underthe GMP including: Section 2 • The physical structure of the aquifer system • A summary of available historical data and issues of concern related to groundwater levels, groundwater quality, inelastic land subsidence, and surface water flow or quality that effects groundwater or groundwater pumping that effects surface water flow or quality • A general discussion of historical and projected water demands and supplies 4 Establish management objectives (MOs) for the groundwater basin subject to the GMP Section 1.5 5 Describe the GMP's monitoring program Section 3.4 1-7 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 1 Table 1-4. Recommended Components Report Category GMP Components Report Recommended Recommended Components Section (From Bulletin 118-2003 Appendix C) 6 Describe efforts to coordinate with land use, zoning, orwater management planning Section 3.4 agencies or activities 7 Create a summary of monitoring locations with frequency of wells monitored Appendix D 8 Provide periodic reports summarizing groundwater conditions and management activities Section 3.1 including: • A summary of monitoring results, with a discussion of historical trends • A summary of management actions during the period covered by the report • A discussion of whether actions are achieving progress towards meeting BMOs • A summary of proposed management actions for the future • A summary of any GMP changes that occurred during the period covered by the report • A summary of actions taken to coordinate with other water and land agencies and other government agencies Provide for the periodic re-evaluation of the entire plan by the managing entity 1.7 Area Covered by the GMP Section 3.1 The Martis Valley GMP includes the service areas of the TDPUD, PCWA, and NCSD that overlay and extend beyond the MVGB boundary, as well as the Placer County portion of the MVGB. It is important to note that at the time of GMP development, there were no other agencies within the Placer County portion of the MVGB that fall within the service area of another local agency, water corporation regulated by the Public Utility Commission (PUC), or mutual water company without the agreement of the overlying agency, as defined in the CWC (CWC § 10750.7(a)). Figure 1-1 shows the Martis Valley GMP area. 1.8 Public Outreach and Education The partner agencies developed a Public Outreach Plan to guide development of the GMP. Public outreach included the formation of a Stakeholder Working Group to provide input on GMP development, two informative public meetings, and publically noticed public hearings (Appendix A) on the intent to draft and adopt the GMP. The Public Outreach Plan is included in Appendix C. 1.9 Groundwater Model The partner agencies are currently collaborating with the Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation) and their subcontractor, Desert Research Institute (DRI), to develop an integrated watershed -groundwater model in conjunction with the Martis Valley GMP. The geologic investigation conducted and documented in Section 2 of this report has been used to develop a geologic framework database, which was used to guide the conceptual and numerical model components for the hydrogeology components (groundwater model) of the integrated watershed model. The integrated watershed model is under development in parallel with the GMP and is not completed at the time of the issuance of the final GMP. The integrated watershed model is comprised of a Precipitation Runoff Modeling System (PRMS) and Modular Three -Dimensional Finite -Difference Groundwater Flow Model (MODFLOW) coupled together using an Unsaturated Zone Flow (UZF) package. PRMS is used to model surface water within the watershed, whereas MODFLOW is used to model groundwater within the MVGB. The UZF model package 1-8 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 1 is a kinematic wave vadose zone model used to simulate the interaction between surface water and groundwater. Each model will be calibrated separately, and then calibrated together over a ten year period using a coupled ground -water and surface -water Flow Model (GSFLOW). Predictive model simulations will be performed using multiple general circulation model (GCM) projections of precipitation and temperature to estimate the influence of future climate on water resources within the MVGB. Calibration targets for fully coupled, GSFLOW model will include head values measured from wells, meadow and spring locations, streamflows, measured snow depth, and remotely sensed snow cover. The integrated model's model domain will cover the entire Martis Valley Watershed, which includes the MVGB, as well as the watersheds that contribute surface water to the region, including Lake Tahoe. The model grid's cells are 300 meters by 300 meters in size. To date, DRI has used the PRMS component of the integrated modeling tool to estimate groundwater recharge across the MVGB, and is discussed in more detail in Section 2.9. 1.10 Document Organization The Martis Valley GMP is organized into the following sections: • Section 2 Physical Setting: describes the physical setting of Martis Valley including items such as geologic setting, land use, water sources, and well infrastructure • Section 3 Plan Implementation: discusses the implementation actions included in the Martis Valley GMP Section 4 References Appendices 1-9 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Section 2 Physical Setting The MVGB is located in the transition zone between the Sierra Nevada and the Basin and Range Geomorphic Provinces, east of the Sierra Nevada crest and part of the larger Tahoe -Truckee River Basin of California and Nevada. Martis Valley is the principal topographic feature within the MVGB. The surrounding landscape is mountainous, underlain by volcanic and, to some extent, granitic bedrock, with apparent faulting and some portions that have been glaciated. A significant portion of the land within the MVGB boundary is privately owned with some areas managed as forest, open space and/or for recreation by special districts or agencies, including the U.S. Forest Service. This section of the GMP characterizes the physical setting of the MVGB, including: topography, climate, surface water hydrology, geology, hydrogeology, and water use. 2.1 Topography The MVGB encompasses roughly 57 square miles, and lies within the Middle Truckee River Watershed. Elevations of the valley floor range from 5,700 to 5,900 feet above mean sea level (msl). The valley is accented by hills rising above the valley floor and mountains to the south and east of the valley. High points within or immediately adjacent to the MVGB include Bald Mountain at an elevation of 6,760 feet and Alder Hill at 6,733 feet, located on the western margin of the MVGB, and Lookout Mountain at 8,104 feet and Mt. Pluto at 8,617 feet, located on its the southern fringe. Martis Peak, further to the east, is at 8,742 feet. Figure 2-1 illustrates the MVGB location and topography. 2.2 Climate The Tahoe -Truckee region experiences warm and dry summers, and cold, wet and snowy winters. Elevation and rain shadow play major roles in the spatial distribution of temperature and precipitation. Precipitation is highest at upper elevations in the western portion of the basin, toward the Sierra Crest, and decreases with elevation in the eastern portion of the basin (Figure 2-2). Mean annual precipitation (as snow water equivalent) ranges from approximately 30 inches below 6,500 feet to over 45 inches above 6,500 feet. Precipitation falls mostly as snow between October and April, though runoff and streamflow also responds to periodic mid -winter rain -on -snow events. Annual peak streamflow typically occurs during spring snowmelt in May or June. A small proportion of the total annual precipitation falls during brief thunderstorms in the summer months. Average monthly precipitation is shown in Figure 2-3, as recorded at the United States Forest Service (USFS) Truckee Ranger Station, near the center of the watershed (California Data Exchange Center Station TKE). Average temperatures range from daily lows of 15°F in December and January to daily highs of 820F in July, as recorded at SNOTEL Station Truckee #2. 2-1 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx a_ S°geheq Cre®k.. .. 8� q,osserceek Alder Hill 6,733 feet �e o- I Truckee Marlis Cyr ek Lake Martis Valley ' Groundwater Basin Square Miles: 57 fr/ 267 '•�` Go° Nk �V Bald Mtn 6,760 feet Lookout Mtn 8,104 feet ;"Al ke Martis Peak 8,742 feet Pi s9 _ Erl 122 NORTH Mf Pluto 8,617 feet 28 Miles I Legend L T Martis Valley Groundwater Basin DAI- '?LI =C'I SITE 9-7-12 110691 Martis Valley Groundwater Basin, California Figure T'rLL Groundwater Basin Location and Physiography 2-1 .� Balance `�� lIydrolagics,lnw a- 0onnerLake VNEPStampede Reservoir 46rwwmaa7% LOP 'J o Martis Valley Groundwater Basin 'o A W Truckee Ranger Station Tr Ci(ee Ury Lake Memorial SiA k Mortis Cre • L ��, • �4 Legend Mean annual Precipation (inches) ■ 180-200 ' 20.1 - 30.0 3,0 1 - 40.0 40.1 - 50.0 50.1 - 60.0 50.1 - 70.0 70.1 - 80.0 ■ Rain Gage SNOTEL DATE PROJECT SITE 9 7-12 140691 TITLE .� Balance lIydrolagics,lnc: #2 1"] N 2 1 0 2 Miles jr Martis Valley Groundwater Basin, California Mean Annual Precipitation Lake Tahoe M Figure 2-2 Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 a JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC Figure 2-3. Mean Monthly Precipitation, Truckee Ranger Station, from 1904 to 1919 and 1935 to 2009 2.2.1 Climate Variability The region experiences a wide range in climate variability. Variability is marked by periods of greater than average precipitation (`wet periods') and periods of below average precipitation or drought periods. Droughts have been historically common in the Sierra Nevada; Figure 2-4 illustrates the annual percent deviation from mean annual precipitation in Truckee and annual streamflow recorded at Farad from 1910 to 2009. The data shows that recent dry periods (periods of below average precipitation) generally have longer duration (e.g., 1971-1978, 1987-1994) than wet periods, which are typically short-lived and more extreme (e.g., 1962-1965, 1982-1983). The gray shading shows periods of incomplete annual precipitation data. The worst drought in the 110 records of recorded streamflows at Farad was from 1987 to 1994. A similar pattern is recorded in tree -ring data since 1600 (Fritts and Gordon, 1980), with longer, more extreme droughts recorded. Lindstrom and others (2000) have described climate changes and details of wet and dry periods over the past 10,000 years, noting evidence of several dry periods when Lake Tahoe, and Donner and Independence Lakes dropped below their natural rims for consecutive years or decades (700 to 500 years ago and 200 to 100 years ago). 2-4 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 80 60 C 0 Q 40 a 3 20 c c m c m E 0 E o -20 O1 c -40 v v a -60 -80 O MOl ci O �--� c-I m e-I M k0 �--� Ol c-i m �--I M e-I N N M a -I M N M e-I 00 N M a -I In M a -I V M a -I n In�0 M a -I M a -I v M e-I o r` O1 ci ry oo M e-I V r o m Ol ci m 0 2000000 1800000 1600000 d m u 1400000 m v m `m 1200000 u_ R O 1000000 E m d y 800000 R 3 C m 600000 0 O H 400000 200000 mean: 547,000 ac-ft/yr 0 V o O_ _M O D) N N a0 m n O M c0 O) N Lo N o ID O r-- CO O N w W m m O m 0 O O O N N N m m m 7 V 7 V 10 l0 l0 t0 t0 t0 h f� r h OD W oD O) O 0) O O O O 01 O) 01 W a1 W T T T W 01 O) O) 01 O) O) O) 01 W 01 W 01 W 01 O) a1 O) O) O) O) W a1 O O o o N N N N Figure 2-4. Percent Deviation from Mean Annual Precipitation at the Truckee Ranger Station and Total Annual Streamflow at Farad 2-5 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 2.2.2 Climate Change The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Association (NOAA) and Coats and others (2010) have predicted a future shift from snowfall to rain in the next century in this region as a result of projected increases in average, minimum, and maximum air temperatures. Associated changes in surface water hydrology include potential increases in the frequency and magnitude of major flooding, such that more water may leave the basin as runoff, rather than infiltrating and recharging groundwater resources. NOAA has also predicted that climate change may result in increased drought frequency, and generally reduced water supplies (U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, 2011). The U.S. Bureau of Reclamation manages water supply in the Truckee River Basin, and is undertaking a number of studies to evaluate the degree to which water supply and demand may be impacted by future changes in climate. This includes the Truckee River Basin Study, as well as funding researchers at DRI to develop an integrated groundwater, surface water, and climate change model of the MVGB. 2.3 Surface Water Hydrology The Truckee River bisects the MVGB, with several tributaries upstream, within, and downstream of the MVGB. This section provides a brief discussion of the flow regimes of the Truckee River and the primary tributaries within the MVGB. Watershed areas are based on data available from CalAtlas, but subwatersheds shown have been modified in places for consistency with other regional studies, including the Water Quality Assessment and Modeling of the California portion of the Truckee River Basin (McGraw and others, 2001), the Truckee River Water Quality Monitoring Plan (Nichols Engineers, 2008), and the Martis Watershed Assessment (Shaw and others, 2012). 2.3.1 Truckee River The Middle Truckee River' flows out of Lake Tahoe at Tahoe City with a number of tributaries contributing streamflow upstream of Martis Valley, including Bear, Squaw, Deer, Pole, Silver, and Cabin Creeks. The Truckee River then enters the MVGB near the junction of State Highway 89 and Interstate 80, flows west to east across Martis Valley before exiting the basin near Boca, just upstream of its confluence with the Little Truckee River. Main tributaries within Martis Valley are Donner, Cold2, Trout, Martis and Prosser Creeks (Figure 2-5). Below Boca, the Truckee River descends into the Truckee Canyon before flowing through Reno and Sparks, Nevada, and terminating at Pyramid Lake. Streamflow from Lake Tahoe, Donner Lake, Martis Creek, and Prosser Creek is controlled by major dams or impoundments, with the timing of releases and streamflows guided by a number of court decrees, agreements, and regulations that govern the flow rate from California to Nevada. These streamflow rates are known as `Floriston Rates' and measured at Farad, California just upstream of the State line. The Truckee River is currently operated according to the Truckee River and Reservoir Operations Model (Berris and others, 2001). The Truckee River falls under the jurisdiction of TROA, which is further discussed in Section 3.2. ' Definitions of the Upper, Middle, and Lower Truckee River vary among numerous published studies. The definition used in this report of the "Middle Truckee River" definition used in this report conforms to nomenclature used by the California Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board, but differs from that used by the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation. 2 Though it is not a direct tributary to the Truckee River, Cold Creek flows into Donner Creek below Donner Lake, approximately 1.5 miles upstream of the confluence with the Truckee River, and therefore accounts for a significant portion of the unregulated flow into the MVGB. lT P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx ''a Lak%Ao- 1irAnJ.IaVi " ,e Mary Donner/Cold Creeks ee,� , aC Legend - USGS Gaging Stations DWR long-term monitoring wells Mantis Valley Groundwater Basin Cold Stream -Little Truckee River Donner Creek . Mantis Creek Prosser Creek ❑ Squaw Creek -Truckee River ■ Trout Creek El Truckee River rE 11-2-2012 PROJECT 140691 SITE MWa I i - ~ NORTH 0 2 a Miles Source: E-s , i-cubed, USDA, USGS, AEy , GeoE e, Getmapping, Aerogrid, IGN, IGP, and the GIS User Community Martis Valley Groundwater Basin, California Figure 2-5 Hydrography and long-term monitoring stations Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 Table 2-1 summarizes historical monthly and average annual flow of the Truckee River and its tributaries, and Figure 2-6 correspondingly shows the average monthly streamflow at a number of gaging stations in the Truckee Basin. This data illustrates how the regulation of streamflows in the Truckee Basin alters the timing of discharge. Unregulated streams in this region tend to experience seasonal low flows in the late summer and early fall, with the bulk of total annual runoff occurring as snowmelt in May and June. This pattern is illustrated by monthly streamflow data collected at Sagehen Creek, an unregulated watershed approximately 5 miles north of the MVGB. In contrast, streams in the MVGB tend to have the total annual streamflow more uniformly distributed during the year, due to timed releases from the various impoundments. Donner I I Prosser Creek Martis Creek Sagehen Creek below Truckee River below Prosser above Martis Truckee River Truckee River Creek Donner Lake nearTruckee Dam Dam at Boca at Farad USGS Station ID 10343500 10338500 10338000 10340500 10344505 10346000 10.5 52.9 37.2 873 932 Watershed Size (sq mi) 14.3 553.0 1953- present 1964-present 1959-1971; 1973-2007 2002-present 1910-present Period of record 1931-present 1945-present (cfs) Oct 3 30 175 85 11 382 388 Nov 5 27 179 36 14 277 412 Dec 7 30 256 53 20 341 520 Jan 8 33 293 74 29 390 586 Feb 8 32 315 68 34 348 641 Mar 10 38 305 111 47 540 788 Apr 24 52 372 119 57 835 1240 May 43 86 532 190 112 52 1190 1680 1240 Jun 25 45 457 26 900 Jul 7 11 306 63 14 658 659 Aug 3 7 285 52 10 499 515 Sept 3 27 239 102 11 493 473 Mean annual (cfs) 12 35 310 89 27 571 762 Mean annual (ac-ft) 8,772 25,236 224,068 64,252 19,629 413,445 551,542 Source: U.S. Geological Survey, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers cfs: cubic feet per second ac-ft: acre-feet 2-8 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 Sagehen Creek (unregulated snowmelt hydrology, 1945-2010) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 — 0 0 0 rM r� o Donner Creek below Donner Lake: USGS Station 10338500 (regulated, 1931-2010) 7 6 5 Cr 4 N 3 N 2 -3: 0 0 E d Truckee Rivernear Truckee: USGS Station 10338000 (regulated, 1945-2010) 7 N r 6 C 5 7 4 s 3 C 2 O E 1 0 o Q o » © 0 ❑ El o n d t6 j Prosser Creek below Prosser Dam: USGS Station 10340500 (regulated, 1964.2010) a 7 6 5 4 3 ❑o❑❑�❑�1 ❑❑❑❑ Truckee River at Farad: USGS Station 10346000 (regulated,1910-2010) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 o o a I� o Cl ❑ ❑ ❑ f� I� I� Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Figure 2-6. Mean Monthly Streamflows in the Middle Truckee River Watershed P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx 2-9 Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 2.3.2 Martis Creek Martis Creek generally flows from south to north in the southern portion of the groundwater basin, with four named tributaries; Martis, West, Middle, and East Martis Creeks comprising the majority of its 42.7 square -mile watershed. Martis Creek Dam was completed in 1972 in order to provide storage for flood control, recreation, and potential water supply (USACE, 1985). Shortly following construction, seepage was observed in the dam face, posing a significant failure risk. As a result, the reservoir has rarely been filled to capacity, and is now maintained at a minimum pool elevation located entirely within the boundaries of the MVGB. The maximum outlet capacity of the dam is 580 cfs prior to spilling and 4,640 cfs at maximum spilling capacity. The United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) currently operates the dam in a `gates wide open' position, such that minimal regulation or disruptions in the timing of streamflow occurs under most circumstances. The United States Geologic Survey (USGS) maintained a streamflow gaging station on Martis Creek between Martis Dam and the Truckee River from October 1959 through September 2010, and recently transferred the gage to the USACE in October 2010. Since Martis Dam was constructed in 1972, this data has been used by the USACE, along with Martis Reservoir water level data and stage -storage information, to develop a record of inflow to Martis Reservoir. Daily reservoir inflow data is available for water years 1972 to 2008, and indicate average annual runoff into and out of the reservoir to be on the order of 19,629 acre-feet (27.1 cfs). 2.3.3 Donner and Cold Creeks Donner Lake has a watershed area of approximately 14.3 square miles, all of which lies west of the MVGB boundary. The lake discharges into Donner Creek near the western boundary of the groundwater basin, and then flows toward the east and into the Truckee River (Figure 2-5). A dam was constructed at the lake outlet in 1928 (Berris and others, 2001) allowing for a reservoir capacity of 9,500 ac-ft. The Donner Lake dam is operated by the Nevada Energy (formerly Sierra Pacific Power Company), with a typical release season to provide flood control space from September 1 to November 15. The USGS has maintained a streamflow station on Donner Creek below Donner Lake (Station 10338500) since 1931. Average annual streamflow is 25,794 acre-feet (35.9 cfs), and Figure 2-6 illustrates the effect of dam operations on the timing of streamflow during the year. 2.3.3.1 Cold Creek Cold Creek has a watershed area of approximately 12.5 square miles and flows from Coldstream Canyon into Donner Creek in the western portion of the groundwater basin. The confluence of these streams historically migrated across the Coldstream Canyon alluvial fan, but now both channels area confined by transportation infrastructure and historical aggregate mining operations. Cold Creek is the largest unregulated watershed that flows into the MVGB; with a runoff regime typical of a snowmelt-dominated system, with peak flows in May and June and low flows in the late summer and early fall. A streamflow gage was installed on Cold Creek by Balance Hydrologics for the Truckee River Watershed Council in October, 2010. Cold Creek is the only significant tributary to Donner Creek between USGS gaging station 10338000 (Donner Creek at Donner Lake) and 10338700 (Donner Creek at Highway 89), therefore, historical streamflow estimates were inferred by calculating the difference in streamflow between these stations. Based on these data, average annual streamflow from Cold Creek is approximately 26,731 ac-ft (36.9 cfs). 2.3.4 Trout Creek With a watershed area of approximately 5 square miles, Trout Creek is the only other unregulated stream (besides Cold Creek) which flows into the MVGB. The headwaters of Trout Creek are located within the Tahoe -Donner residential subdivision, part of the Town of Truckee and largely within the boundaries of 2-10 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 the MVGB. The runoff regime is predominately snow -melt dominated, but with portions of the watershed covered with impervious surfaces such as roads and rooftops, rainfall events result in slightly more runoff and less infiltration and recharge from this watershed compared to others. A streamflow gage on Trout Creek was installed in January 2011 for the Truckee River Watershed Council so long-term streamflow statistics are not available. 2.3.5 Prosser Creek Prosser Creek's approximately 32 square -mile watershed area includes Alder Creek and lies largely outside the MVGB. Prosser Creek Reservoir however, is entirely within the groundwater basin and is operated by the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation for water supply and flood control. Reservoir releases for flood control typically occur between September 1 and October 31 (Berris and others, 2001), as reflected in the pattern of average monthly flows depicted in Figure 2-6. 2.3.6 Truckee Corridor The Truckee Corridor includes intervening areas that do not drain to the tributaries mentioned above. This includes the Union Creek subwatershed, which encompasses much of the Glenshire subdivision in the eastern portion of the MVGB, as well as urban and open space areas within the Town of Truckee. 2.3.7 Other impoundments A number of small impoundments are located within the boundaries of the MVGB, including Union Mills Pond in the Glenshire subdivision, Dry Lake adjacent to the Waddle Ranch Preserve, and Gooseneck Reservoir, near the Lahontan Golf Club. Though originally constructed for cattle -grazing and/or millpond operations, these impoundments are now managed primarily for open space, recreational/aesthetic, or wildlife purposes. 2.4 Geology The Martis Valley is located in the Sierra Nevada physiographic region, which is composed primarily of igneous and metamorphic rocks, with sedimentary rocks in its valleys. The MVGB's complex geology is dominated by sedimentary deposits left by glaciations, volcanic rocks, and faulting. A component of the Martis GMP was the development of geologic cross -sections to improve the understanding of MVGB geology and stratigraphy. 2.4.1 Geologic Database Development Approximately 200 well logs obtained from the DWR, TDPUD, PCWA, NCSD, and the Tahoe -Truckee Sanitation Agency (T-TSA) were interpreted to better understand depths and thicknesses of the various geologic formations comprising the MVGB. The filtered geologic and selected well data were entered into an ESRI ArcGIS Geodatabase, a spatially -referenced database. The benefit of the Geodatabase allowed a visual representation of the geologic data and was also used as the geologic framework for the DRI groundwater model that provides consistency between the GMP geologic interpretation and the groundwater model. The geochronology and stratigraphic relationships of water -bearing formations was based on Birkeland's (1961; 1963; 1964) work, as well as subsequent investigations by Latham (1985), and Hydro -Search (1995), and mapping published by Saucedo (2005) and Melody (2009). The stratigraphic relationships, lithologies, and formation locations described in these studies, as well as through field observations, formed the basis for the designation of the primary hydrostratigraphic units, as displayed in Figure 2-7. Figure 2-8 shows the approximate locations of wells used to develop the geologic database. 2-11 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 E Geological (Feet) ((Fe Stratigraphic Description n Qgo Glacial Outwash Unconsolidated boulder and cobble gravel, sand, and silt with glacial fill. - Qjf Juniper Flat Alluvium (Glenshlre) 700 Qpc Prosser Greek Alluvium Interfingering lenses of pebble gravel, sand, -. � ' and silt, partly alluvial and partly lacustrine. -aoo _ °A'4'' • Qv Lousetown Volcanic and AOa ° '•oa,op ,o Interbedded Sediments a� r°moo, o.'.n Basalt, andesite, latite, and limited tuff deposits •�•�••�•• �J moo:°o .°..4.. o. • a. • o • • o. • . �8...�n, •u•'Oo QPg Lousetown Volcanic Sediments Unnamed gravels, sand, and alluvium -am goo Tt Truckee Formation Interfingering, silt, clay, sand and goo iri•- gravel lenses tt '. 2,000 _ : ,gees 7V Tertiary Volcanlcs Andesite flows, andesite breccla �.ann jor JKgr Cretaceous Granitics Figure 2-7. Stratigraphic Column showing Primary Hydrostratigraphic Units Stratigraphic interpretations shown in Figure 2-7 and in Section 2.4.3 (below) are consistent with published geologic maps of the basin (Birkeland, 1961; Birkeland, 1963; Saucedo, 2005; Melody, 2009), and delineate four primary water -bearing stratigraphic units that make up the aquifer, and underlying rocks that are considered to be relatively water -limited (see Figure 2-9). The primary units shown in Figure 2-7 include a number of subunits mapped by previous investigators and shown on Figure 2-9 and noted in parenthesis with the descriptions below. When available, information regarding potentially confining (fine grained) or water -bearing (coarse) subunits are also delineated. Following well log interpretation, three representative geologic cross -sections were located and developed. Figure 2-9 shows the cross-section locations; Figure 2-10 shows cross-section A -A'; Figure 2-11 shows cross-section B-B', and Figure 2-12 shows cross-section C-C'. It should be noted that Figure 2-9, a geologic map of the MVGB and surrounding areas, is based on published geologic mapping by Saucedo (2005), Melody (2009), and Saucedo and Wagner (1992). The Saucedo and Wagner (2009) mapping was completed at a statewide scale and is therefore, less precise than other portions of the map and geological cross -sections. Accordingly, portions of the geologic map in Figure 2-9 do not correspond to the more detailed geological mapping and cross -sections. 2-12 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.doex ' to R F IF 'F rn K41 .. 'Ot 18 N 16 E22FI001 M ('' r h�1 Pr ss r creek R'e, � ) r 0 d W CD 18N1 3LOO1M F��lf•--i�7'-Y^���Fi 77-�NRI E05N007M� d d d V 0 /-� ' d d d d d V qW dV Q) J d d dd d d C} d (D❑� dC>O x } d i7N16F:i1F001M d d d d 17N17E87MO1M 0 d nPl R d dTruC ee 17N17E18c001M kcc d d r 0 C) d dd d � � d ('. 17N16E13K003M 17N1dE13K001 A9 17N1GE17F M �.) d 0 ^ � . d �� 17N77E1BI(007M �.' ITNIGE19GO01M L] 17 6001rd 0 Legend i Wells used for lithology DWR long-term monitoring wells TDPUD Production Well ® PCWA Production Wells @ NCSD Production Well Martis Valley Groundwater Basin Well locations are accurate within 300 feet. DAI- ':i[]._cl SITE 9-7-12 140691 TITLE �• Balance `��'� lIydrolagics,}>le 6 Martis Valley Groundwater Basin, California Figure 2-8 Well Locations Geology Legend Ma rtis Val lay Groundwater Basin Qgo - Oulwash deposits !! Pva -An desite and basaltic andesite flows (Pliocene) QI - Lake deposits (Holocene) Qg- Quaternary, nonma6no, glacial till and moraines Pvh -Basalt Flows (Pliocene) • Qls- Landslide deposits (Holocene and Pleistocene) Ov - Vndifferentiated volcanic rocks (quaternary) Mva - Undivided andesitic and docibc lahars. flows, brecci Q- Alluvium (Holocene and Pleistocene) Qvbm - Bald Mau ntain olivine lathe [Plei stD ene] and vvlcaniclsstic sediments [Miocene] Of •Alluvial Fan deposits (Holocene and Qjf - Juniper F lot a I luv iLIM (P leisloce ne) Tv - Tertiary vol ca nic flow rocks Pleistocene) Qpc -Prosser Creek alluvium [Plei stacenel Mvaf - Andesite and docile flows (Mi ocene) Qm - Mudflow deposits (Holocene and (or) Pleistooene) Mia - Intrusive racks (Miocene) andesite, basaltic andesite -� Qvh- Hirschd a le o liv ine latite (Pleistocene) latite Qti - Tioga oubxash? and - QPvd - pry Lake volcanic Rows [Pliocene and QMvr - Rhyolile tuff (01igocene and Miocene?) Ote - Tahoe oulwash? (or) Pleistocene) Qtao - Outwash deposits QPvbc - Big Chief basalt (Pliocene and (or) Pleistocene) grMz - Granite, quartz monzonite (Mesozoic) Pvp Polaris J - Marine sedimentary and meta sod intent racks SJurassic' Rog - Tlll - olivine latite (Pliocene) .._ , Ougo - Outwash deposits - Pvah - Olivine basalt flows (Pliocene) m - Schist [Early Proterozoic to Cretaceous] y Q ape Baca Reservoir Qm Q ape Qta O Qm Opt 4sja... Tvp Qv p Qta Mv8 Prosser Creek Res Q� 4.+ Tv V QV Q(s Mva Mva Ql s Pvah Qvh �:...... Qlf Pvh Pvah Mva Mva Q Pvah ape Qp Q QPvd3 a- A North 7500 7000 m 5500 Co Q z w 6000 LL z O 7 55r it w J W 50 1 I 4500 4000 V i V.VW V.WV DISTANCE IN FEET NOTE5: I . Approximate ve-rbe:al exa,�cjgration = 5.. 4. Fault Iocafron� are approximate, bated on 5aur-:edo,-GeulojiL Map of Lake Tahoe Ba•�Irl," 2. Elevation profile Jeveloped from 30-meter digital elevation model, 2005 and Hunter• and other',. 201 ! dcmdnIoadrrl frorn National Elevation DataSrt 5. 5urtrcol geology inferred from 5auce.do, 2005. (http:115eamlean.u�:,g5.govllndex•php) G. 5lgnifir_ant sand, gravel, and clay becks shpe rat ed In well logs. 3. Well log Ior-jbons are, appror imate &,,thin GOO feet. 7. Fracture zones showrn where rioted in well locjs. A' South 'i00 )OD 7DD a Co Q z )0o w �L z O 500 j w J W )00 500 300 Refer ence5: B irkelan J, F.'W.. 1 9G3 I'l e:i stoc:e n e. Hrsto ry of the Irucke:e: al -ea, north of Lake Tahoe, Ca Iifc: rn i a, Ge(., l oeq i ca l Society of Amerie a aulletrn. V. G4, p. 1 453- 1 4G4. 1iintei-, L.E., Ho•wle, J.F.. Rose.. R.S.. and BaweJen. G.'"'d., 20! I , LIDAR. a Irlencrfrr:acron of an active tonic near Trucker, California, Bulletin of the 5ei5mological Society of Arnenca, v. 10 1 . n. 3, p. I I G2- 1 1 (5 1 Latham, T.S.. 1 985, 5t rat ra ph y, st nr rtlrr•e and cfeoc hem i=,try of Rlio Rl e i stocx ne vol c:a n- ror.k5 of the &este rn Ea Sin and R.1nc)e Province. near Truckee, CaIIFo1'nld, unpublished doctoral dl 5ertatlon. Uriivei••srcy of Ca for nra. Davis. 34 ! p. Melody, A., 2009. Act eve. faultinj and Quaternary pa leohyd rol of y. of the Ti r ic: kee Fault Zone. north of Truckee., COI for-n la, M5 Thesr5. Humboldt 5cate Jnlverr,ity, Humboldt. CA 71 p. 5aucedo, G.J.. 2005, Geoloyrc: Map of Lake lahoe Basin, California and Nevada. California Geological Survey R,--gronaI Geologic k1ap 5erie5, Map No. 4• 1 : r00.000 Scale. Legend 3 R1 L K j ® Glacial TillMoraine �V Tertiary VOlcanics Lith❑logic Contact C — 7— Inferred Lithologic Contact CL Glacial Gutwash deposits Sands and Gravels s I r j Fault, direction of displacement L QP� Prosser Creek alluvium Clay bed J (dashed where inferred) (Pleistocene) T � Lousetown Volcanics RM Tuff/Ash � 0. ,V � Well log C (Pleistocene] z Lousetown Interbedded Sediments Interbedded Basalt I (Unnamed gravels, sand and alluvium) � and Andesite Basalt L (Pliocene and (or) Pleistocene) Truckee Formation Fracture Zone 7 D (Lake and Stream Deposits) D a Source: C]2011 Balance Hydrologics, Inc. i B West 7500 7000 co 00 6500 z w w `L 6000 0 5500 LU 5000 4500 4000 B' East 7soa 7000 ao 00 z 6500 w LU I z 0 6000 ¢ w J L1J 5500 5000 4500 V I V,WV LV,VVU HOTE5: DISTANCE IN FEET References: ! . Appl•orimate. vertical e>agyeratlon = 5x. 4. Fault Iocabon�: are approximate, based on 5aucedo.-Gr:olnyir- M-Alp of Iake Tafrne Basin," Blrke-land, P.W., I9E3 PIe,Stocene History of the Trii; Kee. area. north of lake Tahoe. California. Geoinglr_al 5or_lety of Amc:rlc:a 2- Elevation profile developed frcxrl 30-mete.r digital elevation rrlodel, 2005 and Hunter arld others, 20 1 1 . 5uIletlrl, v. G4. p. 1 453- 1 4G4. downloaded From National rIevatlon Pata-�et 5. 5urFlro1 geology Inferred Fro1n 5aur_edo. 2005. Flunter. L..F., Howlp. J.P.. Rode. K.5.. and Bawden. G.'N.. 20! L.�DAR — a5s�5tecJ IdentlFlcatlon of an ar_tive fault near Tr�,ckee. [http:Rsearnle< s.u<�g<,3.Iovhndex. php]. G. 5lrjniflcant sand- gravel, and clay beds shown .vhere rioted in well 1uy Callforrlla, Ciulletln of the 5elsrnologl a1 5ouet.y c,f America, v- 10 1 , rl. 3, V. I I G2- 1 15 1 . 3. Well log Ior_abon are approximate evithin GOO Feet. ?. PI•actul'e aones shown where noted in vell logs- Latham, T.5.. 1955, 5trat,graphy, stl'uctul'e. and geochemi5try of Pllo-Plel5tocene volcanic rnck5 of the western BaSn and Prange Province, near T1 uCkee, California. unpubll,,hed doctoral dlssertatlorl. LJnlver3lty of Callfor no, Devr_, 34 ! p. Melody. A., 2009. Active Faulting and Quaternary paleohydroloyy of the Truckee rault, o-nne north oFTr,,rkee. California. M5 Thesrc, Humboldt State Jrllver;lty. Humboldt, CA. 71 p. 5aucedo. G.J.. 2005, Geologic Map of lake Tahoe Bann. California and Flevad.a. California Legend Geological Survey Regional Geologic Map Series, kbp No. 4, 1 : 100,000 scale. L° 3 Glacial Till/Moraine C Q. EP �d:, Glacial Outwash deposits r i s ��$ Landslide deposits 7 u Juniper Flat alluvium 'Pleistocene} C z ®Prosser Creek alluvium (Pleistocene) L Lousetown Volcanics 7(Pleistocene) ® Lousetown Interbedded Sediments flJnnamed gravels. sand and alluvium) (Pliocene and (or) Pleistocene) Truckee Formation (Lake and Stream Deposits) Tertiary Volcanics Sands and Gravels M] Clay Bed ® Tuff/Ash Interbedded Basalt and Andesite Basalt Fracture Zane Lithologic Contact — ?— Interred Lithologic Contact J Fault, direction of displacement (dashed where inferred) 4 a v Well log I Source: C]2011 Balance Hydrologres, Inc. L C West 7500 7000 6500 co 1Z 7 w 6000 ua 7 0 j 5500 ur J W 5000 4500 � 000 V I VVVV tLVVV DISTANCE IN FEET C' East 7500 7000 6500 co GO ❑ 7 6000 w LIJ 7 0 5500 j w J W 500fl 4500 4000 I 1 OTE5: Re r er en ce 5: I . Alp prox emote ve rb r:al e:x a 9q e ra tion = 5x. 4. Fault IocAtions are approximate- ba Seel on Sauced o, 'Ger.:loa rC Map of La k.e Tahoe Baern,Blrkeland. R.'W.. 1 9C3 Rle ist ocene History of the: Tr•r a_ke:e: area, north of La lu: Tahoe- California. Ge:oloy is ;jI 5oc lety of Am erre.a 2 Elevation profile developed from 30-meter• clrgrtal elevation niodel, 2005 and Hunter• and other 201 ! • Bulletin. v. G4, p. 1 453- 1 4G4. downloaded from National tlevation Dataset 5. 5urfical c)eololy contacts Infer•r•e:d from 5aucedo. 2005. Hunte i , L.E., r1r)wIe., J.F.. Rose:. R.5., anrf Bawden. C AV., 20 1 1 , LIDAR assisted IJrntifrcation of an active fault near Trw kee, [hctp:Il•5eanr1e5+5.u5g5.govlinclex.php]. G. 51gnificant Sand, gravel, and clay beds Shown where nosed in well logs. CaIIFo nra, DoIlet, n of the 5e,•smologicoI 5ocrety of America, v- 10 1 . n. 3. p. I I G 2 - 1 1,5 1 . 3. 'Nell Ioj Ioc bon5 are approximate within GOO feet. 7. Era r: trim. zon e:s shordan whe re noted in we11 Iol La thaim, T.5., 1 985, 5t rate y ra ph y, st ri set rJ re, and cJeo e hem i5try of "Iio Rl erStoce ne vol r_anic: r•on,k5 of the n e-ste rn 5A. sin and R.anye Province. near Truckee, CaIiFornia, unpub1 511e.J doctoral cJi,cerkatu7n, LJnrvei-amity of California. Dovr�,. 341 p. Melody, A- 2009. Active, faulting and Quaternary paleohydrololy of the Truckee fault Zone north of Truckee, Ca foi-ri a, rv15 Thews. Humboldt 5cate Llniver511ty. Humboldt. CA 71 p. 5aucxdo, G.J., 2005. Geolcgrc: %AAp of Lake Tahoe Basin, California and Nevada, California Legend Geological 5unvey Regional Geologic Map 5enc5, hfap PIo 4• 1 :100.000 Scale r✓ Glacial TillNSo I raine TV Tertiary Volcanics Lithologic Contact C — 7— Inferred Lithologic Contact CL Glacial Gutwash deposits Sands and Gravels s I {� Fault, direction of displacement L QP� Prosser Creek alluvium Clay bed J I (dashed where inferred) (Pleistocene) T C} � Lousetown Volcanics RM Tuff/Ash 0. :v � lag C (Pleistocene] Well z Lousetown Interbedded Sediments Interbedded Basalt I (Unnamed gravels, sand and alluvium) � and Andesite Basalt L (Pliocene and (or) Pleistocene) Truckee Formation Fracture Zone 7 D (Lake and 5trearn Deposits) D a Source: C]2011 Balance Hydrologics, Inc. i Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 2.4.2 Stratigraphy The uplift along the faults that created the MVGB probably began during the late Pliocene and into the early Pleistocene, with relatively low -permeability Tertiary volcanics forming the bottom of the basin (considered basement rocks in this report). Prior to and throughout the middle Pliocene, the sedimentary material of the Truckee Formation was deposited in the MVGB, directly overlying andesite tuff breccias, andesite flows, and intrusive rocks of Tertiary age. Following deformation, the general topography of the Martis Valley was probably somewhat similar to today's topography (Birkeland, 1963), with the Truckee River flowing out of the MVGB near where it does today, cutting a canyon through the pre -Pleistocene rocks of the Carson Range. During the Pleistocene, a series of volcanic flows occurred in the regional Truckee area. At least 20 distinct flows have been recognized (Birkeland, 1961), mostly (but not exclusively) consisting of fine- grained latites and basalts, and are noted as being fairly local in extent. Flows found in the MVGB include the Dry Lake Flows (QPvd), the Bald Mountain olivine latite (Qvbm), Alder Hill Basalt, Polaris olivine latite, and Hirschdale olivine latite. Collectively, these units are referred to as Lousetown volcanics (Qv) based on Birkeland's (1963) correlation to other Lousetown flows in the Carson Range. Also included within the in the Lousetown Formation are interbedded Lousetown sediments (Qps); fluvial (stream) and lacustrine (lake) deposits accumulating, and thereby raising land surface elevation, in the valley between flow events. As volcanic activity waned, one of the last flows, the Hirschdale Olivine Latite, flowed across the Truckee River Canyon, damming the basin and causing widespread sediment accumulation and deposition of the Prosser Formation (Qpc), a partly-lacustrine and partly fluvial sedimentary unit (Birkeland, 1963). Brown (2010) has subdivided the Prosser Formation into Upper, Middle, and Lower Members. For geodatabase development purposes, interbedded Lousetown sediments are defined as being capped by volcanics, while the Prosser Formation is not. It is recognized however, that the lower Prosser Formation may have been deposited concurrently with the interbedded Lousetown sediments, and in some cases, may be correlated to these upper sediments where capping volcanics pinch out laterally. During this same period, Juniper Flat alluvium was being deposited in the Glenshire area with sediment derived from the paleo-Juniper Creek watershed and alluvium derived from the west. The Prosser Formation and volcanics in other areas are capped by glacial deposits, derived from glacial advances and retreats during a number of glacial episodes (Birkeland, 1961). In the MVGB, most of the deposits consist of glacial outwash deposits of varying age (Qgo). The outwash deposits consist of loose and unconsolidated boulder, cobble, gravel, and sand. In the vicinity of the Truckee River, three distinct outwash deposits (Qogo, Qtao, and Qti) are apparent and form terraces along the course of the river (Birkeland, 1961). A number of glacial moraines were also deposited, and are visible today in the vicinity of Donner Lake, the Tahoe -Donner residential neighborhood, and the Gateway Neighborhood of Truckee. 2.4.3 Structure The MVGB lies within the Truckee Basin, a structural trough formed at the boundary of the Sierra Nevada and Basin and Range Geomorphic Provinces. Tectonics in this zone are complex and include active right -lateral (strike -slip) shear associated with the Pacific -North American Plate boundary and North Walker Lane Belt, as well as extensional (normal) faulting associated with the Basin and Range Province. The uplift along the faults that created the basin probably began during the late Pliocene and into the early Pleistocene (Birkeland, 1963), while right -lateral faulting is inferred to have occurred into the Holocene (Melody, 2009; Brown, 2010; Hunter and others, 2011). Most recently, the Polaris Fault has been mapped as an active North -South Holocene fault across the center of the MVGB. Identified faults are shown in Figure 2-13. 2-18 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx a GA r Legend ® Springs Mapped Faults fault, certain • fault, approx. located, inferred, M or queried fault, concealed, or queried Q Martis Valley Groundwater Basin i DAI PROJECT SITE 9 7-12 140691 TITLE .� Balance iiraroiagicavr_ 4 AIIIIIIIIIIIIII E Z mot. � e• Lakiu Yi'e Martis Valley Groundwater Basin, California Figure Locations of Springs and Mapped Faults 2-13 (active and inferred) Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 2.5 Groundwater Occurrence and Movement The geologic units described above are interlayered, with complex spatial relationships, and as such, the occurrence and movement of groundwater within and between these units is variable. For this report, the low -permeability Miocene (Tertiary) volcanic rocks are considered the bottom of the MVGB. This section discusses where groundwater occurs, groundwater and surface water interaction, and water levels overtime. 2.5.1 Water -bearing Units and Properties The Truckee Formation (Tt) is composed of interlayered silts, sands, and clays, and therefore has variable groundwater availability. Well driller's logs document sands and gravels within the Truckee Formation in the center of the basin, near the Truckee Tahoe Airport, at depths of approximately 900 to 1,000 feet, and from 200 to 700 feet in the southern portion of the basin near Shaffer's Mill and Lahontan Golf Clubs. Well yields in the Truckee Formation range from 280 gallons per minute (gpm) in the eastern portion of the basin (Hydro -Search, 1995) to more than 1,000 gpm in faulted areas underlying the Bald Mountain volcanics in the southwestern portions of the MVGB (Herzog, 2001). Water is found along faults and fractures within the Lousetown volcanics (Qv), though portions of the volcanic flows are massive and unfractured. Figure 2-14a is a photo of a Lousetown volcanic outcrop and illustrates the range of fracture concentrations that can occur in this unit. In most cases, water encountered in this fractured system is pressurized, rising to a static level several hundred feet higher than where initially encountered, suggesting the presence of confining units above these fracture zones. Wells located in the southern portion of the groundwater basin have been found to be artesian, or flowing, along fractures interpreted as faults (Herzog and Whitford, 2001), with yields ranging from approximately 250 to 1,000 gpm. A number of distinct fault blocks are present in this area, with unique and heterogeneous aquifer properties where faults serve as barriers to groundwater flow (ECO:LOGIC, 2006; ECO:LOGIC, 2007; Bugenig, 2007; Bugenig, 2006; Peck and Herzog, 2008). Groundwater discharge areas in the form of seeps and springs are also found within these areas and along the periphery of the MVGB (Figure 2-13), including thermal springs in the vicinity of the recently -mapped Polaris Fault (Hunter and others, 2011). The Prosser Formation (Qpc) includes interlayered silts, sands, and clays and has variable water bearing capacity. Figure 2-14b shows an outcrop of the Prosser Formation, where coarser materials such as sand and gravel are present, and moderate groundwater yields may be encountered. Water -bearing portions of the Prosser Formation may also be hydrologically connected to overlying glacial outwash and potentially surface water bodies as well. Well yields in these alluvial formations typically range from 12 to 100 gpm, though larger -diameter production wells have estimated yields as high as 500 gpm according to State well driller's logs. Hydraulic properties of the glacial moraines contrast sharply with those of the glacial outwash deposits; the moraines consist of poorly -sorted clay to boulder -size materials, while the glacial outwash deposits are primarily well -sorted sands and gravels. As a result, the glacial outwash tends to transmit water relatively easily, while moraines are typically water -limited. 2-20 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 Figure 2-14a. Lousetown Volcanic Outcrop Figure 2-14b. Prosser Formation Outcrop Underlying Glacial Outwash P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx 2-21 Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 2.5.2 Surface -groundwater interaction Generalized groundwater flow directions were inferred by Hydro -Search (1995) and were based on static water levels reported in State well drillers reports and DWR's long-term well monitoring data, and indicated groundwater flow directions toward the Truckee River. A more detailed surface water and groundwater interaction study (Interflow Hydrology, 2003) was completed for the TDPUD. The Interflow Hydrology study provides estimates of the magnitude of stream losses and gains to and from groundwater across the Martis Valley during summer 2002, in the middle of a multi -year dry period. Observations made during the course of the study showed Martis Creek to be a `gaining stream' (receiving groundwater discharge) across the Lahontan Golf Club, upstream of Martis Valley; West Martis Creek was found to be a `losing stream' as it enters Martis Valley, recharging groundwater between the Northstar Golf Course and its confluence with Martis Creek; and Middle Martis Creek showed no loss or gain across the valley floor. Groundwater discharge in the form of springs generally support perennial flows in Lower East Martis and Dry Lake Creeks, as well as from the hillside adjacent to Mantis Reservoir. Interflow Hydrology (2003) computed a basic water balance based on late season low flow measurements in the watershed and found that in October 2002, total streamflow losses across the Martis Valley floor were on the order of 0.65 cfs (approximately 9 percent of the total baseflow into the MVGB from Martis Creek), while losses at Martis Creek Lake were on the order of 1.55 cfs (approximately 29 percent of the total flow at that point). Evaporation and evapotranspiration by plants were not measured as part of the study; however, these data suggest that the Martis Valley floor potentially serves as a groundwater recharge area during the late summer and fall months. In addition, Interflow Hydrology (2003) identified groundwater recharge occurring where Prosser Creek enters the MVGB, just upstream of Prosser Reservoir. All other tributaries, including Cold, Donner, and Trout Creeks were concluded to be supported by groundwater discharge. 2.5.3 Groundwater levels and Land Subsidence Groundwater levels have been generally stable in the Martis Valley with some declines occurring in specific regions. Figure 2-15 presents groundwater level monitoring data throughout much of the MVGB as measured by DWR since 1990 in a single set of hydrographs. This graph shows that overall groundwater levels have been stable in the MVGB, including during the drought of the early 199Os, and the wet years of the late 199Os. Figure 2-16 shows the locations of the 16 DWR monitoring wells and selected respective hydrographs. The hydrographs indicate that groundwater is locally variable in the MVGB, as levels may decline in some wells and rise in other wells over the same period of time. These data suggest that there may be several water -bearing zones in the MVGB that may or not be hydraulically connected. The hydrographs also provides the following well specific information: • Well 17N16E11FOO1M (northeast of downtown Truckee) experienced a nearly 50-foot rise in water level in the late 199Os, and then declined steadily over the following decade. This rise coincides with above -average precipitation and streamflow (Figure 2-4). • Levels in Well 17N17E29BOO1M (Northstar) and 17N17E19KOO1M (Truckee Airport) were relatively steady throughout the monitoring period until summer 2007, when seasonal fluctuations began to occur. Water levels have declined seven feet between 2007 and 2012. • Groundwater levels in well 17N17EO5DOOIM (Truckee River east of Truckee) have increased steadily over the period of record, rising over 10 feet from 1990 to 2012. • In well 17N1E17FOO2M (Donner Creek area), groundwater levels fluctuated seasonally but generally remained constant year to year). 2-22 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 6150 6100 6050 6000 N d c 5950 0 5900 w m 5850 't rn `m 5800 m 5750 5700 5650 5600 C, 01 t 17N16E11 F001M t17NME13H001M -A- 17N16E13K001M li—.TAT i�1--� -r 17N16E13K003M -IE-17N16E13K004M t17N16E17F002M + 17N16E19G001M -6--17N17E05D001M --0-17N17EO6D001M --L-Y--17N 17E07P001M -A- 17N17E18C001M -A--17N17E18E001M --e­17N17E19K001M CIE-17N17E29B001M -,o--18N16E22H001M -a-18N17E33L001M a-0©- b Y N M 7 i t0 I W M O N M a � W I W O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O M O) d) O a7 01 O) O) O) O O O O O O O O O O O O N N N N N N N N N N N N Figure 2-15. Water Levels in DWR Long-term Groundwater Monitoring Wells 2.5.3.1 Land Subsidence Permanent land subsidence can occur when groundwater is removed by pumpage or drainage due to irreversible compression of aquitard materials. Limited data on land subsidence within the MVGB is available, but no indications of land subsidence have been reported in the documents reviewed as part of this evaluation. 2.6 Groundwater Well Infrastructure The three partner agencies, hundreds of domestic pumpers, and a number of golf courses rely on the MVGB for drinking water and irrigation supplies. The TDPUD provides water service to portions of the Town of Truckee and adjacent unincorporated areas of Nevada and Placer Counties. The TDPUD currently has 13 active production wells for potable water service, plus 3 wells to serve non -potable water demands. PCWA's Eastern Water System (Zone 4) currently includes two production wells, Lahontan Well #1 and Lahontan Well #2, to serve the Lahontan Golf Club, Shaffer's Mill Golf Club, Hopkins Ranch, and Martis Camp Residences. PCWA is planning to develop a third permanent groundwater production well to serve planned development in and around the existing communities, including Shaffer's Mill Golf Club (Tully and Young, 2011). NCSD supplies water to residents and guests in the Northstar community, producing water from one production well (TH-2) with an estimated yield of 800 gpm. NCSD is currently working to bring a second well (TH-1) online during summer 2012 with a similar anticipated yield. Table 2-2 summarizes the estimated yields and production rates associated with these wells. 2-23 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx P %4lJl000%14V6y1 - F'GVVAMartls Valley GVVVkUNr V1HePQrLUS1 SITE 5 623 561) S,a6] s RPM Legend 0 Martis Valley Groundwater Basin aMMillba Truckee River Streams Monitoring Wells 390 I.Q4 Groundwater Lur is In Well 1TN1iE11FMU U Lis L•alrTl`yer Gium,d..1- Bali„ e. I1 1 ;9?5 2"C 2C05 for M—ummert Do[_ Groundwater Levels in Wall 17111EE17FOD21A IAa rlls Valley Groundwater Basin 2015 Gr3undwater Levels In Well 18t116E22H01G Mal lla 6'n1 ley CLninidmetw F.—in 5,831 I n 5,829- � i4fr� 1 y5, 82C �� ■ �� ' �I 5,81E l Il! 5, 81, 1D9] L)55 :oloo 2005 201C 20_5 waa.nnr nv. 199i 2C00 2)C5 201C 201 :. h1r., nrni.n nn r Truckee G roun dvrelor Lovd It in Wo1I 1IN 16E 13KO0314 Menle VeIley Groundwater Beal l l 5,7AD , b,13D- �5,77M1- y 5,736 'E l 5,7PQ- M. •1 Groundwater Love13 in Well 1THIIE05➢W11A Hla rfi: VaIIcy Groundwater Bain ML Sfi15 I� I� ?5•G12 � r 1 � � � r C S•61] � ..`i anus r :reek Re 11 1 was :mr ?nns 71_ nea: reincn Qa c 1 .if 7 1 F /% 5,e5p- -- s E•P .aqn tens 7rnn 7vs 7nir ;nls A1ca,arcrn _-rt Da-c i (3 rou ndtiusler Levels In Well 17H 1 TE 19It0r?U M a rtia'JoHey 0Foundwater Bnain 5 mn 5,'95- �����'• Y- i 1 /y� �- 5.��5 139C 1995 200C 27DE 2013 Mca ant Da-c Martis Valley Groundwater Basin, California HE Department of Water Resources Monitoring Wells and Select Hydrogrphs DATE 9-7-12 Figure Z NCaldwe PROJECT 2-16 140691 =,7C0 =,7�a =,746 19 r' s' 7„ S E, 741) =7 Groundwater Lcrcl; in WIN 18N1 TE131001M. M arils Valley Grou n dtuator Basin �+ r750 �J �1 � I 9 e 7sp :99[ 193E ti07C 2005 2010 267 Groundwater Leuels In Willi 17417E2EB001M Menlo Malley GrourtdtV2ter Basin Q 300) A � s a+- r r Ir 1` SD•J saes 3 + C 586) 5 855 L5 0 1995 2000 2005 2OL] Mca:ur_,cn+-ct Groundwater LCvclo In VkN ITHITE1SC4011111 r; Merds Vellay Groundwater Basin 193C 1995 2000 20"� 2010 20_5 N....„ n- 5.1. Source-? Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 Table 2-2. Estimated Yield of Public Agency Production Well Name Estimated Maximum Yield (gpm) NCSD TH-2 800 TH-1 (anticipated in 2012) 800 (estimated) PCWA Lahontan Well 1 1,400 Lahontan Well 2 1,400 TDPUD A Well Airport Prosser Annex Glenshire Drive Martis Valley No. 1 160 2,140 460 1,725 1,585 Northside 575 Southside No. 2 200 Southside No. 1(non-potable) N/A Sanders 290 Old Greenwood 870 Hirschdale 35 Prosser Heights 360 Prosser Village 800 Well No. 20 540 Fibreboard (non -potable) N/A Donner Creek (non -potable) N/A a Well Yield information provided by NCSD, PCWA (Tully and Young, 2011), and TDPUD (Kaufman, 2011) A number of private wells are distributed across the basin, and a number of residential neighborhoods or tracts have relatively higher concentrations of wells. Martis Camp operates 2 irrigation wells for their own use and provides Northstar with water from these wells for snowmaking and irrigation purposes as well (Josh Detweiller, NCSD, pers. comm.). At higher elevations in the eastern portion of the basin, the Juniper Hills area includes a number of estates, most of which rely on private wells drilled deep (typically 500 to 800 feet) into uplifted Lousetown volcanics and/or deeper volcanics. In the center of the MVGB, a high density of relatively shallow (200 to 300 feet deep) private wells have been drilled and are in use along Prosser Dam Road. Many of these are drilled into shallow Lousetown volcanics, while others are drilled into glacial outwash and the Prosser Formation. In the northwestern portion of the MVGB a number of homes located on Alder Hill have domestic wells drilled primarily into uplifted Lousetown volcanics and range in depth from 300 to 800 feet. 2-25 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 Figure 2-17 is a cumulative frequency plot derived from DWR data, and shows the number of public and domestic wells drilled at various depths in the MVGB. These data show that the vast majority of domestic wells drilled in the area are relatively shallow, with 50% of domestic wells being installed at depths of 300 feet below ground surface or less, while the public production wells range widely in depth. 100% 90% 80% 70% K 60% e Cr C 0 a LL 50% .S4 40% a U 30% 20% 10% a% ��,Sn8n802m-8C;2,ndu;2n88:�n8C2oD2Ln2nS�r8n8m208f,5nSO20 esriNNNc NN(7(1flf7vV VV�7�1�1 1401i D�➢f -F aDa0Wc0VD7W'Y' 0-Ie N CVN Well Depth Range (25ftlnterval) Figure 2-17. Depth Distribution of Wells in the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin 2.7 Groundwater Quality FSii 40, 30- 20- 10 Groundwater quality in the MVGB is generally of good quality and is currently monitored as part of the agencies' agreements with DPH. Each agency releases an annual water quality report for their service areas in the MVGB; the 2011 annual reports are included in Appendix E. The USGS carried out groundwater monitoring activities in the MVGB in cooperation with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) as part of the California Groundwater Ambient Monitoring and Assessment (GAMA) Program (Fram and others, 2007), and sampled 14 wells in the MVGB for a wide range of constituents during summer 2007. The concentrations of most constituents detected in these samples were below drinking -water thresholds, with some exceptions: a) concentrations of arsenic were above the Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) in 4 of the 14 wells sampled, and b) manganese concentrations were elevated above the MCL in one well. Arsenic levels above the MCL have also been reported by the TDPUD. The T-TSA operates a water reclamation plant which includes the discharge of tertiary -treated effluent into glacial outwash and Prosser Formation alluvium downstream of the Town of Truckee on the south side of the Truckee River. Hydrogeologic investigations in the vicinity of the plant indicate that effluent flows laterally toward the Truckee River and Martis Creek, discharging to these water bodies after a 2-26 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 minimum 50 day travel time (CH2MHill, 1974). DWR (2003) noted that a water quality monitoring program is in place to evaluate potential changes to ground- and surface -water quality. Sixty-three leaking underground storage tank (LUST) cleanup sites have been identified by the SWRCB's GeoTracker database in the MVGB. Of these 63 sites, cleanup actions for 49 are documented as "completed", while 14 are listed as "open" or "active." All the sites are located in the Town of Truckee, except for one active site in Hirschdale. 2.8 Land Use Prior to the 1950s, land use in Martis Valley and the Truckee area was primarily ranching and timber related (Shaw and others, 2012). During the 1950s, 60s, and 70s, the rural ranching- and timber -based economy began shifting to more recreational and community development. Today, the primary land uses in the MVGB are residential and ski and/or golf resort related communities with commercial centers in and near downtown Truckee and at the Truckee Airport. Timber and sand and gravel mining operations still continue to operate on a seasonal basis (Shaw and others, 2012). 2.9 Groundwater Recharge Several previous studies estimated groundwater recharge within the MVGB using water balance and empirical data, resulting in a range from 18,000 to 34,560 acre-feet per year. Recently, DRI has developed annual groundwater recharge estimates using the physically -based PRMS. Table 2-3 summarizes previous and current studies including the study's author, year, and average annual groundwater recharge estimates. Author Year I Recharge (ac-ft/yr) 1974, Hydro -Search 1980, 18,000 1995 Nimbus Engineers 2001 24,700 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants 2001 none Interflow Hydrology, Inc. and Cordilleran Hydrology, Inc 2003 34,560 DRI, PRMS estimate 2012 32,745 DRI, modified Maxey -Eakin method 1 35,168 DRI outlines its scientific and technical methods, including the climate data used, the PRMS method, and total recharge estimates in a Technical Note, which is included in Appendix F. PRMS simulates land surface hydrologic processes of evapotranspiration, runoff, infiltration, and interflow by balancing energy and mass budgets of the plant canopy, snowpack, and soil zone on the basis of distributed climate information. The PRMS computed recharge consists of the sum of shallow infiltrated water that discharges into the Truckee River and its tributaries as well as deep percolation of ground water to deeper aquifers with water supply wells (Rajagopal and others, 2012). DRI's study "...also applied a modified Maxey -Eakin (1949) method to estimate recharge which relates mean annual precipitation to recharge using recharge coefficients applied to precipitation amounts." The PRMS is modeled for the years 1983 to 2011 with annual recharge estimates ranging from 12,143 ac-ft/yr (dry year) to 56,792 ac-ft/yr (wet year), with an average annual recharge estimate of 32,745 ac- 2-2 7 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 2 ft/yr. Because annual precipitation drives recharge, the PRMS simulated recharge varies from year to year. DRI included in its Technical Note annual recharge efficiency, or the ratio of annual recharge to annual precipitation. For the MVGB, the calculated annual recharge efficiency is 18-26%. Figure 2-18 shows the average annual groundwater recharge as simulated by the PRMS model, for a period of record from 1983 to 2011. Figure 2-19 shows the annual recharge for the year 1988, a dry year. Figure 2-20 shows the annual recharge for the year 1995, a wet year. 2.10 Water Use Groundwater use in the MVGB is primarily for municipal, domestic, and recreational uses. The TDPUD and PCWA have summarized water supply and demand as part of Urban Water Management Plans completed for their respective service areas (Tully and Young, 2011; Kaufman, 2011). Average potable day demand served by the TDPUD in 2010 was reported to be 4.53 million gallons per day (mgd); 5,073 acre-feet per year (ac-ft/yr)). From 2005 to 2009, production from PCWA wells has increased from an average day demand of 0.04 to 0.13 mgd (44 to 141 ac-ft/yr). NCSD meets demand primarily from its Big Springs collection system, outside of the MVGB, and uses water pumped from TH-2 (and in the future, TH-1) to augment this supply (J. Detwiler, pers. comm.). Demand on the MVGB imposed by NCSD operations is best represented by pumping records from Well TH-2. Annual water volumes pumped by NCSD averaged 0.18, 0.36, and 0.29 mgd (200, 398, and 320 ac-ft/yr) in water years 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively. Nine golf courses depend on the MVGB for irrigation supply; four are supplied by TDPUD (one uses a potable supply and 3 are non -potable), 1 is supplied by NCSD (potable), and 4 are supplied privately and assumed to be all non -potable. Using the partner agencies records of non -potable water pumped and supplied to the majority of the courses, the average non -potable demands range from 0.19 ac-ft/yr to 0.25 ac-ft/yr (210 ac-ft/yr to 279 ac-ft/yr), with an average of 0.24 mgd (272 ac-ft/yr). This average demand rate of 0.24 mgd is applied to the four privately -supplied courses for an estimated production of 993 ac-ft/yr. Based on the available data and summarized in Table 2-4, current annual production from the MVGB is estimated to be approximately 9,341 ac-ft/yr. Kaufman (2011) estimates buildout water demand for all users in the MVGB to be approximately 21,000 ac-ft/yr. TDPUD Potable - Average (2007-2010) 5.78 6,475 Golf Course non -potable - Average (2001-2011) 0.75 837 PCWA Potable - Average (2009) 0.10 141 NCSD Potable - Average (2008-2010) 0.08 96 Golf Course (potable) - Average (2009-2011) 0.19 210 Snowmaking (Water Year 2011) 0.53 589 Privately Supplied Golf Courses Total estimated non -potable production 0.96 993 Estimated Total Demand 8.39 9,341 2-28 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx B M 1-80 /I Ism■■ ■■■■■■■■r► ■ I i■'i 112*mmommo■■NONE 1' ifI a ■■\i1■■■■■■■■■■■■ LA ■\■t,'C►\■■■■■■■■■ 'A 161■,101P ■■rmom " ,\ �I11�\ ■ Not ■ , I i 1 NOON■■■ �_��.� ►Am 1, OE■ No r i li■� A MEND`_`\ IAA ZAMEN ONEEN r.� J■ �■ Loom M■■N■■M■■1MEN Ml Milli .� ■ soon ■ u ► ■EN■■N ■N■■N■o�Im I NEON II■ ■\ Ll 14■■m ON ■S/i/,10\I,O ■■■■■ON, [OAOM ■■`; ►immmmm ■MEN m■mpi im■IIOMEss mmoom■No \m �r 0 ■■■ ■■r-a P"A■■ OMEN ■■FIM ■■■\7,■M■ s■■■■ss■■■\ FA ■■■■■'./ Palm ■■■ NEON MI/MEN■■■■M/ a■■ rons s■■■■■■M ■■■■l,4 A■N■■■N ■MEMO ■■■■■■■/INEON m■■■■■■■ ■■■ 10 rr:.a■■mom ■■■on ■■■■■■■■ ND■o■■ ■M■■■■■■■ >* ■■■ \NFI■■N■■M■■■■■■■■■I 1■■■■■■■i■■MEN■■ mom NEON �ONE ■■■iiiiMmosommommom $�iiiiii��'mii■E i■iiimiiiiiE NOON■■■ %,r■■m■■mmr ■■ ■I.MENNENm■ ■■m ■■■■o■■ I or =A ■■ ■11■■■N■■o■ ■E No NEEMEN L■ O■■ ■■ ■OMENS ■O■■m= 5•-S■M■ M■L •::r■ NONE _ - ■I■n■■o ■n■■■■■■■■■M\' 1 P = _Z- I ■■■ ■■■ 1■■■ NOON■NONE Is ONawe m rimm niiNo► ONE ►\■ moms ■■■o■■os ■►\ `►/� ���1 % O\���ME������N ■ orb\�■ Is ■■ ■■s■\\■■■■r,■M■■N■■o■■ ■■ m■■o■l ' I ■■■ ■OS■■M■■&IM mol■o■Moo■m■■■ommo■■ 0 IN ■■■s ■o■■■ ■NOON\\MI \■■■NE■■■■►ir 1■r�a�.J IN moms ■■■■■Dmom mpl =\ ■INI,AI , ■mNONE m1m■mO■■Ppim\®.�I.:Io MINA 1I^ "ft IM■■o■■■ ■■► Wigs! P= I NOOSE ■ ■M ■M■IA ' room ■■■ Ism� =7w -�w- ll■■■■ ■ ■■ ■■ Legend ■ ■�!'I IMF ■ ■M■� i��j r' Mantis Valley Groundwater Basin i ED ■■N ■o■■r.ar rJ%pas Truckee River AAA.A . B row 1 AND Caldwell B MUM ■ rd■■ME■■MMO II■. 1 *■■■■■■■■■■■■ I :fi a ■\ki1■■■■■■■■■■■■ LA ■AMWL.M■■■■■■■■■E A \111■■■P ■■■ OMM 1q■ ■ I'momb� F ►iA comr""NE OEM I I /1■■■\, I■■■■■■■\r.mimiq.m■■■■ r,owsom 6MENE in mill ■ .il\\■■■mono■■■■■ T=Aavm■■ .. .- .II■ �\ II■\\■■■■■■EM■■■pbl-\LS■■■ OWAIM E■11a . ■mI■■nll■■■■ ■■ ;m■I 1■■\1■■S■ [-GIm■■M■\; F:l ►it■■■■aI■m■■ ■■ ■■■■■N■ �r b1■m■■m■■Ii1 ■■■■■mRSm■■ ■■7,■■■ ■ Ion■■■■'./p )t Lmr IM■■MORN■■ Sr,■M■■M■■M/ S■■■ES >* SENOR, II■M6.■N■■■E■■M■ LM■M■■M■ III■SEMEN ■■■■■■L I TL �■■N■■■■■■N ■■I■■i■■E■■N■� \S■m■■■ , ■M■■OiL:l INM■■■■■■ mom ■No[ IN■■m■■. i■M■OMENS MEN No IN SEMEN \\■■M■■M■■■S■■S■■■■■Rpw_wm■■■■■IirrE■■M■■Mmom \\■■■■N■■■■■M■■■PFIOImo! m�nmd ■ ■E■S■■ 11■m■■m ONE ■S■z : }III mr-1111 NONE ■■NOS\\■■■■■ L EN■■N So on, '■■m■■ ■■■■■■■ OMEN \E�■■■ ■■■��:ir■■ N ■■m■■■■■■m■■■ SEEM ►� -i�1 ■S■■m■► ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ 11—IrIng"O'200R.LIONNELIimp ONE ■■ `S■m■■m■ L ■■ �II-Ia...:!IM ■■ ■■■m\nE■■m■■■■■/ ■■ENS W�.1 II■■■■E■■■■■■■■■►�■■■■■■■u■■■■■i M Legend Mantis Valley Groundwater Basin d01/whe Truckee River k Streams . Groundwater Recharge 1988 Inches / Year ■ 89 0 ■ 0-2 A 2 4 4-6 ■ 6-8 B rew n ANO Caldwell in1NImmmoorid\.HI. r1\0■.■.ia 1■► 1■■o■EI■■n■or, iomm INNM. ��RJ• J Imo I - II!'I . Ulpi + - B M ' I� 1 - !�. �� �■■\■■lam'. � 1 im. 10"No■■■■■■■■■■ I' 99M a m■Li1■■■■■■■■■■■■ LA '1 hi■m■L, moan■■ 1 ,\ 110&\ ■ ■■! ■ , r I cffhW=TM� '\ i/ I ■ 1'■■■\f- - loommoom PAl . I h ■ \, -.A■ r,�\ MENNEN -�I I■ \■m■■■ 1:'G�0 ■O\_ ►im4M■N looms �r OM No ■■P"■ �/■■ ANN■ II M■MMmr./ /MEMOS 'mom m■■■al I ■■ ■■ M■ ■■■ m1i T.;. rr/■■ ■ ■■■A■ ■E■ a�I1E■N■■M■■ ■■■■I 11 ONE mm■■m■■■■■m■■■ ■■ 1-80II \:\■■m■■m■■ No MONOMER ■1 /■� ■■o■■m■�Gimmom■1 N■NNE■oo!ouso, ■■mm no _il i 5 1ME■N■ MEN :.r■ ■1 iV M--.=i / ONE ■ e�m , imimommidm■► ONE 1 ' 41■�i ��. �IIM ■ 1I■■ No 1 No 00 Ioomm�1 LegendNo No lo■■m No 1 . N■a, 11 NARROW� Me SON B row 1 AND Caldwell ■■■■■■■■Lir 1■= M�7 1 and. • 1 L -W ? r � a 1-80 1 Section 3 Plan Implementation The partner agencies are already performing many of the groundwater management activities associated with an AB 3030 GMP. Through GMP implementation, the partner agencies formalize their groundwater management goal, BMOs, and implementation actions that elaborate on both current actions and planned future actions under the GMP. As discussed in Section 1.6 and shown on Tables 1-2, 1-3, and 1-4, a number of required, voluntary, and suggested components constitute a GMP. This chapter discusses implementation actions that are grouped under each BMO. The BMOs are fully described in Section 1.5, and are listed below: 1. Manage groundwater to maintain established and planned uses. 2. Manage groundwater use within the provisions of the Truckee River Operating Agreement. 3. Collaborate and cooperate with groundwater users and stakeholders in the Martis Groundwater Basin. 4. Protect groundwater quantity and quality. 5. Pursue and use the best available science and technology to inform the decision making process. 6. Consider the environment and participate in the stewardship of groundwater resources. 3.1 Implementation Actions that Support BMO #1- Manage Groundwater to Maintain Established and Planned Uses The MVGB is the primary source of water to multiple users under separate jurisdictions. BMO #1 encourages the partner agencies to pursue management of groundwater that is within their jurisdiction in order to protect existing uses. Implementation actions identified as falling under BMO #1 facilitate the management of groundwater in the MVGB. These implementation actions are focused on regular communication and consideration of future programs intended to protect the groundwater resource from degradation and depletion. 3.1.1 Develop and implement a summary report every five years This action is intended to concentrate and document GMP activity, data, and management decisions into periodic reports for use by partner agencies, Stakeholders, and local planning agencies for continual groundwater management decisions and maintenance. This implementation action provides a report every five years that summarizes groundwater conditions and management activities, and presents an opportunity to update and improve the GMP. The summary report will include: • A summary of monitoring results with a discussion of historical trends. • A summary of management actions during the period covered by the report. • A discussion of whether actions are achieving progress towards meeting BMOs. • A summary of proposed management actions for the future. • A summary of any GMP changes that occurred during the period covered by the report. • A summary of actions taken to coordinate with other water and land agencies and other government agencies. 3-1 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 3 Recommendation of updates and changes to the GMP. 3.1.2 Compile an annual summary of groundwater monitoring data This action will compile, organize and evaluate groundwater level elevation and groundwater quality monitoring data collected during the previous year. The annual summary of monitoring data will include groundwater level monitoring information from the partner agencies water level monitoring efforts, and water quality data collected by the partner agencies from production wells. The annual summary of groundwater monitoring data will be used by the agencies at the annual GMP implementation meeting described in Section 3.1.3 to evaluate the need to implement other portions of the GMP that are contingent on monitoring data. The annual summary of groundwater monitoring data will also be included in the five year summary report. 3.1.3 Partner agencies to meet annually to discuss GMP implementation This action will require the partnership agencies to meet at least once annually to discuss GMP implementation. Currently, the partner agencies meet in the Truckee area annually and GMP implementation will be added as an agenda item during this annual meeting. 3.1.4 Support TROA provisions associated with well construction, repair, modification, and destruction The Settlement Act may eventually establish additional requirements for the siting and construction of wells drilled in the Truckee River Basin, which includes the MVGB. Section 6.E of TROA outlines Truckee River basin allocation procedures including well construction, repair, modification and destruction to address groundwater -surface water interactions within the Truckee River Basin including areas of Martis Valley. Section 204(c)(1)(B) of the Settlement Act provides that, "...all new wells drilled after the date of enactment of this title shall be designed to minimize any short-term reductions of surface streamflows to the maximum extent feasible." This implementation action supports the implementation of TROA's well construction guidelines. 3.1.5 Evaluate and consider taking a position on relevant water resources -related policies, programs, and projects under consideration by local, State and Federal agencies Throughout the state, surface water and groundwater resource management are becoming critical components of meeting growing water supply demands. As part of this implementation action, the partner agencies will actively evaluate and consider policies, programs and projects that may impact water resources quality and/or quantity within the Martis Valley. 3.1.6 Pursue opportunities for improved groundwater basin monitoring and reporting with local, State, and Federal agencies This implementation action prompts the partner agencies to continuously pursue opportunities and funding that may provide additional groundwater data collection and/or reporting. Groundwater monitoring is a critical component in understanding the physical condition of the groundwater basin and is further described in Section 3.3.1. 3.1.7 Evaluate the need for programs to facilitate saline intrusion control, mitigate the migration of contaminated groundwater, facilitate conjunctive use, and to mitigate overdraft This implementation action includes evaluation of a variety of potential programs to manage groundwater within the jurisdiction of the partner agencies. As part of this action, the agencies will 3-2 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 3 evaluate the need for saline intrusion controls, mitigation of the migration of contaminated groundwater, conjunctive use programs, and overdraft mitigation. Currently, the groundwater supply in Martis Valley is not threatened by saline intrusion, contaminant plumes, or in a state of overdraft that would warrant immediate steps for mitigation. Saline intrusion is a primary concern along coastal areas with intruding sea water, which is high in Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) that may threaten fresh groundwater supplies. Saline conditions may also occur in interior basins. In the Martis Valley, groundwater monitoring (discussed under Section 3.4), will assist in identifying saline issues. Should future monitoring indicate that saline intrusion is a potential problem in the MVGB, the partner agencies will evaluate development of a saline intrusion control program. Groundwater contamination in the MVGB falls under the jurisdiction of the Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board (LRWQCB). Should monitoring indicate a large scale groundwater contamination issue, the partner agencies will share knowledge of the issue and collaborate with the LRWQCB. If monitoring indicates that contaminated groundwater is migrating, the partner agencies will further collaborate with the LRWQCB to mitigate the migration. Conjunctive use is the management of surface water and groundwater to optimize the yield of the overall water resource. One method would be to rely primarily on surface water in wet years and groundwater in dry years. Other methods employ artificial recharge, where surface water is intentionally stored into aquifers for later use. NCSD currently manages both its springwater and groundwater supply and TDPUD currently relies solely on groundwater but maintains water rights to several springs. Groundwater is PCWA's only supply source. The partner agencies will evaluate opportunities to increase the use of conjunctive management as they arise within the MVGB. Groundwater overdraft occurs when pumping exceeds recharge to a groundwater basin. If monitoring indicates through declining groundwater levels that groundwater overdraft is occurring, the partner agencies will consider development of programs to mitigate the groundwater overdraft. 3.1.8 Consider development of contamination cleanup, recharge, storage, conservation and water recycling projects This implementation action includes evaluation of a variety of potential programs to manage groundwater within the jurisdiction of the partner agencies. As part of this action, the partner agencies will consider development of projects that cleanup contamination, increase groundwater recharge and storage, or increase conservation and water recycling. The LRWQCB is responsible for developing and enforcing water quality objectives and plans that best protect the State's waters within its hydrologic area. Should monitoring indicate that contaminated groundwater is a threat to groundwater supplies, the partner agencies will consider collaborating with the LRWQCB. During GMP implementation, opportunities may arise for the partner agencies to engage in activities related to groundwater recharge, storage, conservation and recycling. As those opportunities arise, the agencies will consider participating in projects to improve groundwater recharge, storage, conservation and recycling efforts. 3.1.9 Pursue funding sources for implementation of plan policies, programs, reporting and projects This implementation action directs the partner agencies to pursue funds from Federal, State and other sources as they become available and are beneficial to pursue. Funding sources may include Local Groundwater Assistance (LGA) grants and Integrated Regional Water Management Planning (IRWMP) 3-3 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 3 grants from DWR, grants from the California Department of Public Health (DPH), various funds available through collaboration with the U.S. Bureau of the Interior, and other agencies. 3.1.10 Participate in the evaluation of relevant local projects to maintain groundwater quantity and quality Local groups and local, State or Federal agencies may develop opportunities that seek support or assistance for projects that affect groundwater quantity and/or quality in the Martis Valley. This action directs the partner agencies to participate in relevant local projects as appropriate and reasonable. 3.1.11 Summary of BMO #1 Actions Table 3-1 presents a summary of implementation actions to be undertaken by the partner agencies that support BMO #1 including the anticipated schedule of implementation. 1-1 Description of Action Develop and implement a summary report every five years that includes: A summary of monitoring results, with a discussion of historical trends A summary of management actions during the period covered by the report A discussion of whether actions are achieving progress towards meeting BMOs A summary of proposed management actions for the future A summary of any GMP changes that occurred during the period covered by the report A summary of actions taken to coordinate with other water and land agencies and other government agencies Review of the GMP and consider updates to the GMP 1-2 Compile an annual summary of groundwater monitoring data 1-3 Partner agencies to meet annually to discuss GMP implementation 1-4 Support TROA provisions associated with well construction, repair, modification, and destruction 1-5 Evaluate and considertaking a position on relevant water resource -related policies, programs, and projects under consideration by local, State and Federal agencies 1-6 Pursue opportunities for improved groundwater basin monitoring and reporting with local, State, and Federal agencies 1-7 Evaluate the need for programs to facilitate saline intrusion control, mitigate the migration of contaminated groundwater, facilitate conjunctive use, and to mitigate overdraft 1-8 Consider development of contamination cleanup, recharge, storage, conservation and water recycling projects 1-9 1 Pursue funding sources for implementation of plan policies, programs, reporting and projects 1-10 1 Participate in the evaluation of relevant local projects to maintain groundwater quantity and quality Implementation Schedule Once every five years, first summary report to be completed in 2018 Annually Annually As Needed As Needed As Needed As Needed As Needed Ongoing As Needed 3.2 Implementation Actions that Support 13M0 #2 - Manage Groundwater within the Provisions of TROA The Settlement Act, Public Law 101-618 (1990), established entitlements to the waters of Lake Tahoe, the Truckee River and its tributaries, and how the storage reservoirs of the Truckee River are operated. Section 205 of the Settlement Act directs the Secretary of the Department of the Interior to negotiate an operating agreement for the operation of Truckee River reservoirs, between DWR, Nevada, Nevada 3-4 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 3 Energy (formerly Sierra Pacific Power Company), Pyramid Tribe, and the United States Bureau of Reclamation. The operating agreement is known as TROA. Section 204(c)(1) of the Settlement Act outlines the allocation of 32,000 acre-feet of water (both surface and groundwater) to the State of California from within the Truckee River Basin. The Settlement Act may eventually establish additional requirements for the siting and construction of wells drilled in the Truckee River Basin, which includes the MVGB. Section 6.E of TROA outlines Truckee River Basin allocation procedures including surface water diversions and water accounting procedures. Article 10 of TROA identifies well construction, repair, modification and destruction to address groundwater -surface water interactions within the Truckee River Basin including areas of Martis Valley. Section 204(c)(1)(B) of the Settlement Act provides that, "...all new wells drilled after the date of enactment of this title shall be designed to minimize any short-term reductions of surface streamflows to the maximum extent feasible." Article 10 of TROA requires that new water supply wells be designed to minimize impacts to surface water and outlines siting and design processes. Wells drilled or under construction before May 1, 1996 are presumed to comply with the Settlement Act. This BMO documents the partner agencies' commitment to continue to comply with provisions of TROA. There are provisions in TROA that apply to groundwater and water wells within the Truckee River Basin (which includes the Martis Valley) to address potential adverse impacts to surface water. 3.2.1 Continue coordination and collaboration with TROA agencies on groundwater management issues and source well development This implementation action directs the partner agencies to coordinate and collaborate with TROA agencies as necessary to be compliant with the Settlement Act. To meet this implementation action, the agencies will continue regular contact with TROA agencies as appropriate. 3.2.2 Summary of BMO #2 Actions Table 3-2 presents a summary of implementation actions to be undertaken by the partner agencies that support BMO #2 including the anticipated schedule of implementation. 3.3 Implementation Actions that Support BMO #3 - Collaborate and Cooperate with Groundwater Users and Stakeholders in the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin With one common groundwater supply it makes sense to share information and resources toward similar goals. This objective encourages the partner agencies to reach out to other agencies and groundwater users within the MVGB. 3.3.1 Formalize and institute a Stakeholder Working Group to meet at least annually or as needed on GMP implementation activities and updates The SWG has been a key component of the GMP development process and will be continued into the implementation phase. This implementation action directs the partner agencies to continue using a 3-5 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 3 SWG during implementation of the GMP. The SWG will continue to work cooperatively with the partner agencies and will meet at least once a year to discuss GMP implementation. 3.3.2 Collaborate with the LRWQCB to limit the migration of contaminated groundwater and in development of large scale contamination clean up programs This implementation action directs the partner agencies to communicate, collaborate, and coordinate with the LRWQCB on groundwater contamination issues. There are no currently identified large scale groundwater contamination issues in the Martis Valley at this time. Communication with the LRWQCB allows for collaboration in the event of the identification of groundwater contamination and collaboration with the LRWQCB on the prevention of contaminant migration. 3.3.3 Work cooperatively with local stakeholders and local, State and Federal agencies on groundwater management activities, projects, and studies Strong relationships with Federal, State, and local agencies and stakeholders are critical in developing and implementing many of the GMP's implementation actions. The partner agencies are already working cooperatively with local stakeholders and agencies on groundwater management, as evidenced by the use of the SWG during GMP development. This implementation action directs the partner agencies to communicate and work cooperatively with local groundwater interests, and includes outreach activities aimed to educate agencies and stakeholders on groundwater management opportunities and activities in the MVGB. 3.3.4 Identify opportunities for public involvement during GMP implementation Informing the public of GMP implementation activities increases local understanding and support of GMP activities. This implementation action encourages the partner agencies to inform and invite the public to participate in GMP implementation activities. Public information and involvement may take place in the form of a specific webpage designed to communicate GMP implementation actions, public meetings, and at agency board meetings, as well as other activities. 3.3.5 Summary of BMO #3 Actions Table 3-3 presents a summary of implementation actions to be undertaken by the partner agencies that support BMO #3 including the anticipated schedule of implementation. Description of Action I Implementation Schedule Formalize and institute a Stakeholder Working Group to meet at least annually 3 1 Annually or as needed on GMP implementation activities and updates. Collaborate with the LRWQCB to limit the migration of contaminated 3-2 groundwater and in development of large scale contamination clean up As Needed programs Work cooperatively with local stakeholders and local, State and Federal 3 3 Ongoing agencies on groundwater management activities, projects and studies 3-4 Identify opportunities for public involvement during plan implementation Ongoing 10 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 3 3.4 Implementation Actions that Support BMO #4 - Protect Groundwater Quantity and Quality Groundwater performs an integral function in a watershed, one of which is satisfying water supply needs. Improving the understanding of the regional supplies is a critical step in protecting and sustaining the Martis Valley groundwater supply. The collection, evaluation and analysis of groundwater monitoring data including water quality and water levels on a regular basis is the cornerstone in understanding the MVGB's groundwater resources and provides critical information for management decisions. Groundwater level monitoring can identify areas of overdraft, enabling appropriate management decisions and responses. Groundwater quality monitoring can help identify areas of degrading water quality, potentially identifying specific water quality issues. Ongoing groundwater monitoring provides information needed to document current conditions, assess long-term trends, and to support development and implementation of GMP components. Groundwater data is collected by both DWR and the partner agencies on a regular basis; and by the USGS on a less regular basis. Accumulating, processing, evaluating, summarizing and reporting the available data for discussion and distribution will be required to make informed decisions regarding continued groundwater supply and demand. Additionally, surface water data is collected by local, State, and Federal agencies and is evaluated by the appropriate agency for their own purpose. These data are critical and can be used in conjunction with the accumulated groundwater data to help improve the understanding of surface water -groundwater relationships. 3.4.1 Establish and maintain a California Statewide Groundwater Elevation Monitoring compliant monitoring program This implementation action directs the partner agencies to continue their California Statewide Groundwater Elevation Monitoring (CASGEM) compliant monitoring program (included as Appendix D). Figure 3-1 shows the locations of CASGEM monitoring wells in the MVGB. CASGEM monitoring results will be used in the annual groundwater monitoring summary prepared under implementation action 1-2. 3-7 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Trackee o ehr i t 89 Legend `t Martis Valley Groundwater Basin dd%P'm Truckee River streams a NORTH 2 p CASGEM Wells Miles =Jai DATE NCI I-t 9_7-12 140691 Martis Valley Groundwater Basin, California r r _ Caldwell CASGEM and DWR Groundwater Monitoring Wells Figure 3-1 a Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 3 3.4.2 Continue and Encourage Water Conservation Activities and Public Education The partner agencies currently implement significant water conservation and public outreach programs per State requirements. All three agencies hold public board meetings and maintain informative websites for public outreach purposes at the following web addresses: • www.tdpud.org • www.pcwa.net • www.northstaresd.org This implementation action encourages the partner agencies to continue to implement conservation activities and continue public outreach activities as opportunities become available. 3.4.3 Work with local stakeholders and DWR to identify areas that may need additional groundwater level and groundwater quality monitoring based on identified data gaps or negative performance trends Currently, groundwater is monitored by the partner agencies under CASGEM, and by DWR, who monitors a number of wells in the MVGB. DWR monitoring wells are shown in Figure 3-1. This implementation action requires the partner agencies to work with local stakeholders and DWR to identify areas in need of additional monitoring. The SWG included two DWR North Central Region office staff and future members of the SWG should continue to include DWR staff. Through the SWG, the partner agencies will be working with local stakeholders and DWR, and will discuss identification of additional monitoring areas at the SWG annual meetings. 3.4.4 Coordinate with other agencies, including DWR and the USGS to identify opportunities for land subsidence monitoring Inelastic land subsidence is caused by dewatering of aquifers and the compressing of clays. As water is removed from the aquifer, it is transported through interconnected pore spaces between grains of sand and gravel. If an aquifer has intervals of clay or silt within it, the lowered water pressure in the sand and gravel results in the slow drainage of water from the clay and silt beds. The decreased water pressure reduces the support for the clay and silt beds. Because these beds are compressible, they compact (become thinner) and the effects are seen as a lowering of the land surface. The lowering of the land surface elevation from this process is often permanent (inelastic). Recharge of the aquifer will not result in an appreciable recovery of the land -surface elevation. The partner agencies have not developed a network of extensometers to measure inelastic land subsidence. Groundwater level monitoring indicates that groundwater levels have not been significantly lowered, a condition required for land subsidence due to groundwater extraction to occur. Additionally, the geology (Section 2.4) in the MVGB does not consist of large layers of clay to be compressed, and is unlikely to experience inelastic land subsidence even if groundwater levels begin to decline. Based on a review of groundwater elevation trends over time, it can reasonably be assumed that significant land subsidence has not occurred on a regional scale due to groundwater extraction within the MVGB. Under this implementation action, the partner agencies will coordinate with DWR and the USGS to identify opportunities for collaboration to detect land subsidence. Because inelastic land subsidence is tied to groundwater levels, the primary means for early detection include: • Monitor and analyze groundwater levels, watching for significant declines • Inspect wells for anecdotal evidence of subsidence during groundwater level monitoring Monitoring groundwater levels with concurrent inspections for anecdotal evidence of subsidence is the least expensive, and least reliable, method to monitor for land subsidence. Declines in groundwater levels can be a precursor to land subsidence. Staff performing water level monitoring can inspect the 3-9 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 3 monitoring well for indicators of subsidence. Anecdotal subsidence indicators include cracks in the well pad, elevation of the well casing in comparison to the ground surface, and cracks in the ground surface. 3.4.5 Evaluate the need for, and advocate for, as necessary, a wellhead protection, groundwater recharge area protection, and other programs as necessary in MVGB Wellhead protection is a component of the Drinking Water Source Assessment and Protection (DWSAP) program administered by the DPH. The purpose of the DWSAP program is to protect groundwater sources of public drinking water supplies from contamination, thereby eliminating the need for costly treatment to meet drinking water standards. There are three major components to the DWSAP program, including: Delineation of capture zones around source wells, inventory of potential contaminating activities within protection areas, and analysis of vulnerabilities. The partner agencies are in compliance with the DWSAP program, will work to comply with the DWSAP program into the future, and will consider supporting programs that will protect groundwater quality in the MVGB. 3.4.6 Map and share groundwater recharge zones This GMP identifies preliminary areas of groundwater recharge in the MVGB in Section 2.9. Once the groundwater model is calibrated and finalized, groundwater recharge zones will be updated during the scheduled plan update identified in Section 3.1.1. This implementation action encourages the partner agencies to share the recharge zone maps developed in this GMP with local land use agencies to consider in land use decisions. 3.4.7 Provide relevant information to land use agencies regarding groundwater availability Through GMP implementation activities, such as CASGEM monitoring, groundwater monitoring summary reports and annual meetings of the SWG, the partner agencies will develop water resources information about the MVGB. As development increases in the MVGB, local land use agencies will be faced with decisions regarding zoning and permitting. In Placer County, the Community Development Resource Agency leads development of the County's general plan and land development activities. The Nevada County Community Development Agency is responsible for the Nevada County General Plan and zoning, and the Town of Truckee has developed its own general plan and zoning. This implementation action directs the partner agencies to communicate relevant groundwater information to the appropriate planning agencies to assist them in making informed land use decisions. 3.4.8 Summary of BMO #4 Actions Table 3-4 presents a summary of implementation actions to be undertaken by the partner agencies that support BMO #3 including the anticipated schedule of implementation. Description of Action Implementation Schedule 4-1 Establish and maintain a CASGEM compliant monitoring program Ongoing 4-2 Continue and encourage water conservation activities and public education Ongoing Work with local stakeholders and DWR to identify areas that may need additional groundwater 4-3 level and groundwater quality monitoring based on identified data gaps or negative performance Annually trends P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx 3-10 Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 3 Description of Action I Implementation Schedule Coordinate with other agencies, including DWR and the USGS to identify opportunities for land 4 4 As Needed subsidence monitoring 4-5 Evaluate the need for, and advocate for, as necessary, a wellhead protection, groundwater As Needed recharge area protection, and other programs as necessary in MVGB 4-6 Map and share groundwater recharge zones Ongoing 4-6 Provide relevant information to land use agencies regarding groundwater availability As Needed 3.5 BMO #5 - Pursue and use the best available science and technology to inform the decision making process. Science and technology continue to develop new tools that may improve our understanding of the MVGB. This objective encourages the partner agencies to take actions that work with the best available science to help make informed agency decisions. The partner agencies are currently working to develop the best groundwater science available by collaborating with the Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation) and DRI to develop an integrated watershed -groundwater model in conjunction with the Martis Valley GMP. The geologic investigation conducted and documented in Section 2 of this report has been used to shape a bi-modal geologic framework which was used to develop the conceptual model for the hydrogeology of the subsurface components of the integrated watershed model. The integrated model is under development in parallel with the GMP and is not completed at the time of the issuance of the draft GMP. The integrated watershed model is comprised of a PRMS and MODFLOW coupled together using an UZF package. The PRMS is used to model surface water within the watershed, the MODFLOW is used to model groundwater within the MVGB, and UZF is a kinematic wave vadose zone model used to model the interaction between surface water and groundwater. Each model will be calibrated separately, and then calibrated together over a ten year period using a coupled GSFLOW. Calibrations will be conducted using multiple GCM projections of precipitation and temperature to investigate the influence of future climate on water resources. Calibration targets for GSFLOW will include head values measured from wells, meadow and spring locations, streamflows, measured snow depth, and remotely sensed snow cover. The integrated model's model domain will cover the entire MVGB, and the watersheds that contribute surface water to the region up to Lake Tahoe. The model grid's cells are 300 meters by 300 meters in size. The partner agencies will obtain a copy of the groundwater model component for future use. 3.5.1 Work with State and Federal agencies to attempt to secure funding for expansion of the partner agencies' monitoring grid Increasing the number of monitoring points and frequency of monitoring provides for better long term understanding of groundwater trends in the MVGB. Monitoring locations can be added by drilling new, dedicated monitoring wells, and by reaching agreements with well owners that have wells suitable for monitoring activities. Suitable wells will have a driller's log that describes well construction and sediments encountered, a short screened interval, a sanitary seal to prevent surface water from entering the well, and cannot be municipal supply wells. 3-11 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 3 The partner agencies are currently working with DWR to expand the monitoring grid by submitting a competitive grant application under DWR's LGA program. The agencies' application includes plans to drill and install three monitoring wells located across the Martis Valley. This implementation action directs the partner agencies to collaborate with State agencies such as DWR, DPH, and others, as well as Federal agencies such as Reclamation, to acquire funding for improvements to the groundwater monitoring grid in the MVGB. 3.5.2 Maintain relationship with DWR for groundwater monitoring and database management activities The partner agencies are a designated monitoring entity under DWR's CASGEM program. DWR staff have been an integral part of the SWG during GMP development and their contribution in the SWG is anticipated during GMP implementation. This implementation action directs the partner agencies to continue to maintain a collaborative relationship with DWR for monitoring and database management activities in the MVGB. A continued relationship with DWR benefits the GMP by continuing the monitoring of long-term monitoring wells (especially those with long periods of records), and ensures that DWR groundwater expertise is involved during plan implementation activities through the SWG. 3.5.3 Identify opportunities for collecting water quality monitoring data The purpose of water quality monitoring as a GMP implementation action is to assess regional trends in water quality that may be caused by changes in groundwater -related activities. For example, groundwater pumping may induce groundwater flow from deeper aquifers or hard rock areas that are less desirable, such as water with a high mineral content or arsenic. Groundwater quality monitoring from a basin -wide perspective is focused on information that is indicative of overall groundwater basin conditions and not focused on individual anthropogenic contaminants. Localized anthropogenic groundwater quality contaminants fall under the jurisdiction of the LRWCQB. Groundwater quality is currently monitored as part of the agencies' agreements with DPH. Each agency releases an annual water quality report for their service areas in the MVGB, and maintains databases of water quality information. Partner agency annual water quality reports are included in Appendix E. Additional opportunities exist to collect groundwater quality information by collaborating with other State and Federal programs, such as the USGS funded California Groundwater Ambient Monitoring and Assessment Special Studies Program (GAMA). The 2007 GAMA study collected water quality data in the MVGB from 52 groundwater wells. The GAMA fact sheet for the MVGB is included in Appendix E. Another example of how the partner agencies optimize collaboration opportunities occurred in February, 2012. The partner agencies teamed with Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) to conduct a water aging study that will help improve the understanding of how the MVGB functions. The LLNL study is funded by the GAMA Special Studies Program. Results of the LLNL study will supplement and validate the DRI integrated Martis Valley surface -groundwater model. This implementation action encourages the partner agencies to continue to identify opportunities, both within the agencies' operations and by collaborating with State and Federal agencies to improve groundwater quality data collection in the MVGB. Data collected for GMP implementation will be focused on identifying long-term water quality trends as they are related to groundwater use. 3-12 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 3 3.5.4 Use and consider updating the hydrologic model to improve understanding of groundwater in the MVGB The implementation action directs the partner agencies to use the groundwater model component of the integrated watershed model (when completed) to improve local hydrogeologic understanding within the MVGB. This may be achieved by revising the future regional groundwater model to include the following: • Development of a focused MVGB hydrogeologic conceptual model; • Refinement of the numerical groundwater model grid size and model extent; • Revisions to numerical groundwater model layering and parameterization to reflect updates in the conceptual model; and, • Establishment of appropriate stress periods and time scales for transient model simulations. Incorporation of these revisions to the DRI-developed groundwater model will improve the tool so that it can be used to characterize groundwater flow patterns originating from key recharge zones; to quantify potential impacts on groundwater resources resulting from localized extractions; and to evaluate current and future impacts on base flows within the Truckee River as a result of groundwater pumping within the MVGB. 3.5.5 Seek new tools, technology, and information that may improve the understanding of the water resources in the MVGB and watershed The partner agencies strive to have the best possible understanding of water resources in the MVGB, and prepare reports on water resources such as urban water management plans, water supply analyses, and water master plans in accordance to State requirements. This implementation action directs the partner agencies to actively seek out tools, technology, and compiled information in order to improve the understanding of water resources in the MVGB. The agencies will share and compare their water resources planning documents to identify similarities and differences. Additionally the agencies will continue to be proactive in looking for methods, approaches, and analysis that improves understanding of water in the MVGB. 3.5.6 Summary of BMO #5 Actions Table 3-5 presents a summary of implementation actions to be undertaken by the partner agencies that support BMO #5 including the anticipated schedule of implementation. Description of Action Implementation Schedule 5 1 Workwith State and Federal agenciesto attemptto secure funding for expansion of the Partner Ongoing Agencies monitoring grid 5 2 Maintain relationship with DWR for groundwater monitoring and database management Ongoing activities 5-3 1 Identify opportunities for collecting water quality monitoring data As Available 5-4 Use and consider updating the hydrologic model to improve understanding of groundwater in Ongoing the MVGB Seek new tools, technology, and information that may improve the understanding of the water 5 5 resources in the MVGB and watershed Ongoing 5 6 Use the best available data to inform and link agency interdependent planning documents (i.e. Ongoing urban water management plans, water supply analyses, and water master plans) 3-13 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 3 3.6 Implementation Actions that Support BMO #6 - Consider the environment and participate in the stewardship of groundwater resources The partner agencies are dedicated stewards of the Martis Valley groundwater resources. The partner agencies' mission statements reflect the importance of managing their respective agencies in an environmentally sound manner, such as minimizing negative impacts of operations on the environment. This BMO directs the partner agencies to continue their leadership in the stewardship of the groundwater, watershed and natural infrastructure. 3.6.1 Consider local, State, or Federal riparian, surface water, or surface water - groundwater interaction investigations, studies or programs in the MVGB This implementation action directs the partner agencies to consider existing and future studies and investigations of riparian habitat, surface water, and surface- groundwater interaction investigations. Wetlands and riparian areas play an important role in protecting water quality and reducing adverse water quality impacts (EPA, 2005). This implementation action, while not solely focused on pollution prevention, may address issues with such through traditional point sources and non -point sources. Many pollutants are delivered to surface waters and to groundwater from diffuse sources, such as urban runoff, agricultural runoff, and atmospheric deposition of contaminants. Pollution of surface water can impact groundwater quality and conversely pollution of groundwater can impact surface water. The agencies will evaluate the need to consider studies, guidance documents, and programs that investigate the linkages between ground and surface waters. 3.6.2 Continue support and collaboration with local groups that identify, coordinate, or implement projects that support the overall sustainability of the MVGB This implementation action directs the partner agencies to support and collaborate with local groups that improve sustainability in the MVGB. The partner agencies will continue support and collaboration with groups and agency members of the SWG, and through public involvement and outreach, identify additional groups to include in GMP implementation. 3.6.3 Summary of BMO #6 Actions Table 3-6 presents a summary of implementation actions to be undertaken by the partner agencies that support BMO #3 including the anticipated schedule of implementation. Description of Action I Implementation Schedule 6-1 Consider local, State, or Federal riparian, surface water, or surface water- As Needed groundwater interaction investigations, studies or programs in the MVGB. 6 2 Continue support and collaboration with local groups that identify, coordinate, Ongoing or implement projects that support the overall sustainability of the MVGB. 3-14 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Section 4 References Berris, S.N., Hess, G.W., and Bohman, L.R., 2001, River and Reservoir Operations Model, Truckee River Basin, California and Nevada, 1998, U.S. Geological Survey Water -Resources Investigations Report 01-4017, 137 p. + plate. Birkeland, P.W., 1961, Pleistocene history of the Truckee area, north of Lake Tahoe, California: Stanford University, Ph.D. dissertation, 126 p. + plates Birkeland, P.W., 1963, Pleistocene volcanism and deformation of the Truckee Area, north of Lake Tahoe, California, Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 64, p. 1453-1464. Birkeland, P.W., 1964, Pleistocene glaciation of the northern Sierra Nevada, north of Lake Tahoe, California, The Journal of Geology, v. 72 n. 6, p. 810-825. Brown, V.E., 2010, Geotechnical Investigations at Martis Creek Dam, Truckee, California, Proceedings of the 30th annual USSD Conference: Collaborative Management of Integrated Watersheds, Sacramento, California, April 12-16, 2010. Bugenig, D., and Hanneman, M., 2006, Review of Eaglewood Well #3 construction and testing report: ECO:LOGIC Engineering technical memo prepared for PCWA Lahontan, 9 p. Bugenig, D., 2007, Analysis of pumping test data for the August 27 through 31, 2007 test of Timilick Well #3: ECO:LOGIC Engineering technical memo prepared for Leslie Gault, PE, Placer County Water Agency, 19 p. + location map. California Department of Water Resources, 2003, California's Groundwater: Bulletin 118 - Update 2003, 213 p. + figures, tables, and appendices. Coats, R., Reuter, J., Dettinger, M., Riverson, J., Sahoo, G., Schladow, G., Wolfe, B., and Costa -Cabral, M., 2010, The effects of climate change on Lake Tahoe in the 21s' Century: Meteorology, hydrology, loading and lake response. Report prepared for Pacific Southwest Research Station, Tahoe Environmental Science Center, Incline Village, NV., 200 p. CH2MHill, 1974, Hydrogeological investigation of land disposal of reclaimed wastewater near Truckee, California: report prepared for Tahoe -Truckee Sanitation Agency. Environmental Protection Agency, 2005, National Management Measures to Protect and Restore Wetlands and Riparian Areas for the Abatement of Nonpoint Source Pollution, EPA 841-B-05-003, July, 2005. Available at www.epa.gov/owow/nps/wetmeasures/ Fram, M.S., Munday, C., Belitz, K., 2007, Groundwater quality data for the Tahoe-Martis Study Unit, 2007: Results from the California GAMA Program, US Geological Survey Data Series 432, 88 p. Available at http://pubs.usgs.gov/ds/432/ Fritts, H.C., and Gordon, G.A., 1980, Annual precipitation for California since 1600 reconstructed from western North American tree rings: Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research, University of Arizona, Tucson, under California Department of Water Resources Agreement No. B53367, July 1980, 45 p. Herzog, D.J., and Whitford, W.B., 2001, Summary of hydrogeological Services, Phase 2 Water Resources Investigation, Northstar-at-Tahoe, Truckee, Caliofornia: Kleinfelder consulting report prepared for Auerbach Engineering Group, 11 p. + tables, plates, and appendices. Hunter, L.E., Howle, J.F., Rose, R.S., and Bawden, G.W., 2011, LiDAR-Assisted identification of an active fault near Truckee, California, Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v.101 n.3, p.1162-1181. California, Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 101, n. 3, p. 1162-1181. Hydro -Search, Inc., 1995. Ground Water Management Plan Phase 1 Martis Valley Ground -Water Basin No. 6-67 Nevada and Placer counties, California. Prepared for Truckee Donner Public Utility District January 31, 1995. 4-1 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Section 4 Interflow Hydrology and Cordilleran Hydrology, 2003, Measuremet of ground water discharge to streams tributary to the Truckee River in Martis Valley, Placer and Nevada Counties, California: consulting report prepared for Placer County Planning Department, 30 p. + tables, figures, and appendices. Josh Detweiller, NCSD, personal communication, May 2012 Kaufman, N., 2011, Truckee Donner Public Utility District Urban Water Management Plan, Adopted June 1, 2011, 122 p. incl. tables, figures + appendices. Lath ham, T.S., 1985, Stratigraphy, structure, and geochemistry of Plio-Pleistocene volcanic rocks of the western Basin and Range Province, near Truckee, California, unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of California, Davis, 341 p. Lindstrom, S., Rucks, P., and Wigand, P., 2000, A contextual overview of human land use and environmental conditions: in Lake Tahoe Watershed Assessment, Volume 1, Dennis Murphy and Christopher M.Knopp (eds.). U.S. Forest Service General Technical Report PSW-GTR-174. Maxey, G.B., and T.E. Eakin, 1949. Ground water in White River Valley, White Pine, Nye, and Lincoln counties, Nevada. State of Nevada, Office of the State Engineer, Water Resources Bulletin 8.Melody, A., 2009, Active faulting and Quaternary paleohydrology of the Truckee Fault Zone north of Truckee, California; MS thesis, Humbolt State University, Humbolt, CA 71 p. Nimbus Engineers, 2001, Ground water availability in the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin, Nevada and Placer Counties, California: consulting report prepared for Truckee Donner Public Utility District, Placer County Water Agency, and Northstar Community Services District42 p. + tables and figures. Nichols Consulting Engineers, 2008, Truckee River Water Quality Monitoring Plan, Final Plan: consulting report prepared for Placer County and the Town of Truckee, 267 p. + appendices. Peck, B.J., and Herzog, D.J., 2008, Response to ECO:LOGIC Memos dated October 18, 2007 and January 3, 2008 review of Eaglewood No. 4 construction and testing report: Kleinfelder letter report prepared for Mr. Roger Cook, 10 p. + plates. Rajagopal, S., Reeves, D.M., Huntington, J., Pohll, G., 2012, Desert Research Institute Technical Note to PCWA: Estimates of Ground Water Recharge in the Mantis Valley Ground Water Basin: prepared for PCWA. Saucedo, G.J., 2005, Geologic Map of the Lake Tahoe Basin, California and Nevada, 2005, California Department of Conservation California Geological Survey Regional Geologic Map Series, Map No. 4, 1:100,000 scale. Saucedo, G.J., and Wagner, D.L., 1992, Geologic Map of the Chico Quadrangle, 1:250,000: California Division of Mines and Geology Regional Map Series, v. 7A Tully and Young, 2011, Placer County Water Agency 2010 Urban Water Management Plan: report prepared for the Placer County Water Agency, 126 p. incl. tables + figures. Shaw, D., Hastings, B., Drake, K., Hogan, M., and Lindstrom, S., 2012, Martis Watershed Assessment: Balance Hydrologics consulting report prepared for the Truckee River Watershed Council. 66 p. + figures, tables, and appendices. U.S. Department of the Interior Bureau of Reclamation, 2011, Truckee Basin Study Plan of Study. 22 p. + appendices and attachments. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2005, National Management Measure to Protect and Restore Wetlands and Riparian Areas for the Abatement of Nonpoint Source Pollution, EPA-841-B-05-003. U.S. Forest Service, 2011, Monthly and annual precipitation records (1904-2010) for Truckee ranger station, Truckee, California, station #49043 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 1985, Truckee River Basin Reservoirs, Truckee River, Nevada and California: Water Control Manual, 71 p. + Tables, Plates, and Exhibits U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 2002, Truckee River Basin, California/Nevada, Martis Creek Spillway Adequacy Study, Hydrology Office Report, 16 p. + Tables, Figures, Charts, and Plates. 4-2 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Appendix A: Resolutions of Intent to Adopt a Groundwater Management Plan P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx RESOLUTION NO. 11- 13OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE PLACER COUNTY WATER AGENCY DECLARING ITS INTENT TO UPDATE ITS MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN AND ADOPT A STATEMENT OF PUBLIC PARTICIPATION WHEREAS, one of the responsibilities of Placer County Water Agency (Agency) is to provide for sustainable use of groundwater resources within Placer County; and WHEREAS, The Agency uses groundwater to serve customers in its Martis Valley water system located near Truckee, California; and WHEREAS, the Agency adopted its current Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan on October 6, 1998; and WHEREAS, the current groundwater management plan allows for periodic updates and advocates working collaboratively with others in Martis Valley; and WHEREAS, the Agency has established a partnership with Truckee Donner Public Utilities District and Northstar Community Services District to prepare an updated groundwater management plan and develop a groundwater model to reflect current water resources planning in Martis Valley and enhance understanding of the underlying groundwater basin; and WHEREAS, the Agency intends to prepare, adopt, and implement this updated groundwater management plan in cooperation with the general public and stakeholders; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Board of Directors of the Placer County Water Agency that: l . The Board intends to prepare, adopt, and implement an updated Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan. Among other content, the updated groundwater management plan will include basin management objectives, plan components, and management actions. 2. The Agency further intends to provide for and encourage public/stakeholder involvement in the preparation of this updated groundwater management plan. The foregoing resolution was duly passed at meeting of the Board of Directors of the Placer County Water Agency held on April 7, 2011, by the following on roll call: AYES DIRECTORS: Gray Allen, Alex Ferreira, Mike Lee, Ben Mavy, Chairman Lowell Jarvis NOES DIRECTORS: None ABSENT DIRECTORS: None Signed and approved by me after its passage this 7t' day of April, 2011. ATTEST: Clerk, Board of lirectors Placer County Water Agency z:/ns.martis valley.resolution.vf Chair, Board of irecto Placer County Water A e y Fa NGCoS*D Northstar {ommunity Services District 908 Northstar Drive, Northstar, CA 96161 P:530.562.0747 • F: 530.562.1505 - www.nortN;tarCS4.com BOARD OF DIRECTORS INO 19vo IIV 1TR:T416131JA t8 ►1 I WWI D):11j, 101 111) R1.0:I Col Ii RESOLUTION NO. 11- OS RESOLUTION OF INTENTION TO COOPERATE IN THE PREPARATION OF THE UPDATED MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN WITH THE PLACER COUNTY WATER AGENCY AND THE TRUCKEE DONNER PUBLIC UTILITY DISTRICT Board of Directors Duml Eow4 JE,1NN &LE;� NANCY IV S MINE t OLI FltANK 5EFI it General Manager %lllr JALl SlAi@I.hMnv:A AS A BASIS AND PREMISE for this Resolution, the Board of Directors of NORTHSTAR COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT ("District") finds and states as follows: The District is a "local agency" as that term is defined in the Provisions of the California Water Code relating to adoption of a Groundwater Management Plan ("Plan"). The District uses groundwater resources available in the Martis Valley. The Placer County Water Agency ("Agency") and Truckee Donner Public Utilities District ("TDPUD") also use water from the same or adjoining groundwater aquifers. The Agency adopted its current Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan ("Plan") on October 6, 1998, and the Plan allows for periodic updates and advocates working collaboratively with others with an interest in groundwater resources in the Martis Valley. The Agency, the District and TDPUD have determined it is in their best interests to, and have established a partnership (1) to develop a groundwater model to reflect current water resources planning and operations in the Martis Valley, (2) to enhance understanding of the underlying groundwater basin, and (3) to prepare an updated Plan and propose it for adoption by all three entities as a joint Plan. On March 16, 2011 this Board directed that notice be given of its desire to adopt this Resolution of Intention, and such notice has been given as provided by law. NOW, THEREFORE, the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the NORTHSTAR COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT does hereby RESOLVE, DETERMINE, and ORDER as follows: I . The District intends to cooperate with the Agency and TDPUD in the development a groundwater model to reflect current water resources planning and operations in the Martis Valley and an updated Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan, and to propose the Plan for adoption as a joint Plan within the time provided by law, 2, Among other content, the updated Plan will consider inclusion of basin management objectives, plan components, and management actions. Together with the Agency and TDPUD, the District further intends to provide for and encourage public involvement in the preparation of the updated Plan. PASSED AND ADOPTED at a regular meeting of the Board of Directors on April 20, 2011 by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSTAIN: ABSENT: Evans, Green, Ives, Moll, Seelig None None None ATTE T .1 es Bowling, Assista4'3eer ary of the Board NORTH STAR CC) MMQNITY SERVICES DisTRICT + 908 NORTH STAR DRIvE, NORTRSTAR, CA 96161 * PAGE 2 of 2 Resolution No. 2011 - 01 TRUCKEE DONNER PUBLIC UTILITY DISTRICT DECLARING ITS INTENT TO UPDATE ITS MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN AND ADOPT A STATEMENT OF PUBLIC PARTICIPATION WHEREAS, groundwater is a valuable natural resource in California and should be managed to ensure both its safe production and its quality; and, WHEREAS, one of the responsibilities of Truckee Donner Public Utility District (District) is to provide for sustainable use of groundwater resources; and WHEREAS, the District uses groundwater to serve customers from the Martis Valley water system located near Truckee, California; and WHEREAS, the District adopted its current Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan on January 3, 1995; and WHEREAS, the current groundwater management plan allows for periodic updates and advocates working collaboratively with others in Martis Valley; and WHEREAS, the District has established a partnership with Northstar Community Services District and Placer County Water Agency to prepare an updated groundwater management plan and develop a groundwater model to reflect current water resources planning in Martis Valley and enhance understanding of the underlying groundwater basin; and WHEREAS, the District intends to prepare, adopt, and implement this updated groundwater management plan in cooperation with the general public and stakeholders; WHEREAS, prior to adoption of this resolution, the District has held a public hearing, after publication of notice pursuant to Section 6066 of the Government Code, on whether or not to adopt a resolution for intention to update a groundwater management plan; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Board of Directors of the Truckee Donner Public Utility District that: 1. The Board intends to prepare, adopt, and implement an updated Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan. Among other content, the updated groundwater management plan will include basin management objectives, plan components, and management actions. 1 Resolution 2011-01 2. The District further intends to provide for and encourage public/stakeholder involvement in the preparation of this updated groundwater management plan. PASSED AND ADOPTED by the Board of Directors of the Truckee Donner Public Utility District in a meeting duly called and held within said District on the 6th day of April, 2011. AYES: Directors Aguera, Bender, Hemig, Hillstrom and Laliotis NOES: None ABSTAIN: None ABSENT: None g ER PUBLIC UTILITY DISTRICT esident ATTEST: A--�l - Michael D. olley, P.E. Clerk of the Board 2 Resolution 2011-01 Agenda Item # 11 ACTION To: Board of Directors From: Steven Poncelet Date: March 16, 2011 Subject: Consideration of Setting a Public Hearing Date to Begin the Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Process 1. WHY THIS MATTER IS BEFORE THE BOARD The Board is responsible for the long-term stewardship of our water supply. Studying the Martis Valley aquifer and having an up-to-date Groundwater Management Plan are important tools for effective stewardship of our water supply. 2. HISTORY The District has always been concerned with maintaining long-term water supply and water quality for our community. The Board last adopted a Groundwater Management Plan in 1995. The opportunity exists to both update this document and to greatly improve our understanding of how the aquifer functions. This includes better information on the sustainable yield of the aquifer, how changes in the built environment may be impacting water quality, and how climate change may be impacting our long term water supply and quality. The Board approved the FY09 budget which included $150,000 for a study of the Martis Valley aquifer and an update of our Groundwater Management Plan. The District was able to partner with Placer County Water Agency (PCWA) and Northstar Community Services District (Northstar CSD) to expand the funding for this effort to a total of $250,000. The Board adopted a Memorandum of Agreement for development of the Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan and groundwater model with PCWA and Northstar CSD at the July 21, 2010 Board meeting. The agency partners secured an additional approximately $500,000 in grant funding from the Bureau of Reclamation for Desert Research Institute (DRI) modeling services and integration of a climate change model. The total project funding is now approximately $750,000. In late 2010, PCWA, the lead agency, issued a Request for Proposal to hire a consultant to manage the development of the Martis Valley aquifer model and to develop a Groundwater Management Plan and associated public outreach. At their February 7, 2011 Board meeting, a contract was awarded to Brown and Caldwell, with local Truckee sub -contractor Balanced Hydrologics. 3. NEW INFORMATION Brown and Caldwell has begun work on the Groundwater Management Plan and associated public outreach. The State of California has specific requirements for the development of Groundwater Management Plans. Included in the State requirements is that the District must hold a public hearing, and adopt a Board Resolution to announce the intention to update the Groundwater Management Plan. The District must also hold a second public hearing, and a Board Resolution to adopt the final Groundwater Management Plan. Staff is recommending that we hold the initial public hearing and that the Board consider adopting a Resolution for the intention to update the Groundwater Management Plan at the April 6, 2011 Board meeting. Brown and Caldwell is developing a final project workplan and schedule. The development of the Martis Valley aquifer model and Groundwater Management Plan and associated public outreach is expected to take approximately two years. Key next steps include: • Agency partner kick-off meeting with Brown and Caldwell and DRI on March 21, 2011 • Public notice and hearing on the District's intention to update our Groundwater Management Plan • Creation of a Stakeholder Working Group which would include a technical advisory committee • Development of a project website available to the public • Kick-off of the Martis Valley aquifer modeling effort by DRI 4. FISCAL IMPACT Sufficient funds exist within the approved FY11 budget for the project. 5. RECOMMENDATION Authorize staff to: • Schedule a public hearing for the April 6, 2011 Board meeting • Advertise a public notice for the public hearing Steven Poncelet MichaD. Holley Public Information & Conservation Manager General Manager t Proof and SIERRA SUN �"c"e" Himo —m' the Tri"k' e I......m. lw'!' ', )—, P.O. Box 1888 Carson City, NV 89702 Phone (775) 881-1201 Fax (775) 887-2408 Account Number: 1066693 Legal Account Placer County Water Agency P.O. Box 6570 Auburn, CA 95604 Attn: Nicole Snyder Rachel Renaud says: That (s)he is a legal clerk of the SIERRA SUN, a newspaper published Wednesday, Friday, Saturday at Truckee, in the State of California. Martis Valley Groundwater Plan Ad # 6289415 ` of which a copy is hereto attached, was published in said newspaper for.the full required period of 2 times commencing on Match 16, 2011, and ending on March 23, 2011, all days inclusive. Signed: Ayuazi STATEMENT: DATE I AMOUNT 3123/11 ( $135.26 CREDIT I BALANCE $ 0.00 ( $135.26 I i i Statement of Publication SIERRA SUN rl—V (he Truck, e I",) P.O. Box 1888 Carson City, hN'89702 ; 1 Phone (775) 881-1201 - Fax (775) 887-2408 Account Number: 1066693 Legal Account Placer County Water Agency P.O. Box 6570 Auburn, CA 95604 Attn: Nicole Snyder Rachel Renaud says: That (s)he is a legal clerk of the SIERRA SUN, a newspaper published Wednesday, Friday, Saturday at Truckee, in the State of California. Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Ad # 6400246 of which a copy is hereto attached, was published in said newspaper for the full required period of 2 times commencing on April 13, 2011, and ending on April 20, 2011, all days inclusive. STATEMENT. - DATE I AMOUNT CREDIT I BALANCE 4/20/11 1 $226.63 1 $ 0.00 1 $226.63 #r ErFIVE Statement/ ► ► 1 16391896 PUBLIC NOTICE 11 16391896 ---- 4�> PUBLIC NOTICE NOTICE OF PLACER COUNTY WATER AGENCY BOARD OF DIRECTORS MEETING AGENDA ITEM FOR RESOLUTION OF INTENT TO UPDATE ITS MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Placer County Water Agency (PCWA) will hold a public hearing in accordance with Cali- fornia Water Code Section 10753.2 to review and consider a Reso- lution of Intent to update its Martis Valley Groundwater Manage- ment Plan. The public hearing will be held April 7, 2011 at 2:00 p m. at the regularly scheduled meeting of the PCWA Board of Di- rectors which is held in the American River Room at its Business Center, 144 Ferguson Road, Auburn, California, The public is in- vited to comment on PCWNs intent as described. The reasons for updating the Martis Valley Groundwater Man- agement Plan are to reflect current water resources planning in the region, to reflect the latest information and understandings of the underlying groundwater basin, and to update the plan in partner- ship with adjacent water purveyors in an effort to work collabora- tively and align policy. The plan will be updated in partnership with Truckee Donner Public Utilities District and Northstar Community Services District. In addition to updating the groundwater manage- ment plan, a computer model of the groundwater basin will be de- veloped, which will assimilate available data and enhance under- standing of the basin. PCWA and its partners intend to prepare, adopt, and implement this updated groundwater management plan in cooperation with the general public and stakeholders. For more information please con- tact Tony Firenzi at (530) 823-4886 or tfirenxi®pcwa.net. PUBLISHED IN AUBURN JOURNAL: MARCH 16, 23, 2011 The above space is reserved for Court/County Filed Date Stamp PROOF OF PUBLICATION (2015.5 C.C.P.) STATE OF CALIFORNIA County of Placer I am a citizen of the United States and employed by a publication in the County aforesaid. I am over the age of eighteen years, and not a party to the mentioned matter. I am the principal clerk of The Auburn Journal, a newspaper of general circulation, in the City of Auburn, which is printed and published in the County of Placer. This newspaper has been judged a newspaper of general circulation by the Superior Court of the State of California, in and for the County of Placer, on the date of May 26, 1952 (Case Number 17407). The notice, of which the attached is a printed copy (set in type not smaller than nonpareil) has been published in each regular and entire issue of said newspaper and not in any supplement thereof on the following dates, to -wit: MARCH 16, 23 I certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct. Clark Dated in Auburn, California MARCH 23, 2011 PROOF OF PUBLICATION THE AUBURN JOURNAL 1030 High Street Auburn, CA 95604-5910 16395813 PUBLIC NOTICE �A f ya.-S ck The above space is reserved for Court/County Filed Date Stamp PROOF OF PUBLICATION (2015.5 C.C.P.) STATE OF CALIFORNIA County of Placer I am a citizen of the United States and employed by a publication in the County aforesaid. I am over the age of eighteen years, and not a party to the mentioned matter. I am the principal clerk of The Lincoln News Messenger, a newspaper of general circulation, in the City of Lincoln, which is printed and published in the County of Placer. This newspaper has been judged a newspaper of general circulation by the Superior Court of the State of California, in and for the County of Placer, on the date of April 3, 1952, Superior Court Order Number 89429. The notice, of which the attached is a printed copy (set in type not smaller than nonpareil) has been published in each regular and entire issue of said newspaper and not in any supplement thereof on the following dates, to -wit: APRIL 13, 20 I certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct. Teri Clarlc Dated in Lincoln, California APRIL 20, 2011 PROOF OF PUBLICATION THE LINCOLN NEWS MESSENGER 553 F Street Lincoln, CA 95648 Board of Directors ❑UANE EVANS N C SleD JEANN GREEN NANCY IVES Northstar Community Services District MIKE MOLL FRANK SEELIG 908 Northstar Drive, Northstar, CA 96161 P; 530.562,0747 • F; 530.562.1505 - www.northstarad,[om General Manager MICHAEL STAUDENMAYER NORTHSTAR COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT NOTICE OF THE REGULAR MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS DATE: MARCH 16, 2011 TIME: 9 A.M. PLACE: NORTHSTAR FIRE STATION, 910 NORTHSTAR DRIVE I. CALL TO ORDER, PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE, ROLL CALL II. PUBLIC COMMENTS Any member of the public may address the Board after roll call on any topic related to the District that is not on the agenda. Public comment will be taken on agenda action items immediately prior to Board action. III. RECURRING BUSINESS 1. Approval and Discussion of the minutes of the February 15, 2011 Finance Committee Meeting and the February 16, 2011 Regular Meeting. 2. Meetings attended by NCSD Board Members — Discussion. IV. NEW BUSINESS 3. East West Partners — Update. 4. Northstar Property Owners Association — Update. 5. CAMCO — Update. 6. Northstar-at-Tahoe/Vail — Update. 7. Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan — Action to set Public Hearing on Resolution of Intention to cooperate in the preparation of the Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan — Discussion — Action. 8. Resolution 11-03 "Resolution Approving the Department of Forestry and Fire Protection Agreement for Services from July 1, 2010 to June 30, 2013" — Discussion — Action. 9. Approval of Shift Proposal for Strategic Communications and Community Engagement Strategies — Martis Valley Regional Trail — Discussion — Action. 10. Approval of Memorandum of Agreement Between the North Lake Tahoe Resort Association and the Northstar Community Services District for use of Transient Occupancy Tax (TOT) Infrastructure Funds — Discussion — Action. 11. Approval of Exempt Employee Flexible Work Schedule Policy — Discussion — Action. V. ATTORNEYS REPORT VI. CLOSED SESSION 12. Conference with Legal Counsel — Existing Litigation [California Government Code Section 54956.9(a)]; Two cases: 1) Name of Case: Community Facilities District #1 of the Northstar Community Services District vs. Highlands Hotel Residences Company, LLC, Bank of America, et al, Placer County, California Superior Court #SCV0027907. 2) Name of Case: Bank of America & Thomas Morone, as Receiver for Highlands Hotel Company vs. NCSD & Community Facilities District No. 1 ofNCSD, Placer County, California Superior Court #SCV0028495. Page 2 of 2 of the Agenda of the March 16, 2011 Regular Board Meeting 13. Public Employee Performance Evaluation (Government Code Section 54957) — Titles: Engineering and Mapping Department: Information Systems Supervisor, Director of Public Works, Associate Engineer, GIS Analyst — Administration Department: Controller, Administrative Manager, Administrative Assistant, Human Resource Director 14. Conference with Labor Negotiators (Government Code §54957.6) — Agency designated representatives: Jim Bowling, Mark Shadowens. Employee organization: Employee Representation — Fire Department employees. VII. DIRECTOR REPORTS Individual directors may give brief reports on miscellaneous items for the information of the other members of the board and NCSD staff. No action will be taken. VIII. OPERATION REPORTS 15. General Managers Report — Staudenmayer — Discussion. 16. Fire Department Report — Shadowens — Discussion. 17. Director of Public Works Report — Geary — Discussion. 18. Utilities Department Report — Ryan — Discussion. 19. Administration Department Report — Tanner/Lewis/Bowling — Discussion. IX. WARRANT REGISTER & MELLO-ROOS REQUISITIONS 20. Approval of the Warrant Register. 21. Ratification of Mello -Roos Requisitions in the amount of $15,353.42. �\019111 VidI010" Items may not be taken in the order listed above. In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, if you are a disabled person and you need a disability -related modification or accommodation to participate in this meeting, then please contact Myra Tanner at (530) 562-0747 or (530) 562-1505 (fax). Requests must be made as early as possible and at least one -full business day before the start of the meeting. NORTHSTAR COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT • 908 NORTHSTAR DRIVE, NORTHSTAR, CA 96161 • PAGE 2 OF 2 Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Appendix B: Resolutions Adopting the Groundwater Management Plan P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx SIERRA SUN P.O. Box 1888 Carson City, NV 89702 (775) 881-1201 FAX: (775) 887-2408 Customer Account: # 1073085 Legal Account Placer County Water Agency P.O. Box 6570 AUBURN, CA 95604 Attn: Vibeke Figueroa Victoria Lopez says: That (s)he is a legal clerk of the SIERRA SUN, a newspaper published Wednesday and Friday at Truckee, in the State of California. Copy Line Joint Martis Valley Po#: Ad #: 8823943D of which a copy is hereto attached, was published in said newspaper for the full required period of 2 time(s) commencing on 1/23/2013, and ending on 1/30/2013, all days inclusive. Signed:` Date: 01/31/2013 State of N ada, Carson City Price: $ 235.980 Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of Notary Public Proof and Statement of Publication Ad #: 8823943D PUBLIC HEARINGS NOTICE OF TRUCKEE DONNER PUBLIC UTILITIES DISTRICT BOARD OF DIRECTORS NOTICE OF NORTHSTAR COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT BOARD OF DIRECTORS NOTICE OF PLACER COUNTY WATER AGENCY BOARD OF DIRECTORS MEETING AGENDA ITEMS TO ADOPT THE MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN Truckee Donner Public Utility District (TDPUD), Northstar Community Services District (NCSD) and Placer County Water Agency (PCWA) will hold their individual public hearings in accordance with California Water Code Section 10753.2 to review and consider adoption of the Marfis Valley Groundwater Management Plan. The respective public hearings are scheduled accordingly: • The TDPUD public hearing will be held February 20, 2013 at 6:00 PM at the regularly scheduled meeting of the TDPUD Board of Directors located a1 11570 Donner Pass Road, Truckee, California. • The NCSD public hearing will be held February 20, 2013 at 9:00 AM at the regularly scheduled meeting of the NCSD Board of Directors located at the Northstar Fire Station located at 910 Northstar Drive, Northstar, California. The PCWA public hearing will' be held February 2i, 2013 at 2:00 PM, at the regularly scheduled meeting of the PCWA Board of Directors, which is held in the American River Room at its Business Center, 144 Ferguson Road, Auburn, California. The public is invited to comment on the partner Agencies' intent as described. The reasons for updating the Marfis Valley Groundwater Management Plan are 10 reflect current water resources planning in the region, to reflect the latest information and understandings of the underlying groundwater basin, and to update the plan in partnership with TDPUD. NCSD and PCWA in an effort to promote regional water management, work collaboratively, and align policy. The plan document includes management objectives and actions that support long lean quality and availability of groundwater in the Marlis Valley Groundwater Basin. In addition to updating the groundwater managemerl plan. a Bureau of Reclamalioo-sponsored Computer model of the Martis Valley groundwater basin and watershed is currently being developed by the Desert Research Institute. which provided preliminary groundwater recharge estimates of the Martis Valley groundwater basin and will ultimately enhance understanding of basin groundwater resources. Copies of the draft Mattis Valley Groundwater Management Plan are available for public review and comment at the respective agency offices or at www.MartisValleyGMP.org. Printed copies may be obtained for the cost of reproduction. The three partners intend to adopt and implement this updated groundwater management plan in cooperation with the general public and stakeholders. For more information please contact Barbara Cahill at (530) 582-3909 or arbaracahillOtdoud.oro : Mike Slaudenmayer (NCSD) at ( 5 3 0 ) 562.0747 or mikes@ northstaresd.com or Tony Firenzi (PCWA) at (530) 823-4886 ortfirenzi@pcwa.net Any comments or protests by landowners in the plan area must be submitted prior to the close of public comment at any of the three hearings listed above. III Pub: January 23, 30, 2013 NAd#8823843 16489006 PUBLIC HEARINGS 16489006 PUBLIC HEARINGS NOTICE OF TRUCKEE DONNER PUBLIC UTILITIES DISTRICT BOARD OF DIRECTORS NOTICE OF NORTHSTAR COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT BOARD OF DIRECTORS NOTICE OF PLACER COUNTY WATER AGENCY BOARD OF DIRECTORS MEETING AGENDA ITEMS TO ADOPT THE MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN Truckee Donner Public Utility District (TDPUD), Northstar Com- munity Services District (NCSD) and Placer County Water Agency (PCWA) will hold their individual public hearings in accordance with California Water Code Section 10753.2 to review and consider adoption of the Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan. The respective public hearings are scheduled accordingly: • The TDPUD public hearing will be held February 20, 2013 at 6:00 PM at the regularly scheduled meeting of the TDPUD Board of Directors located at 11570 Donner Pass Road, Truckee, Califor- nia. • The NCSD public hearing wilt be held February 20, 2013 at 9:00 AM at the regularly scheduled meeting of the NCSD Board of Directors located at the Northstar Fire Station located at 910 Northstar Drive, Northstar, Ca€ifornia. • The PCWA public hearing will be held February 21, 2013 at 2:00 PM, at the regularly scheduled meeting of the PCWA Board of Directors, which is held in the American River Room at its Busi ness Center, 144 Ferguson Road, Auburn, California. The public is invited to comment on the partner Agencies' intent as described. The reasons for updating the Martis Valley Groundwater Man- agement Plan are to reflect current water resources planning in the region, to reflect the latest information and understandings of the underlying groundwater basin, and to update the plan in partner- ship with TDPUD, NCSD and PCWA in an effort to promote re- gional water management, work collaboratively, and align policy. The ptan document includes management objectives and actions that support long term quality and availability of groundwater in the Martis Valley Groundwater Basin. In addition to updating the groundwater management plan, a Bureau of Reclamation -sponsored computer model of the Martis Valley groundwater basin and watershed is currently being developed by the Desert Research Institute, which provided preliminary ground- water recharge estimates of the Martis Valley groundwater basin and will ultimately enhance understanding of basin groundwater re- sources. Copies of the draft Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan are available for public review and comment at the respective agency offices or at www.MartisValleyGMP.org. Printed copies may be obtained for the cost of reproduction. The three partners intend to adopt and implement this updated groundwater manage- ment plan in cooperation with the general public and stakeholders. For more information please contact Barbara Cahill at (530) 582-3909 or rbara hill Atdnud.org; Mike Staudenmayer (NCSD) at (530) 582-N or mikes@ orthstaresd.com; or Tony Firenzi (PCWA) at (530) 823-4886 or tfirenzi ,-,pcwa.net. Any comments or protests by landowners in the plan area must be sub- mitted prior to the close of public comment at any of the three hear- ings listed above. PUBLISHED IN AUBURN JOURNAL: JANUARY 23, 30, 2013 The above space is reserved For Court/County Filed Date Stamp PROOF OF PUBLICATION (2015.5 C.C,P.) STATE OF CALIFORNIA County of Placer I am a citizen of the United States and employed by a publication in the County aforesaid. I am over the age of eighteen years, and not a party to the mentioned matter. I am the principal clerk of The Auburn Journal, a newspaper of general circulation, in the City of Auburn, which is printed and published in the County of Placer. This newspaper has been judged a newspaper of general circulation by the Superior Court of the State of California, in and for the County of Placer, on the date of May 26, 1952 (Case Number 17407). The notice, of which the attached is a printed copy (set in type not smaller than nonpareil) has been published in each regular and entire issue of said newspaper and not in any supplement thereof on the following dates, to -wit: JAN UARY 23, 30 1 certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct. Terry Clark Dated in Auburn, CalifOrrlia JANUARAY 30, 2013 PROOF OF PUBLICATION THE AUBURN JOURNAL 1030 High Street Auburn, CA 95604-5910 Hoard of Directors DUANE EVANS .CleSleD JEANN GREEN NANCY IVES, PRESIDENT NF RANI( cm is Northstar Community Services District DARAELL SMITH 908 Northstar Drive, Northstar, CA 96161 General Manager P:530,562.0747 • r: 530.562,1505 - www.northstaresd.org MICHAEL STAUDENMAYER BOARD OF DIRECTORS NORTHSTAR COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT RESOLUTION 13-01 RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE NORTHSTAR COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT ADOPTING THE MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN WHEREAS, On April 20, 2011 ' the Board of Directors passed Resolution 11-05 "Resolution of Intention to Cooperate in the Preparation of the Updated Maros Valley Groundwater Management Plan with the Placer County Water Agency and the Truckee Donner Public Utility District and adopt a statement of public involvement; and WHEREAS, the District prepared an updated plan in partnership with the Truckee Donner Public Utilities District and the Placer County Water Agency (PCWA) in an effort to work collaboratively and align policy; and WHEREAS, the updated Maros Valley Groundwater Management Plan was prepared in accordance with the California Groundwater Management Act, Assembly Bill 3030, and Senate Bill 1938; and NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Board of Directors of the Northstar Community Services District hereby adopts the updated Maros Valley Groundwater Management Plan. PASSED AND ADOPTED by the Northstar Community Services District this 20th day of February, 2013, by the following vote on call: AYES: Green, Ives, Seelig, Smith NOES: None ABSENT: None ABSTAIN: Evans ;U 0. Nancy P. I e President o the Board ATTEST: m a es ling ecretary of the Board RESOLUTION NO.13-03 OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE PLACER COUNTY WATER AGENCY ADOPTING THE UPDATED MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN WHEREAS, On April 7, 2011 the Board of Directors passed Resolution 11-13 declaring its intent to update its Mantis Valley Groundwater Management Plan and adopt a statement of public involvement; and WHEREAS, the Agency prepared an updated plan in partnership with the Truckee Donner Public Utilities District and the Northstar Community Services District in an effort to work collaboratively and align policy; and WHEREAS, the updated Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan was prepared in accordance with the California Groundwater Management Act, Assembly Bill 3030, and Senate Bill 1938; and NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Board of Directors of the Placer County Water Agency hereby adopts the updated Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan. The foregoing resolution was duly passed at meeting of the Board of Directors of the Placer County Water Agency held on February 21, 2013, by the following on roll call: AYES DIRECTORS: Joshua Alpine, Robert Dugan, Alex Ferreira, Mike Lee, Chair Gray Allen NOES DIRECTORS: None ABSENT DIRECTORS: None Signed and approved by me after its passage this 2111 day of February, 2013. C air, tunty ard of Directors Placer Water Agency ATTEST: Clerk, Board of Dir tors Placer County Wat Agency ZABaard Itemskmw E Ma ri is Va Iky GMP Resolution No. 2013 - 04 Adopt the Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan WHEREAS, groundwater is a valuable natural resource in California and should be managed to ensure both its safe production and its quality; and, WHEREAS, one of the responsibilities of Truckee Donner Public Utility District (District) is to provide for sustainable use of groundwater resources; and WHEREAS, the District uses groundwater to serve customers from the Martis Valley water system located near Truckee, California; and WHEREAS, the District adopted its current Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan on January 3, 1995; and WHEREAS, on April 8, 2011, the Board of Directors passed Resolution 2011-01 declaring its intent to update its Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan and adopt a statement of public involvement; and WHEREAS, the District prepared an updated plan in partnership with the Placer County Water Agency and the Northstar Community Services District in an effort to work collaboratively and align policy; and WHEREAS, the updated Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan was prepared in accordance with the California Groundwater Management Act, Assembly Bill 3030, and Senate Bill 1938. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Board of Directors of the Truckee Donner Public Utility District hereby adopts the updated Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan. The foregoing resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the Board of Directors of Truckee Donner Public Utility District held on February 20, 2013, by the following roll call: AYES: Directors Bender, Ellis, Hemig and Laliotis NOES: None ABSTAIN: None ABSENT: Director Aguera TRUCKEE DONNER PUBLIC UTILITY DISTRICT Je nder, President ATTEST: _/1--? 0� --, Michael D. Holley, District Clerk 1 Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Appendix C: Public Outreach Plan P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Technical Memorandum 10540 White Rock Road, Suite 180 Rancho Cordova, CA 95670 Tel: 916-444-0123 Fax: 916-635-8805 Project Title: Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Project No: 140691 Public Outreach Plan Technical Memorandum (Deliverable Task 1.2) Date: May 25, 2011 To: Tony Firenzi, Brian Martin, Michael Holley, Steven Poncelet, and Mike Staudenmayer From: Tina Bauer, Project Manager Prepared by: John Ayres, Task One Manager Reviewed by: Tina M. Bauer, Project Manager Mattis Valley GMP - Draft Public Outreach Plan Introduction The partnership of Placer County Water Agency (PCWA), Truckee Donner Public Utilities District (TDPUD), and Northstar Community Services District (NCSD), herein referred to as the partnership agencies, are working together to update a Groundwater Management Plan (GMP) for the Martis Valley in accordance with the California Water Code, Article 107050. The overall goal of the GMP is to develop a framework that main- tains groundwater quantity and quality, thereby providing a sustainable, high -quality supply for beneficial use in the Martis Valley. Brown and Caldwell (BC) has been contracted by the partnership to prepare the GMP and perform public outreach activities. The reasons for updating the Martis Valley GMP are to: • Reflect current water resources planning in the region, • Update the understanding of the underlying groundwater basin, and • Prepare the plan in partnership with basin water purveyors in an effort to work collaboratively and align policy. In addition to updating the GMP a computer model of the groundwater basin will be developed by the Desert Research Institute (through a grant from the Bureau of Reclamation) which will assimilate available data and enhance the understanding of the basin. This groundwater model will be used as a tool to improve basin understanding during GMP development. Public outreach as described herein is a key component of the process in preparing the GMP. Public Outreach Objectives This plan's outreach activities are designed to meet the following outreach objectives: • Inform the public regarding the development of the GMP. • Provide meaningful opportunities for stakeholders and the general public to contribute to the develop- ment of the GMP. • Incorporate stakeholder input regarding the GMP. • Document stakeholder recommendations in a clear, complete manner. • Develop public understanding and support of the GMP. To pursue these objectives effectively, various outreach methods will be necessary to reach the groups targeted for inclusion in the planning process. Groundwater Management Plan Preparation During the course of preparing the GMP, various entities will be involved in developing, approving, and adopting the GMP. Their roles and responsibilities are as follows: Partnership Agencies - Each individual agency will follow the GMP adoption process. As such, each agency will conduct two public hearings. The first hearing will be to adopt a resolution of intent to prepare a GMP and the second hearing will be to determine whether or not to adopt the GMP. These hearings will be conducted in compliance with the California Water Code, Article 10753.2 through Article 10753.6. Hearings were held by each agency in April 2011 to indicate to the public the intent of the agencies to develop a GMP. The public was notified in advance in accordance with the California Water Code. Groundwater Management Plan Team - The GMP team consists of the partnership agencies, BC, and BC's subcontractor, Balance Hydrologics, Inc of Truckee, Ca. Brown and Caldwell will perform the majority of the technical work and analyses, conduct and document the public outreach effort, conduct public meetings and SWG meetings, develop and maintain a website so that information on the project is available to interested 2 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Mantis Valley GWP\Public Outreach\Public Outreach Plan\Mantis Valley GMP Public Outreach Plan Final 5-25-11.docx Mattis Valley GMP - Draft Public Outreach Plan parties, and prepare newsletters and notifications of meetings and events. The partnership agencies will provide available resource data, GIS information, and review BC's work. The partnership agencies will provide the names and addresses of special interest groups and interested public members, and assist in distributing newsletters and notifications of meetings and events through the media. The Partnership Agencies will also provide available data and information related to land and water use policies and ordin- ances affecting water management in Martis Valley. Stakeholder Working Group - The Stakeholder Working Group (SWG) will be comprised of representatives of federal, state, and local governments, environmental and special interest groups, local land use interests, and the general public selected by the partnership agencies. The SWG will provide local knowledge, data and information, opinions, and review and comment on material prepared by the GMP team. Five meetings with the SWG are anticipated to occur at strategic times for addressing particular items, as appropriate. General Public - The public will be invited to participate in two public hearings for each partnership agency and two public workshops. The first workshop will explain the process of GMP development and present groundwater model concepts (July 2011). The second workshop will be conducted near project completion and will provide an overview of GMP content. The first agency public hearings have been completed. The second agency public hearings will be conducted at project completion (anticipated November 2012). All agency public hearings will be in compliance with the California Water Code, Article 107050. Communications and Notifications Communication and notification is an important aspect of effective outreach. Various means of communica- tion and notification will be utilized to implement this Public Outreach Plan including the following: Notifications - Notifications are the primary method of outreach used to inform the public of upcoming meetings and hearings. Notifications will be published in the Sierra Sun and the Auburn Journal and will be prepared and submitted to the review group approximately one week prior to the planned publication date. Website - During project implementation, a public website will be developed and hosted. The website will also contain basic information about the project, including project goals, sponsoring agencies, and who to contact for more information. The website will be updated monthly to supply regular information updates to the public about project progress, data gathered, and decisions made. The website will have pages dedicat- ed to GMP development, groundwater model development, and a page that provides notices, newsletters, and quarterly reports. Mailing/Contact List - A list of the names and addresses of participants and interested parties will be created by BC and used for communicating information regarding meetings and materials related to the GMP. Newsletters - Public outreach will include three newsletters. Newsletters will consist of a double -sided full page color flyer that provides basic information about the project including the project goal, sponsoring agencies, and who to contact for more information. Each newsletter will address specific components of the project. The newsletters will be distributed at each partnership agency office and be uploaded onto the website. Public Workshops, Public Hearings, and SWG Meetings An important part of the public outreach will be the communications provided by the GMP team and com- ments provided by those participating in a particular forum. In general, the framework for the various forums conducted by Brown and Caldwell will be as described below. The timing for conducting the respective forums is shown on attached Table 1. Communications and notifications will be made in advance of each forum using the means noted. 3 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Mantis Valley GWP\Public Outreach\Public Outreach Plan\Mantis Valley GMP Public Outreach Plan Final 5-25-11.docx Mattis Valley GMP - Draft Public Outreach Plan Public Workshops - Two public workshops will be conducted. The 1st public workshop will be held to explain the process of GMP and model development to the public. This goal of this workshop is to inform the public of the purpose of the GMP and expected outcomes of GMP and model development. The second public workshop will provide an overview of GMP content and present groundwater modeling results. The goal of this workshop is to build public support of the GMP and model. Public workshops will be held using an open format, with presenters at multiple stations in different parts of the meeting room. Each presenter will be focused on a specific component of project development, and will have visual materials with them to facili- tate explanation of the subject matter. Meeting participants will move from station to station according to their interests and time constraints. Public Hearings - Two public hearings are required to adopt a GMP in compliance with the California Water Code, Article 17050. The first public hearing is conducted to adopt a resolution of intent to prepare a GMP and the second public hearing will be conducted to determine whether or not to adopt the GMP. Hearings were held by each partnership agency in April, 2011 to indicate to the public the intent of the agencies to develop a GMP. Stakeholder Working Group Meetings - During the course of the project, meetings will be held with the partnership agencies and the SWG. All meetings will have an agenda and PowerPoint presentation with copies of pertinent information, as appropriate. Notes of the meetings will be prepared to document the salient items discussed. The anticipated content of the SWG meetings are as follows: • The 1st SWG meeting will be held to introduce SWG members to the project and solicit their involvement. Presentation materials will include an overview of GMP content, discussion of the GMP's relationship with the groundwater model, and discussion of SWG member's local knowledge and the SWG's role during GMP development. • The 2nd SWG meeting will present the conceptual model and physical conditions of the groundwater basin to SWG members. The physical conditions of the Martis Valley groundwater basin will be presented, in- cluding cross sections, monitoring well hydrographs, and other information as appropriate. The goal of this meeting is form consensus on what groundwater resources are present in the basin to be managed by the GMP. • The 3rd SWG meeting will present preliminary GMP goals and management objectives for comment and suggestions to SWG members. The goal of this meeting is to build consensus about the identified goal and management objectives of the GMP. • The 4th SWG meeting will present preliminary implementation actions and implementation schedule to the SWG for comment and suggestions. The goal of this meeting is to fully identify implementation ac- tions for the GMP. • The goal of the 5th SWG meeting is to discuss steps taken after adoption of the GWMP. Summary of Opportunities for Public Participation The partnership agencies are providing numerous opportunities for the public to participate in and to stay informed throughout the GMP planning process. A summary of the opportunities noted above with the anticipated timing of the event, as shown on the Outreach Activity Schedule, include the following: • Partnership agency meetings and public hearings. • Public Workshops. In addition, a website will be available to the public to facilitate being informed of meeting dates, draft documents, notices, newsletters, and contact information. 4 P:\40000\140691- PCWA Mantis Valley GWP\Public Outreach\Public Outreach Plan\Mantis Valley GMP Public Outreach Plan Final 5-25-11.docx Martis Valley GMP - Draft Public Outreach Plan 2011 Outreach Activl Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Ctt Nov Dec Jan 2012 Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Agency- 3 Public Outreach pPlan 4 Website and Monthly Updates 5 Stakeholder Working Group Meeting 6 Public Workshop 7 Stakeholder Working Group MeeJng 9 Stakeholder Working Group Meetlng 10 Stakeholder Working Group Meetlng 13 Public Workshop 14 Stakeholder Working Group Meeting 15 Hearing to Adopt GMP KEY Client Agencies Meeting ❑ Stakeholder Group Meeting m Public Meeting or Hearing LJ Public Outreach Plan Website Line Website update Newsletter 0 Table 10utreach Schedule P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\Public Outreach\Public Outreach Plan\Martis Valley GMP Public Outreach Plan Final 5-25-11.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Appendix D: CASGEM Monitoring Plan P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx Martis Valley Groundwater Monitoring Program California Statewide Groundwater Elevation Monitoring (CASGEM) i TRUCKEE DONNER Public Utility District Placer County Truckee Donner Water Agency Public Utilities District Northstar Community Services District December 2011 Revised July 12, 2012 Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................1-1 2.0 BACKGROUND.....................................................................................................2-1 3.0 MONITORING NETWORK....................................................................................3-1 4.0 MONITORING EQUIPMENT AND PREPARATION..............................................4-1 5.0 DEPTH -TO -GROUNDWATER PROCEDURES AND FREQUENCY OF MONITORING AND REPORTING...............................................................................5-1 6.0 RECORDING OF MONITORING DATA, DATA MANAGEMENT AND THE CASGEM REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................6-1 APPENDICES Appendix A — CASGEM Guidelines Appendix B — CASGEM Monitoring Plan Summary Introduction 1.0 INTRODUCTION This Martis Valley (MV) Groundwater Monitoring Program (Monitoring Program) report serves to describe the activities related to the monitoring of groundwater elevations in the MV area, as shown on Figure 1-1. The elevation data gathered as part of this program will be included as part of the California Statewide Groundwater Elevation Monitoring (CASGEM) Program recently adopted by the California Department of Water Resources (DWR) as part of their mandated monitoring requirements under Senate Bill (SB) 61 of the State Water Code. This report strongly encourages the reader to review and understand the full text of the CASGEM Well Monitoring Guidelines, attached as Appendix A. This Monitoring Program pulls together the efforts completed to date in the identification of existing and future well monitoring sites that satisfy the local and state requirements for a monitored groundwater basin. In addition, the Monitoring Program prepares the MV groundwater users to initiate a semi-annual monitoring event, which started with its first measurements in fall of 2011. Placer County Water Agency (PCWA), Truckee Donner Public Utilities District (TDPUD), and Northstar Community Services District (NCSD) are the three partners in MV area, in which their respective services areas are presented in Figure 1-1. All field forms and measurement methods are included herein for the sole purpose of providing monitoring staff with easy access to printing and using these forms as part of their monitoring activities. The MV Monitoring Program report is a living document subject to change over time as more information is collected on the wells, and as technologies change to provide the best measurement of groundwater levels and water quality, and as more wells become available. SB 6 requires collaboration between local monitoring parties, or entities, and DWR to collect groundwater elevations statewide and that this information is made available to the public. SB 6 provides that: • Local parties may assume responsibility for monitoring and reporting groundwater elevations. • DWR work cooperatively with local Monitoring Entities to achieve monitoring programs that demonstrate seasonal and long-term trends in groundwater elevations. • DWR accept and review prospective Monitoring Entity submittals, then determine the designated Monitoring Entity, notify the Monitoring Entity, and make that information available to the public. • DWR perform groundwater elevation monitoring in basins where no local party has agreed to perform the monitoring functions. • If local parties (for example, counties) do not volunteer to perform the groundwater monitoring functions, and DWR assumes those functions, then those parties become ineligible for water grants or loans from the State. Introduction Nevada County Bracer Coumy 89 i Y I ckee 89 Legend Martis Valley Ground Water Basin YL)PVO �f Martis Valley Groundwater Basin PC WA Zone rfr..uc�r ooNN �/ 7l 7 100.000 Norttislar Community Services I1s0cl � pCWA FIGURE 1-1. MAP OF GROUNDWATER BASIN TO BE MONITORED 1-2 Introduction 1.1 ORGANIZATION OF REPORT The Monitoring Program will be described in the sections summarized below: • Section 1. Introduction — An initial summary of the report's contents and goals while highlighting the reasons for the Monitoring Program. • Section 2. Background — A brief understanding of the groundwater aquifer is provided to ensure a minimum level of understanding by field staff of the conditions taking place below the ground. • Section 3. Monitoring Network — Criteria for selection of monitoring wells is described and the current list of wells to be monitored is provided. • Section 4. Monitoring Equipment and Preparation — Each monitoring event requires an inventory of the equipment that will be taken out into the field and to have staff trained to conduct the measurement and interface with the well owners. • Section 5. Depth -to -Groundwater Procedures and Frequency of Monitoring and Reporting — The resolution of measurement data is described with a brief discussion of the pros and cons of high and low sampling frequency. • Section 6. Recording of Monitoring Data, Data Management and the CASGEM Requirements — Once data is brought back from the field (and laboratory); all data will need to be uploaded to the State. DWR will allow batch uploading and downloading using the CASGEM database and graphical user interface. 1-3 Background 2.0 BACKGROUND This section briefly describes the MV groundwater basin. The MV basin is located beneath the Truckee River, near Truckee, CA, in which the Truckee River crosses the basin from south to east in a shallow, incised channel. Principal tributaries to the Truckee River are Donner Creek, Martis Creek, and Prosser Creek. Major surface water storage reservoirs include Donner Lake, Martis Creek Lake, and Prosser Creek Reservoir. State driller logs required as part of the well construction process provide the lithology (i.e., soil types and thickness) to characterize the water -bearing formations. Figure 1 delineates the MV groundwater basin along with overlying geography and the alignment of three basin cross sections. These cross sections are presented in Plates 1, 2, and 3. The geological formations in the MV basin include basement rocks, sedimentary deposits, and volcanic deposits. The two types of basement rock in this region are Cretaceous -Jurassic plutonic/metamorphic rocks and Miocene volcanic units. Plutonic/metamorphic rocks appear east of the basin and Miocene volcanic units which ranges from andesite to basalt appear adjacent to the basin. These basement rocks contain a very small portion of the groundwater. Sedimentary deposits which include stream/lake deposits and alluvial material provide storage for groundwater. Volcanic deposits include basaltic andesite lava, tuff breccia and volcaniclastic deposits, and also provide storage for groundwater. Municipal and private wells in the basin primarily extract from the Prosser Creek Alluvium and Truckee Formation, with some Shallow wells also extracting from Outwash Deposits. 2-1 M � 40 .� B i4# _. �_...� Truckee 1 �r�nr Pass Rd A: 1 1 1 r Balance drologics, Inc. AL 210142 X-seclocations.mxd f� F.[ 11 +A____ Figure 1. Geologic cross-section locations, Martis Groundwater Management Plan, Placer and Nevada Counties, California C' X SIERRA COUN + Sparks— Re no FIO�Ixr►v�ADCa b' -� ts" �� II ACER COAgk e '} Taho� B� Legend Cross-section location Martis Groundwater Basin ,. df .�40 .Yl J Dada i If' A Taff VIsla Speckl Awe ne V1Ila ge N 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 Miles 02011 Balance Hydrologics, Inc. a) w 0 w w Z O w w A North 7500 7000 6500 O 6000 Prosser Creek Prosser Creek Reservoir Reservoir 03 M Qgo ml m cl of u NI NI of Polaris Fault t) I I I I Interstate 80 Truckee River UI � I Nevada Placer 01 No CO ul M n I h ul u V I Truckee -Tahoe California State Fault Zone Airport I I Route 267 I I h I h I y N o� M CON o i O h M I W M a 5500 Qv QPs --? — Tt — —� — — — — Tt 5000 ----- 1 1 1 4500 Tv —?— — — 1 —?— — T — — — 1 4000 0 10,000 20,000 A' South ---r 7500 _ --- QV IL PC TV Qpc ® • Qv Z ? --------- QvQv __ Tv 1 ---------- III IIIIIII111, II11111 ' 1 I ---_ Tv 'Y J11 JI 1 _ Vertical Exaggeration —5x DISTANCE IN FEET NOTES: I . Approximate vertical exaggeration = 5x. 4. Fault locations are approximate, based on 5aucedo, "Geologic Map of Lake Tahoe Ba5m," 2. Elevation profile developed from 30-meter digital elevation model, 2005 and Hunter and others, 201 1 . downloaded from National Elevation DataSet 5. Surficial geology inferred from 5aucedo, 2005. (http://5eamle55.u5oj5.cjov/index.php). G. 51gnificant sand, gravel, and clay beds shown where noted in well Iog5. 3. Well log locations are approximate within GOO feet. 7. Fracture zones shown where noted in well Iog5. \\192.168.1.152\gis\Projects\210142 Martis GMP\CrossSecfion\110925_Plafe0l—ProfileA-A—FinalDraft.ai 7000 6500 6000 5500 5000 4500 4000 References: Birkeland, P.W., 19G3 Pleistocene History of the Truckee area, north of Lake Tahoe, California, Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. G4, p. 1453-14G4. Hunter, L.E., Howie, J.F., Rose, R.S., and Dawdler, G.W., 201 1 , LiDAR — a55i5ted identification of an active fault near Truckee, California, Bulletin of the 5ei5mological Society of America, v. 10 1 , n. 3, p. I I G2-1 1 81 . Latham, T.S., 1985, 5tratigraphy, structure, and geochemistry of Pho-Pleistocene volcanic rocks of the western Basin and Range Province, near Truckee, California, unpubl15hed doctoral dissertation, University of California, Dav15, 341 P. Melody, A., 2009, Active faulting and Quaternary paleohydrology of the Truckee Fault Zone north of Truckee, California, MS The5i5, Humboldt State University, Humboldt, CA 71 p. 5aucedo, G.J., 2005, Geologic Map of Lake Tahoe Basin, California and Nevada, California Geological Survey Regional Geologic Map Series, Map No. 4, 1 : 100,000 scale. Plate 1: Cross-section A -A' Martis Groundwater Basin, Placer and Nevada Counties, California Q Glacial Till/Moraine :Qsa� Glacial Outwash deposits cp Prosser Creek alluvium 00 QPO (Pleistocene) Z0 QV Lousetown Volcanics (Pleistocene) LULousetown Interbedded Sediments �U QPS (Unnamed gravels, sand and alluvium) (Pliocene and (or) Pleistocene) Z O Truckee Formation Q(Lake and Stream Deposits) LU - Tertiary Volcanics UJ Sands and Gravels III I� Clay Bed ® Tuff/Ash Interbedded Basalt and Andesite Basalt Fracture Zone Lithologic Contact —?n— Inferred Lithologic Contact JII Fault, direction of displacement I (dashed where inferred) M a N Well log i Balance L = Hydralogics, Inc. ©2011 Balance Hydrologics, Inc. B West 7500 7000 00 00 6500 Q Z LU LU 6000 Z O Q L>LI 5500 J W 5000 4500 4000 NOTE5: DISTANCE IN FEET I . Approximate vertical exaggeration = 5x. 4. Fault IOcat1on5 are approximate, based on Saucedo, "Geologic Map of Lake Tahoe Ba5m," 2. Elevation profile developed from 30-meter digital elevation model, 2005 and Hunter and others, 201 1 . downloaded from National Elevation Data5et 5. 5urficial geology inferred from Saucedo, 2005. (http://5Camle55.U5CJ5.gov/index.php). G. Significant sand, gravel, and clay beds shown where noted in well Iog5. 3. Well log Iocation5 are approximate within GOO feet. 7. Fracture zones shown where noted in well Iog5. B' East 7500 7000 6500 ME 5500 5000 Plate 2: Cross-section B-B' Martis Groundwater Basin, Placer and Nevada Counties, California Qg GlacialTill/Moraine OD 00 .Q9p': Glacial Outwash deposits 0 Q Q1S Landslide deposits Z I-__ Q)f Juniper Flat alluvium LLB (Pleistocene) LU IL Prosser Creek alluvium QPC (Pleistocene) Z O Lousetown Volcanics QV (Pleistocene) Q Lousetown Interbedded Sediments w QPS (Unnamed gravels, sand and alluvium) (Pliocene and (or) Pleistocene) J LLI Truckee Formation (Lake and Stream Deposits) © Tertiary Volcanics 1.7 Sands and Gravels 01 Clay Bed ® Tuff/Ash 4500 —71 Interbedded Basalt and Andesite Basalt Fracture Zone References: Birkeland, P.W., 19G3 Pleistocene History of the Truckee area, north of Lake Tahoe, California, Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. G4, p. 1453-14G4. Hunter, L.E., HOWIe, J.F., Rose, R.S., and Bawden, G.W., 20 1 1 , LiDAR — a5515ted identification of an active fault near Truckee, California, Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 10 1 , n. 3, P. I I G2-1 18 1 . Latham, T.S., 1985, Stratigraphy, structure, and geochemistry of Plio-Pleistocene volcanic rocks of the western 5a5m and Range Province, near Truckee, California, unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of California, Davis, 34 1 p. Melody, A., 2009, Active faulting and Quaternary paleohydrology of the Truckee Fault Zone north of Truckee, California, M5 Thesis, Humboldt State University, Humboldt, CA 7 1 p. Saucedo, G.J., 2005, Geologic Map of Lake Tahoe Basin, California and Nevada, California Geological Survey Regional Geologic Map 5erie5, Map No. 4, 1 : 1 00,000 scale. Lithologic Contact —! Inferred Lithologic Contact JI I Fault, direction of displacement (dashed where inferred) v a N v Well log I i 6�s Balance Hydrelogics, Inc. \\192.168.1.152\gis\Projects\210142 Martis GMP\CrossSection\110925ProfileB_BFinalDraft.ai ©2011 Balance Hydrologics, Inc. C West 7500 7000 6500 00 00 0 > Q w 6000 w Z O R > 5500 w J w 5000 4500 4000 V I V,VVV LV,VVV DISTANCE IN FEET NOTE5: I . Approximate vertical exaggeration = 5x. 4. Fault locations are approximate, based on 5aucedo, "Geologic Map of Lake Tahoe Basin," 2. Elevation profile developed from 30-meter digital elevation model, 2005 and Hunter and others, 201 1 . downloaded from National Elevation Dataset 5. 5urficial geology contacts Inferred from 5aucedo, 2005. (http://5eamle55.u5g5.,3ov/inclex.php). G. Significant sand, gravel, and clay beds shown where noted in well logs. 3. Well log locations are approximate within GOO feet. 7. Fracture zones shown where noted in well logs. C' East 7500 Plate 3: Cross-section C-C' Martis Groundwater Basin, Placer and Nevada Counties, California 7000 Qj Glacial Till/Moraine :Qgd� Glacial Outwash deposits Prosser Creek alluvium QPC 6500 (Pleistocene) 5500 5000 4500 4000 00 QVLousetown Volcanics p (Pleistocene) > Q Lousetown Interbedded Sediments Z QPS (Unnamed gravels, sand and alluvium) W (Pliocene and (or) Pleistocene) w Truckee Formation Z (Lake and Stream Deposits) O R Q Tertiary Volcanics > w J LU a Sands and Gravels Clay Bed ® Tuff/Ash Interbedded Basalt and Andesite Basalt Fracture Zone References: Birkeland, P.W., 19G3 Pleistocene History of the Truckee area, north of Lake Tahoe, California, Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. G4, p. 1453-14G4. Hunter, L.E., Howie, J.F., Rose, R.S., and Bawden, G.W., 201 1, UDAR— assisted Identification of an active fault near Truckee, California, Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 1 01 , n. 3, P. I I G2-1 1 81 . Latham, T.5., 1985, 5tratigraphy, structure, and geochemistry of Plio-Pleistocene volcanic rocks of the western Basin and Range Province, near Truckee, California, unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of California, Davis, 34 1 p. Melody, A., 2009, Active faulting and Quaternary paleohydrobL3y of the Truckee Fault Zone north of Truckee, California, M5 Thesis, Humboldt State University, Humboldt, CA 71 p. 5aucedo, G.J., 2005, Geologic Map of Lake Tahoe Basin, California and Nevada, California Geological Survey Regional Geologic Map 5erie5, Map No. 4, 1 : 100,000 scale. Lithologic Contact — ? — Inferred Lithologic Contact I Fault, direction of displacement J (dashed where inferred) a Q N v I Well log Balance Hydrolagics, Inc; \\192.168.1.152\gis\Projects\210142 Mortis GMP\CrossSection\110925_Plate03_ProfileC_C_FinalDraff.ai ©2011 Balance Hydrologics, Inc. Monitoring Network 3.0 MONITORING NETWORK The following sections describe the rationale for selection of monitoring wells to be included in the monitoring network. Because surface water and groundwater may interact, the monitoring network may need to be expanded at some future date to include data available from surface water monitoring of major rivers and local streams. The partners involved in this Monitoring Program are also underway in preparing an updated Groundwater Management Plan (GMP) and groundwater model. It is anticipated that knowledge gained from that effort will help inform the partners and the State on where additional monitoring points, in the ground and at the surface, should be located. If existing wells are not available at such locations, the partners will seek opportunities to construct new ones in data gap areas. 3.1 RATIONALE OF MONITORING NETWORK In order to manage groundwater resources for long-term sustainability, key issues in the basin that need to be documented include: • Identification of sources of recharge and the protection of recharge areas • Changes in groundwater elevations that affect groundwater storage • Groundwater quality and changes over time The following sections describe the rationale for selecting the MV monitoring network well sites. MV groundwater monitoring wells will be selected to provide regional coverage that can be economically accomplished yet provide high quality, reliable data that adequately characterizes basin conditions over time. The location and spacing of the MV monitoring wells are expected to vary, dependent upon a group of selected characteristics (i.e., geographic location, accessibility, age, well construction, well log availability, etc.). The approach described herein is intended to assist in the selection of monitoring locations that are sufficiently distinct from each other and address the issues bulleted above. 3.2 GROUNDWATER WELL NETWORK DEVELOPMENT PROCESS A database of wells in Martis Valley was developed as part of the GMP and modeling effort. The State well logs provided more than 700 wells; however, these were filtered to omit wells that had limited information available, shallow depths, and other factors that rendered them not useful for hydrogeologic evaluation. The database includes 197 wells that are presented in Figure 3-1, in which wells owned and operated by the three partners are distinguished from the others. These wells include municipal and private, monitoring and production, and are generally concentrated in the lowland areas of the basin surrounding the Truckee River and other surface waters. In addition to these wells, wells currently monitored by the State Department of Water Resources (DWR) are presented. 3-1 Monitoring Network Nevada county Placer Caurrty *18N17E33L001M 2 • • 17N17E19K001M P e® .— + r— Legend Maros Valley Ground water Basin * CRSGEM MonOmV Wells [Color Matches Owner Below] 0 N.rthslsr Community Senrioe Dist. 0 Placer Couty WaterAWcy 0 Truckee Donner PUD .. DWR Moni4odng Wells * DWR CASGEM Well Other wells ,'Martis Valley Groundwater Basin - ? 106.000 PCWA W Y FIGURE 3-1. EXISTING WELLS IN MARTIS VALLEY 3-2 Monitoring Network Development of a full well monitoring network will be a long-term process that is based on the scientific knowledge gained from the GMP and modeling effort that is currently underway. The network is currently limited to monitoring wells owned by TDPUD. This network includes a total of three wells that are presented in Table 3-1 along with pertinent well information. It is expected that ideal monitoring locations as related to the issues bulleted above will be scientifically resolved in the next few years. If existing wells, such as those shown in Figure 3-1, meet the monitoring well requirements described below and can be made available, they will be used. If existing wells cannot be used, the partners will seek funding and property rights to construct designated monitoring wells in these locations. It is anticipated that desired new monitoring sites will be prioritized based on value, availability of existing wells, feasibility of installing new wells, and cost. This prioritization will ensure optimal value relative to these constraints in establishing new monitoring locations until the full network is established. 3.3 MONITORING WELL REQUIREMENTS The following are criteria for selecting monitoring wells in the MV groundwater basin. Wells selected for monitoring should have: • A State Well Driller Log that describes the well construction details and a description of the sediments encountered • A detailed description of the well's location • A brief description of the well's use (i.e. irrigation, residential) • A relatively short screen interval in only one aquifer • A sanitary seal to prevent surface water from entering the well • Wells cannot be municipal (public) production wells for water supply The most desirable wells to be included in the monitoring network are wells with short screen intervals completed within a specified aquifer. However, some wells with longer screen intervals may need to be initially included in the network when no others are available. Wells with long screen intervals may also be designated for monitoring because their long historic records provide valuable trending information. Data obtained from the longer screen wells usually represents an average of groundwater elevations across the unconfined and semi -confined aquifers. 3-3 TABLE 3-1. SELECTED INFORMATION FOR CURRENT MONITORING WELLS IN MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER BASIN Figure 3-1 Reference Index 1 2 3 State Well Number 17N16E01 17N16E01 17N16E13 Reference Point Elevation (ft - NAVD88) 5,843 5,904 5,796 Reference Point Description Top of Casing (All Three) Ground Surface Elevation (ft - NAVD88) 5,839 5,900 5,792 Method of Determining Elevation Digital Terrain Model (All Three) Accuracy of Elevation (ft) +/- 3 (All Three) Well Use Monitoring (All Three) Well Status Active (All Three) Geographic Coordinates (NAD83, CA Z2) Latitude: 39.354541 39.344834 39.325769 Longitude: -120.14377 -120.156033 -120.143471 Method of Determining Coordinates GPS (All Three) Accuracy of Coordinates (ft) +/- 3 (All Three) Well Completion Type Single (All Three) Casing Diameter (in.) 8 6 8 Total Depth (ft) 1,197 1,220 1,040 Screen Intervals (2 ea.) (ft) First Screen: 360 to 620 120 to 160 315 to 633 Second Screen: 760 to 1,160 200 to 240 707 to 978 Well Completion Report Number 733242 E008043 733241 Year Drilled 2000 2003 2000 Common Name Prosser Village Fibreboard Martis Valley Well Location Description 12546 Fairway Drive 75 Yards Southwest of Building 12650 Caleb Circle On Path to Pond 122011oerger Road 50 Yards East of Building TABLE 3-1 CONTINUED. SELECTED INFORMATION FOR DWR CASGEM MONITORING WELLS IN MARTIS VALLEY GROUNDWATER BASIN Figure 3-1 Reference Index 17N17E19K001M 18N17E33L001M State Well Number 17N17E19K001M 18N17E33L001M Reference Point Elevation (ft- NAVD88) 5862.8 5922.5 Reference Point Description Top of PVC Casing Top of PVC Casing Ground Surface Elevation (ft- NAVD88) 5860 5920 Method of Determining Elevation Surveying Accuracy of Elevation (ft) Within 0.1 ft. Well Use Observation Observation Well Status Active Active Geographic Coordinates (NAD83) Latitude: 39.3072 39.3653 Longitude -120.1315 -120.099 Method of Determining Elevation Unkown Accuracy of Elevation (ft) Unkown Well Completion Type Single Well Single Well Casing Diameter (in.) 2 2 Total Depth (ft) 201 200 Screen Intervals (ft) 187-197 180-190 Well Completion Report Number N/A 365669 Year Drilled 1990 1990 Well Location Description 50 ft. South of Martis Creek Rd. 1000 ft. east of the intersection of Martis Creek Rd. and Hwy 267. Truckee Fire Protection District P.O. Box 686 Truckee, CA Monitoring Network 3.4 REQUIRED STEPS IN SELECTING A NEW MV MONITORING WELL Upon selection of any new well, that is not currently a MV monitoring well, to be potentially included in the monitoring network, a site visit will be necessary to assess the field conditions. The conditions necessary for a well to be used in the network include: • A well owner (and tenant) who will allow access for monitoring. • All-weather access, key to locked gates or fences, and no guard dogs. • Ability to survey the ground elevation and reference point elevation of the well. See Page 9 of the DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines for details establishing the reference point. • A clear access point through the pump or well casing for water -level sounders. Figure 3- 2 shows a typical well sounding location detail. • An assessment to determine if lubrication oil from a turbine pump has accumulated in the well or if there are obstructions in the well that would prevent obtaining repeat and reliable measurements. • If currently in use, to have access in shutting a well down for a minimum 2-hour period (24-hous preferred) for reaching quasi -equilibrium. • For wells that are owned by others, private or public, the protocols discussed below shall be followed for explaining the project purpose and establishing rights for access. • If a new monitoring well is to be installed, appropriate hydrogeologic investigation shall be made, a design that considers the specific needs of monitoring shall be prepared, and the well shall be drilled under the observation and direction of a hydrogeologist. 3-5 Monitoring Network Monitoring Access Point Photo, A domestic well showing the well casing, cover, and conveyance system. The well is iocated inside a shed with a concrete floor. FIGURE 3-2. ACCESS POINT ON A WELL Before knocking on the door of potential well owners, every effort should be made to justify the need for the owner's well in the network. Staff shall coordinate with Right -of -Way personnel to arrange a field visit if the owner allows it. The reason for monitoring and the benefits to long- term sustainability shall be described. Additionally, practical details about site access and how measurements are made shall be discussed. If the owner is interested in allowing their well into the network, the well shall be inspected for adequacy based on the bulleted criteria above. If the well is adequate, formal rights of entry shall be prepared by Right -of -Way personnel before proceeding. Any special contact information to perform the monitoring should also be noted along with information related to sites where a tenant is renting from the property owner. These steps will ensure consistent monitoring even though monitoring staff, tenants and well site access may change over time. RE Monitoring Equipment and Preparation 4.0 MONITORING EQUIPMENT AND PREPARATION This section provides the MV monitoring entities with a "how to" manual for accessing monitoring wells and, taking depth -to -groundwater measurements and water quality samples. The range of equipment and protocols covered in this section will assist monitoring staff with the challenges that exist in the field. Each time a well is accessed as part of a monitoring event, staff needs to conduct themselves in a professional manner by being prepared with the right equipment and looking prepared with the correctly labeled vehicle and clothing, and pertinent staff identification. Staff should also strive to maintain a good relationship with the well owners and demonstrate genuine courtesy. This section also provides relevant portions of the CASGEM Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines (Guidelines) handbook attached as Appendix A. The CASGEM handbook is intended for the following purpose: ... Guidelines were developed to assist DWR by establishing criteria for the selection and measurement of monitoring wells in the event that DWR is required to perform the groundwater monitoring functions in lieu of a local monitoring agency pursuant to Water Code Section 10933. S(a). The Guidelines also imply that a local agency that wishes to take over an existing monitoring well or create a new monitoring well should follow a documented consistent approach for each well over the life of the well. Given the unique location, construction technique, and down -hole equipment installation, measurement of each well should endeavor to follow the Guidelines knowing that field conditions may require slight deviations. This endeavor leads to the need of having a specialized documented procedure for each monitoring well that ensures a consistent measurement technique over time (some wells dating back to the 1930s). Changes in the well setting, use, and equipment may change over time, requiring changes in monitoring techniques. Wells constructed for and devoted to monitoring the groundwater can also change depending on activities around the well that may artificially change the static condition of groundwater levels (e.g., construction and use of a nearby high -production municipal well) or the elevation of the well head (e.g., well is located in proposed paved area where the well head will be cut below grade with a sealed and locked access chamber flush to pavement). 4.1 PERSONNEL TRAINING All well monitoring programs are subject to turnover in agency staff. The best and most effective way of transitioning and training new staff is to have new staff work alongside the experienced staff during a transition period. Absent this on -the -job -training, thorough record keeping, periodic updating of the monitoring plan, and review of this document will expose new staff to the wells and the protocols followed from previous measurements. 4-1 Monitoring Equipment and Preparation 4.2 WELL MONITORING LOG BOOK (WMLB) The WMLB is the definitive field document that contains the following: • Well owner and contact information • Special entrance instructions (e.g., call at gate, honk horn, or dog off leash) • A schematic identifying the location of the well (high -resolution aerial imagery can also be used if the monitoring well can be clearly identified) • Pictures of the well including reference point and access port (See Figure 4-1) • Checklist of special instructions based on well owner requirements or special conditions (i.e. — closed gates, protected wetlands, electrical power shut off, etc.) • Equipment needed for measurement (i.e., some wells require walking a fair distance into the field, wrench to remove access plug) • Ground and reference point elevations and source of measurement • List of historical measurements and codes identifying questionable measurements or field conditions making measurements impossible Multiple wells can be in the same WMLB for convenience out in the field. This will likely be the case if multiple agencies will be making measurements within their respective jurisdiction. An example of the minimum data form and information kept for each well is taken from the CASGEM Guidelines, as shown on Figure 4-1. 4.2.1 Required Equipment The monitoring agency will need to compile a set of tools and have them stored in a designated location at the monitoring agency's premises. The equipment should be in a locked toolbox that can easily be carried by one person, if needed. The CASGEM Guidelines include a list of field equipment needed for the initial well measurements, as shown on Figure 4-2. Once all wells have established reference points and measurement conditions, a shorter list of supplies can be assembled for field measurements as follows: • Digital camera • Crescent wrench (large and small) • Channel lock pliers (large and small) • Small hammer and rubber mallet 4-2 Monitoring Equipment and Preparation Stale of California DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES California Natural Resources Agency WELL DATA State No. Dsstrid OWNER STATE NO. ADDRESS OTHER NO. TENANT ADDRESS TYPE OF WELL ❑ SPECIAL STUDIES ❑ MONTHLY ❑ SEMI ANNUAL ❑ WATER QUALITY LOCATION: COUNTY BASIN NO. U.S.G.S. QUAD. QUAD NO. 1/4 1I4 SECTION MO E] TWP. RGE. H L3 SE & MERIOlAN COORDINATES X: Y: SOURCE: DESCRIPTION REFERENCE POINT DESCRIPTION WHICH IS FT. ABOVE Cl BELOW ❑ LAND SURFACE. GROUND ELEVATION FT. REFERENCE POINT ELEVATION FT_ DETERMINED FROM WELL: USE CONDITION DEPTH FT. CASING, SIZE IN.. PERFORATIONS MEASUREMENTS BY' ❑ DWR ❑ USGS ❑USER ❑COUNTY [] IRR. DIST. EDWATER DiST. [ICONS. DIST CHIEF AQUIFER: NAME DEPTH TO TOP AQ. DEPTH TO BOT. AQ. TYPE OF MATERIAL PERM, RATING THICKNESS GRAVEL PACKED? ❑ YES ❑ NO DEPTH TO TOP GR. DEPTH TO BOT GR. SUPP. AQUIFER DEPTH TO TOP AQ. DEPTH TO SOT. AQ. DRILLER DATE DRILLED: LOG NUMBER: EQUIPMENT: PUMP, TYPE MAKE SERIAL NO. SIZE OF DISCHARGE PIPE IN WATER ANALYSIS, MIN. (1) SAN. (2j H.M, (3) POWER, KIND MAKE WATER LEVELS AVAILABLE: YES (1) NO H.P. MOTOR SERIAL NO PERIOD OF RECORD: BEGIN END ELEC. METER NO. TRANSFORMER NO, COLLECTING AGENCY - YIELD G.P.M PUMPING LEVEL FT, PROD. REC. (1) PUMP TEST (2) YIELD (3) SKETCH REMARKS RECORDED BY: DATE: DWR 429 (Rev. 11091 Source: Table 3. General Well Data Form, CASGEM Guidelines, DWR, December 2010 FIGURE 4-1. GENERAL WELL DATA FORM (DWR FORM 429) 4-3 Monitoring Equipment and Preparation FIGURE 4-2. CASGEM FIELD EQUIPMENT LIST Equipment and supplies needed for (a) all measurements, (b) establishing permanent RP, (c) steel tape method, (d) electric sounding tape method, (e) sonic water -level meter, and (f) automated measurements with pressuretransducer. (a) All measurements GP5 instrument, digital camera, watch, calculator, and maps General well data form (DWR Form 429: see Table 3) Pens, ballpoint with non -erasable blue or black ink, for writing on field forms and equipment log books Well file with previous measurements Measuring tape, graduated in feet, tenths, and hundredths of feet Two wrenches with adjustable jaws and other tools for removing well cap Key(s) for opening locks and clean rags (b) Establishing a permanent reference point Steel tape, graduated in feet, tenths, and hundredths of feet Calibration and maintenance log book for steel tape Paint (bright color), permanent marker, chisel, punch, and(or) casing -notching tool (c) Steel tape method DWR field form 1213 (see Table 5) Steel tape, graduated in feet, tenths, and hundredths of feet Calibration and maintenance log book for steel tape Weight (stainless steel, iron, or other noncontaminating material — do not use lead) Strong ring and wire, for attaching weight to end of tape. Wire should be strong enough to hold weight securely, but not as strong as the tape, so that 'f the weight becomes lodged in the well the tape can still be pulled free. Carpenters' chalk (blue) or sidewalk chalk Disinfectant Wpes, and deionized or tap water for cleaning tape. (d) Electnc sounding tape method DWR field form 1213 (see Table 5) Steel tape, graduated in feet, tenths, and hundredths of feet An electric tape, double -wired and graduated in feet, tenths, and hundredths of feet, accurate to 0,01 ft. Electric sounding tapes commonly are mounted on a hand -cranked and powered supply reel that contains space for the batteries and some device ("indicator") for signaling when the circuit is closed. Electric -tape calibration and maintenanoe log book, manufacturers instructions, Disinfectant wipes, and deionized or tap water for cleaning tape. Replacement batteries, charged. (e) Sonic water -level meter method DWR field form 1213 (see Table 5) Temperature probe with readout and cable Sonic water -level meter with factory cover plate Custom sized cover plates for larger well diameters Replacement batteries (f)Automated measurements with pressure transducer Transducer field form (see Figures 1 and 2 in Drost, 2005: http://pubs.usgs.govtofl2005111261pdf1ofr2005l126.pdf ) Transducer, data logger, cables, suspension system, and power supply. Data readout device (i,e., laptop computer loaded with correct software) and data storage modules. Spare desiccant, and replacement batteries. Well cover or recorder shelter with key. Steel tape (with blue carpenters' chalk or sidewalk chalk) or electric sounding tape, both graduated in hundredths of feet. Tools, including high -impedance (digital) multimeter, connectors, crimping tool, and contact -burnishing tool or artist's eraser. Source: Table 4- Equipment and Supply List, CASGEM Guidelines, DWR, December 2010 4-4 Monitoring Equipment and Preparation • Keys for gates and monitoring well covers • Stop watch • Wasp or hornet nest spray • Twelve -foot tape measure • Pencil and graph paper • First aid kit Minimum Tools needed for actual in the field depth -to -groundwater measurements include: • 200-foot well sounding steel tape measure • Blue chalk for metal tape • 200-foot electronic well sounding probe (See Figure 4-3) • Soap, high -purity water, and spray bottle for cleaning tape and probe • Sterilizer solution for tape and probe to prevent introducing contaminants to a the well FIGURE 4-3. WELL SOUNDING PROBE AND TAPE 4-5 Monitoring Equipment and Preparation 4.3 CHALLENGES TO BE PREPARED FOR The steps necessary to complete a measurement of depth to groundwater are different for each monitoring well. See Pages 14 through 28 of the DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring guidelines for details on measuring water levels. Monitoring staff will need to understand these steps before accessing the well's property location. The WMLB will include a written and graphical stepwise illustration to fully inform monitoring staff. Consideration of how diversified the steps could be are illustrated in the following real -life examples: • Well is located on hilly terrain with no defined access trail or markers — This type of well benefits from training new staff for at least two monitoring events. Absent the on- the-job experience the WMLB should be detailed enough in its descriptions and images to find the well. Steeper terrain may also require several trips to the vehicle for equipment to ensure free hands are available in case of a fall. • Well has no access port or casing bolt — Many of the older wells and private domestic wells were not designed for dropping a tape measure or probe into the well. In these cases, the monitoring staff should clearly identify the access point by using orange utility marking spray paint while being careful to not get paint overspray into the well itself. Absent the paint identifier, the tape chalk can be used as well, but it may disappear over time due to rain and wind. Wells with only a small slit at the base of the concrete casing interface will require a tape measurement. • Well can only be accessed when owner is home — This occurs in many cases where the well owner has to unlock a gate or simply wants to be home when the monitoring event occurs. In this case, an appointment is made by phone providing owner with a 1 hour or less window when monitoring staff will show up. In cases where this is needed to open a locked gate, the owner may allow access and then request that the gate be closed and locked when finished. Review the checklist in the WMLB before leaving the monitoring well. • Well is running when monitoring staff arrive — If the well is a municipal production well or large agricultural well, it is best to work with the well owner to allow a 24-hour period of off -time before taking a measurement. If the well owner is not responsive to this request, ask to turn off the well upon arrival and monitor recovery. If the well is a private domestic well, ask if the water use can be turned off (typically a hydropneumatic tank will allow small quantities of water use without the well turning on) and monitor recovery as explained in next chapter. • Well casing is set flush to the ground — This occurs when a well uses a submersible pump or no pump and no onsite hydropneumatic tank— in most cases this is a private well that may be abandoned or the tank is located away from well. In addition, wells with no visible casing can become covered with vegetation or debris and be difficult to find. In both cases, monitoring staff should stake the well and paint the wood stake orange. 4-6 Monitoring Equipment and Preparation • Reference point is missing or the wellhead has been replaced — This occurs if the reference point is not a permanent mark such as a cut or welded steel marker. This will also occur when a well is deepened or redrilled and the upper casing has been replaced. Monitoring staff will need to select a permanent mark (e.g., top of casing, monitoring hole) where the depth to groundwater can be measured. Monitoring staff should also measure the distance between the new reference point and the ground elevation at the base of the well. This measurement should be noted in the logbook.2 2 The elevation of the new reference point will be calculated by the assigned data entry personnel using the ground elevation from the original survey and the reference point distance measured by field staff. The data entry personnel will need to be careful if the groundwater elevation is an automated calculation (i.e., past measurements will need to keep the old reference point) in a spreadsheet or DMS. 4-7 Depth -to -groundwater Procedures and Frequency of Monitoring and Reporting 5.0 DEPTH -TO -GROUNDWATER PROCEDURES AND FREQUENCY OF MONITORING AND REPORTING The following section describes the frequency for monitoring and reporting and describes the depth -to -groundwater measurement during each of the designated monitoring periods. Figure 5- 1 provides a form for documenting these described field measurements. An alternate form can be used if desired as long as the salient information is included. See also Pages 5 through 7 of the DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines for additional details. 5.1 SEMIANNUAL GROUNDWATER -LEVEL MONITORING Groundwater levels from all designated monitoring wells listed in Table 3-1 will be measured in the spring and fall (semiannually). Spring is generally considered to be the first week in May. Fall is generally considered to be the first week of November. If possible, all groundwater -level measurements should be taken within a 2-week period and, if possible, coordinate groundwater - level monitoring with DWR and its semiannual measurements. 5.2 DEPTH -TO -GROUNDWATER MONITORING PROCEDURES DWR's Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines (see Appendix A) provide a complete set of procedures for measuring the depth to groundwater. The following procedures are included to supplement the CASGEM's broader guidelines. Over time, as monitoring staff become familiar with the well sites, a customized list can be documented. Staff will find that steps and monitoring equipment identified in the Guidelines do not apply to the wells being measured in the MV region or additional steps are required. The one exception to the MV monitoring wells is those that are measured through a continuous data logger. It is expected that the agency owning these wells will be downloading data collected by these devices separately from the MV Monitoring Program. This section focuses on measuring the depth to groundwater at designated MV monitoring well sites using a sounding probe or metal tape. Water -level measurements will be collected semiannually to assess the groundwater flow direction and to detect trends that can lead to improved management of the groundwater resources. Each well has been assigned a unique Well Log identification (ID) number. The numbers and pertinent information for each well are listed in Table 3-1. Figure 6-1 (DWR Form 429, Page 11) extracted from the DWR's CASGEM Monitoring Guideline Handbook, along with the time and date of the measurement is recorded with groundwater -level measurements during the semiannual monitoring event. 5-1 Depth -to -groundwater Procedures and Frequency of Monitoring and Reporting \/ tL§w w �(L ƒ z LU \ � � 2 \\ w 2 CL ) \\�ƒ Ek)/ ui z (0LU f66 \� } ° § o � ( 2 q f LL /< �\ � a§ - E t - -- w e, /CL o �(©�z k w � Q C)FLU +frb e f wdkin(1 0 § e 2 W� o m Q. �!f t k j I CL d z ) .3 0 2 § b�£_3 e CL O 0CLzCIO. $ f I w LU zz 7� 20 6�m-�e / §k\\// k / �U)Cor 6 ® \ \) c \ B 7 U qi o , 2�.` z£ $_[ u e d2 &�/[\ 3 $z /CX EEL »a- (La) FIGURE5-1. GROUNDWATER -LEVEL DATA FORM FOR MANUAL MEASUREMENTS b ■ 15 Depth -to -groundwater Procedures and Frequency of Monitoring and Reporting The depth -to -static -groundwater level will be obtained at each well using an electric water -level sounder with a cable graduated in increments of 0.01 foot. Before measurement, monitoring staff will need to review the WMLB for the location of the reference point and measurement access port. A crescent wrench may be needed to access the well casing for measurement. Monitoring staff will need to also review past measurements in the WMLB to allow for careful lowering of the probe or tape.3 To obtain a depth -to -water measurement, the electric sounder cable or tape will be lowered into the well to within 20 feet short of past measurements taken in the same season of the year, spring or fall. Monitoring staff will continue to slowly lower the probe through the access port until the sounder indicates submergence by either a beeping sound or a light, depending on the type of signal installed for that particular model. At this point, the sampling personnel will note the depth to water (to the nearest 0.01 foot) from the reference point. The depth will be confirmed by lifting the sounder above the water surface by about 2 to 3 feet and then remeasuring the depth to water. If the depth remains constant, the depth to water will be recorded on Figure 6-1 (DWR Form 1213, Page 18). If measurements are showing change with each measurement, the monitoring staff will indicate the issue on the form and, with it, attach a graphic curve of the variable nature of the measurement, and its possible cause (e.g., bouncing, recovering water level). 5.3 QUALITY CONTROL After completing their field work, the monitoring staff will enter the data into an electronic database management system. The monitoring staff will review the groundwater -level and water quality data for accuracy within 5 days of obtaining the measurements. Should a measurement appear suspicious, a groundwater level confirmation reading will be obtained. 3 Tape measurements will require chalking of the tape and repeated measurements as per the CASGEM Guidelines (Page 15). 5-3 Recording of Monitoring Data, Data Management and the CASGEM Requirements 6.0 RECORDING OF MONITORING DATA, DATA MANAGEMENT AND THE CASGEM REQUIREMENTS Once data is brought back from the field it will need to be digitized and loaded onto the CASGEM website. The partners will be collecting data from their respective wells and distributing it to the plan administrator, which is currently Placer County Water Agency. The Agency will function as the clearinghouse of all data that is relevant to the MV groundwater basin. In addition, the Agency will be the primary point of contact for the CASGEM Program and will upload all relevant data in a timely manner. The steps laid out currently for CASGEM participation are described as follows (see Appendix C, On-line Submittal System Manual): Phase 1 of the CASGEM System was released in December, 2010, and allows prospective Monitoring Entities to do the following: • Create, edit, and submit notifications to become a Monitoring Entity • Create and manage user accounts • Create and manage agency information • Submit GIS shapeftles of mapped monitoring areas Phase 2 of the CASGEM System, released in May, 2011, makes the following additional functions available to prospective Monitoring Entities: • Submittal of groundwater monitoring plans • Submittal of well construction and location information on monitoring wells proposed to be monitored • Allow corrections to initial Monitoring Entity notifications or submittal of additional information requested by DWR • Ability to view and query maps of groundwater basins, proposed monitoring areas, monitored wells, and other geographic information associated with the CASGEMProgram Phase 3 of the CASGEM System, scheduled for release in late fall, 2011, will allow designated Monitoring Entities to do the following: 6-1 Recording of Monitoring Data, Data Management and the CASGEM Requirements • Submit groundwater elevation measurement data • View and update their CASGEM data, as needed With Phase 3 of the CASGEM System, public access to the Statewide CASGEM data will be available. Users will be able to download data and view spatial and temporal groundwater elevation trends in the GIS viewer application. (URL: hLtp://www.water.ca.gov/jzroundwater/casizem/submittal system.cfm, On-line Submittal System, DWR) The Agency has already completed Phase 1 of the CASGEM Program. The next step requires entry of data for each of the monitoring wells included as part of this Monitoring Program. Figure 6-1 is taken from the CASGEM On-line System manual. The manual states that "Data may be entered on a well -by -well basis on a system data entry screen, or users can do a batch upload of information from multiple wells (using a spreadsheet template available for download within the system)." The latter will likely be the best method for entering the data given that most of the well information is already captured in an Excel Workbook. Data entry for groundwater elevations is not fully described but will likely be similar to the well inventory where a spreadsheet template can be uploaded for all groundwater -elevation data. The conversion of groundwater -elevation data from a database (including GIS) platform is typically straight forward with a copy -and -paste step or a small routine that outputs the data in the desired format. The inventory of Martis Valley well data will be based on DWR's CASGEM Monitoring Plan Summary attached as Appendix B. The set of data fields used for each well will require a decision on its need based on Appendix B requirements. Recording of Monitoring Data, Data Management and the CASGEM Requirements Fr :CASG E�M CASGE v Online Submittal System Identification LoWVNaD"niUon' 1Qv"4v2. wM IS L0CN DW9r1AWn the Wr * K ItJb WN f9 '-- YK 4F No ttffh*vMNUmosr Oltti}a�423-=s MKbr S1ts Code ?+ 1sum11TiN7virm Oka LUwrttw ror tMA *a M CASGEM Voluhi oy n Urbw Reference and Ground Surface Pip t9el wwri - R DKODApban• Gt EIevSNon' e Method' usaquad ACellri"' (Lift 01111 pamRP kl Well Usage VIM (Jse. u�rrrowr++ J vM 9AUS lAcmv Additional Information VW*W OvAnpbw of ftMn of wed Save Cane{ :sna C•ra rE r . mom. Cioe VUW Co a: AOMInWbrStor ICoordinates • li7l]1771�0 1tRM see c r1 Mw ACCW=7' 1fL 4 I Well Construction Comp*bonTres Snglawa J Total Dsptn • - t Y Unk.xmI Do rou nave aM conitnrcbon osh7 , Yvi y No DCptn of 4amned tMwv'sgs) 51 S2 S3 Si HSS S5 S7 S6 S9 $10 !Ff-+F RPP-P, WeScmWWbDn r@Wcn%dW ' _: Yer'4 No Wo Comorbon fbpdrt 9 Associated Basin & County e.nrwhorbon NatA=catw - Countr' [San Cxnxs,nc Anr itlblt]ona! ComYrMflti FIGURE 6-1. CASGEM'S WELL INVENTORY INPUT FORM 6-3 Appendix A CASGEM Guidelines Department of Water Resources Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines December 2010 DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction to the CASGEM Program.......................................................................................................... 1 Purpose of Guidelines for DWR Monitoring................................................................................................. 1 NetworkDesign Concepts............................................................................................................................. 2 Selection of Monitoring Wells for Monitoring Plans................................................................................ 2 Frequency of Water -Level Measurements............................................................................................... 5 Field Guidelines for CASGEM Water -Level Measurements.......................................................................... 8 Introduction..............................................................................................................................................8 Establishingthe Reference Point.............................................................................................................. 9 Guidelines for Measuring Water Levels.................................................................................................. 14 Glossaryof Terms....................................................................................................................................29 References.............................................................................................................................................. 33 DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines ii INTRODUCTION TO THE CASGEM PROGRAM On November 4, 2009 the state legislature amended the Water Code with SIB 6, which mandates a statewide, locally -managed groundwater elevation monitoring program to track seasonal and long-term trends in groundwater elevations in California's groundwater basins. To achieve that goal the amendment requires collaboration between local Monitoring Entities and the Department of Water Resources (DWR) to collect groundwater elevation data. In accordance with the amendment, DWR developed the California Statewide Groundwater Elevation Monitoring (CASGEM) program. If no local entities volunteer to monitor groundwater elevations in a basin or part of a basin, DWR may be required to develop a monitoring program for that part. If DWR takes over monitoring of a basin, certain entities in the basin may not be eligible for water grants or loans administered by the state. DWR will report findings of the CASGEM program to the Governor and the Legislature by January 1, 2012 and thereafter in years ending in 5 or 0. PURPOSE OF GUIDELINES FOR DWR MONITORING The following Guidelines were developed to assist DWR by establishing criteria for the selection and measurement of monitoring wells in the event that DWR is required to perform the groundwater monitoring functions in lieu of a local monitoring agency pursuant to Water Code Section 10933.5(a). The primary objective of the CASGEM monitoring program is to define the seasonal and long-term trends in groundwater elevations in California's groundwater basins. The scale for this evaluation should be the static, regional groundwater table or potentiometric surface. A secondary objective is to provide sufficient data to draw representative contour maps of the elevations. These maps could be used to estimate changes in groundwater storage and to evaluate potential areas of overdraft and subsidence. Although it is not an objective of the CASGEM program, it would be valuable to include monitoring wells near localized features that impact more dynamic groundwater elevations. These features would include wells near aquifer storage and recovery projects, near high volume pumping wells, and near rivers. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines NETWORK DESIGN CONCEPTS SELECTION OF MONITORING WELLS FOR MONITORING PLANS The number of groundwater wells that need to be monitored in a basin to adequately represent static water levels (and corresponding elevations) depends on several factors, some of which include: the known hydrogeology of the basin, the slope of the groundwater table or potentiometric surface, the existence of high volume production wells and the frequency of their use, and the availability of easily -accessible monitoring wells. Dedicated groundwater monitoring wells with known construction information are preferred over production wells to determine static water levels, and monitoring wells near rivers or aquifer storage and recovery projects should be avoided due to the potential for rapidly fluctuating water levels and engineered groundwater systems. The selection of wells should be aquifer -specific and wells which are screened across more than one aquifer should not be candidates for selection. Heath (1976) suggested a density of groundwater monitoring wells ranging from 2 wells per 1,000 square miles (mil) for a large area in which only major features are to be mapped, to 100 wells per 1,000 mil for a complex area to be mapped in considerable detail. The objective of the Heath (1976) design was to evaluate the status of groundwater storage and the areal extent of aquifers. Sophocleous (1983) proposed a redesign of a water -level monitoring program for the state of Kansas based on efficiency, economics, statistical analysis, comparison of water -level hydrographs, and consistency across the state. The Sophocleous study recommended a "square well network" with a density of 1 observation well per 16 mi2. The Texas Water Development Board proposed varying well network densities for counties according to the amount of groundwater pumpage. These densities range from 0.7 wells per 100 mi2 for counties with 1,000-2,500 acre-feet per year (AF/yr) of pumpage to 4 wells per 100 mi2 for counties with over 100,000 AF/yr of pumpage (Hopkins, 1994). These densities were converted to pumpage per 100 mi2 area by dividing by the size of an average county in Texas of about 1,000 mi2 (Table 2) Most designs of water -level monitoring programs rely on a probabilistic approach. Alley (1993) discussed four probabilistic designs: (1) simple random sampling throughout an aquifer; (2) stratified random sampling within different strata of an aquifer; (3) systematic grid sampling (e.g., at the midpoint of each section within an aquifer); and (4) random sampling within blocks (e.g., randomly selected wells within each section of an aquifer). The Sophocleous (1983) program used the third approach, systematic grid sampling. The guidelines on well density from the programs mentioned above are summarized in Table 2. Based on the few referenced studies with specific recommendations, the consensus appears to fall between 2 and 10 groundwater monitoring wells per 100 mi2. The DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines exceptions to this density range include the lower end of the Heath (1976) range and the low -use counties in Texas. There will always be a tradeoff between the improved spatial (and temporal) representation of water levels in an aquifer and the expense of monitoring. A higher - resolution contour map would be warranted in an area with a greater reliance upon groundwater in order to anticipate potential problems, such as supply and groundwater contamination concerns, while a lower -resolution contour map might be sufficient in an area with few people or a low reliance upon groundwater. Ideally, areas with relatively steep groundwater gradients or areas of high recharge or discharge would have a greater density of monitoring wells. The illustrations in Figure 1 show a local groundwater elevation contour map developed with different numbers of wells. The examples cover the same area and use the same dataset, with wells randomly deleted by grid area from the full dataset to create a less dense network of wells. The resulting range of plotting density is 2 to 20 groundwater monitoring wells per 100 mil. The contours in Figure 1 show how the accuracy and resolution of the contour map increases with the density of wells used for plotting. To avoid presenting misleading contour maps, only wells with the best possible elevation accuracies should be used. These accuracies are a combination of the accuracies in the water -level measurement and the reference point (RP) measurement. Unless the RP elevation has been surveyed, it will be the limiting factor on elevation accuracy. Program and(or) Reference Density of monitoring wells 2 (wells per 100 mi ) Heath (1976) 0.2 — 10 Sophocleous (1983) 6.3 Hopkins (1994) 4.0 (a) Basins with >10,000 AF/yr groundwater pumping per 100 2 mi area (b) Basins with 1,000-10,000 AF/yr groundwater pumping 2.0 per 100 mil area (c) Basins with 250-1,000 AF/yr groundwater pumping per 1.0 100 miZ area (d) Basins with 100--250 AF/yr groundwater pumping per 0.7 100 miZ area Table 1. Recommended density of monitoring wells for groundwater -level monitoring programs. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines Figure 1. Contour maps — Contours of a very high -density well network (about 20 wells per 100 mil) compared to a low -density well network (about 2 wells per 100 mi2). DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 4 FREQUENCY OF WATER -LEVEL MEASUREMENTS To determine and define seasonal and long-term trends in groundwater levels a consistent measurement frequency must be established. At minimum, semi-annual monitoring of the designated wells in each basin or subbasin should be conducted to coincide with the high and low water -level times of year for each basin. However, quarterly- or monthly -monitoring of wells provides a better understanding of groundwater fluctuations. The DWR office responsible for monitoring a particular basin should use independent judgment to determine when the high and low water -level times occur in a groundwater basin, and to provide a justification for measurement rationale. The semi-annual frequency is a compromise between more frequent measurements (continuous, daily, monthly, or quarterly) and less frequent measurements (annual). A good discussion of water level measurement frequency and other issues related to the design of water -level monitoring programs can be found in the USGS Circular 1217 (Taylor and Alley, 2001). An example of the effect of different measurement frequencies on the water -level hydrographs in a Northern California well is shown in Figure 2. The data shows that higher -frequency monitoring (e.g., daily or monthly) best captures the seasonal fluctuations in the groundwater levels, quarterly monitoring identifies some of the elevation change, but semi-annual measurements often miss the true seasonal highs and lows. 25. i 35. ,III 45 i Daily 55 Monthly Quarterly Semi -Annual 2004 1 2005 1 2006 2007 1 2008 1 2009 1 2010 Figure 2. Groundwater Hydrographs — Groundwater elevation changes in a monitoring well over time comparing various measurement frequencies. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines The Subcommittee on Ground Water of the Advisory Committee on Water Information generally recommends more frequent measurements than are being required by the CASGEM program; quarterly to annually for aquifers with very few groundwater withdrawals, monthly to quarterly for aquifers with moderate groundwater withdrawals, and daily to monthly for aquifers with many groundwater withdrawals (Table 2). The general effect of environmental factors on the recommended measurement frequency is illustrated in Figure 3. Nearby Long -Term Aquifer Withdrawals Measurement Aquifer Type Very Few Moderate Many Type Withdrawals Withdrawals Withdrawals Baseline All aquifer types Once per Once per day Once per hour Measurements month All aquifer types: "low" hydraulic conductivity Once per year Once per Once per quarter month "low" recharge Surveillance (<5 in/yr) Measurements All aquifer types: "high" hydraulic conductivity Once per Once per Once per day (>200 ft/d), quarter month "high" recharge (>5 in/yr) As stored in As stored in As stored in Data made All aquifer types, local local local available to throughout range of database, but database, but database, but NGWMN hydraulic conductivity at least at least at least annually annually annually Table 2. Information on recommended minimum water -level measurement frequency from the Subcommittee on Ground Water of the Advisory Committee on Water Information (2009) (abbreviations: ft/d, feet per day; in/yr, inches per year; NGWMN, National Ground Water Monitoring Network). NOTE: These are not recommendations of the CASGEM program. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines More Shallow, Greater More frequent unconfined Rapid withdrawal variable Ft Fq 14114 yV 4A Aquifer Ground- Aglml or CIiivarv, t�,�u rleral I�114;cud water flow developnieul ruurlilions iuensurouieuts posiriou and recharge rate Less Deep, =1: v: Less Less frequent confuted withdrawal variable Figure 3. Common environmental factors that influence the choice of frequency of water -level measurements (from Taylor and Alley, 2001). DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines FIELD GUIDELINES FOR CASGEM WATER -LEVEL MEASUREMENTS INTRODUCTION This document presents guidelines for measuring groundwater levels in wells for the CASGEM program to ensure consistency between DWR offices. Following these guidelines will help ensure that groundwater level measurements are accurate and consistent in both unconfined and confined aquifers. Although a well network comprised entirely of dedicated monitoring wells (hereafter referred to as monitoring wells) is preferred, by necessity active production wells used for irrigation or domestic purposes and abandoned production wells that were used for domestic, irrigation, and public supply purposes will also need to be included. The portions of these guidelines that apply to only production wells will be shown in bold throughout. DWR does not currently plan to include public supply wells in the CASGEM well networks due to security concerns of the California Department of Public Health. The main reference used for these guidelines is the United States Geological Survey (USGS) National Field Manual (NFM) (U.S. Geological Survey, 2006). The final report of the Subcommittee on Groundwater (SOGW) of the Advisory Committee on Water Information was also used as a main reference, although in general it relied on the USGS guidelines (Subcommittee on Ground Water of the Advisory Committee on Water Information, 2009). The water -level measurement portion of the USGS guidelines were written for monitoring wells and not for production wells (Taylor and Alley, 2001; U.S. Geological Survey, 2006). Thus, although the USGS guidelines have been adopted with only minor modifications for the monitoring well guidelines of the CASGEM program, additional modifications have been incorporated in the guidelines for production wells. The most significant changes made to the USGS guidelines for production wells are: (1) reducing the required precision for consecutive depth to water measurements, (2) checking for obstructions in the well, and (3) not attaching weights to the steel tape so as not to hang up on obstructions. The guidelines presented in this document are for the use of steel tape, electric sounding tape, sonic water -level meters, or pressure transducers. Although the semi- annual measurements required by the CASGEM program can be satisfied with the use of a steel or electric sounding tape or sonic meter, a pressure transducer with a data logger provides a much better picture of what is happening with water levels over time. The use of the air -line or flowing -well methods should not be needed in most basins. However, if they are, guidelines for these methods are available in sections A4-B-4 (pages B17-B20) and A4-B-5 (pages B21-B24), respectively of the NFM (U.S. Geological Survey, 2006). DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 8 ESTABLISHING THE REFERENCE POINT Water -level measurements from a given well must be referenced to the same datum (the reference point, or RP) to ensure data comparability (see Figure 4). For monitoring wells, the RP should be marked on the top of the well casing. For production wells, the RP will most likely be the top of the access tube or hole to the well casing. The RP must be as permanent as possible and be clearly visible and easily located. It can be marked with a permanent marker, paint, imprinting a mark with a chisel or punch, or by cutting a slot in the top of the casing. In any case, the location of the RP should be clearly described on DWR Form 429 (see Table 3). A photograph of the RP, with clear labeling, should be included in the well folder. In some cases, it may be valuable to establish multiple RPs for a well, depending on the consistent accessibility of the primary RP. In this case, each RP should be clearly described on DWR Form 429 and labeled in the field. The RP should be established with the following coordinate system: horizontal location (decimal latitude and longitude referenced to the North American Datum of 1983; NAD83) and vertical elevation (referenced to the North American Vertical Datum of 1988; NAVD88, in feet). The land -surface datum (LSD) is established by the person making the initial water -level measurement at the well. The LSD is chosen to represent the average elevation of the ground around the well. Because LSD around a well may change over time, the distance between the RP and LSD should be checked every 3 to 5 years. If appropriate, a concrete well pad or well vault may be chosen as the LSD, since they will be more permanent than the surrounding ground surface. The elevation of the RP can be determined in several ways: (1) surveying to a benchmark, (2) using a USGS 7.5' quadrangle map, (3) using a digital elevation model (DEM), or (4) using a global positioning system (GPS). While surveying is the most accurate (± 0.1 ft), it is also the most expensive. Depending on the distance to the nearest benchmark, the cost can be prohibitive. The latitude and longitude of the well can be established accurately using a handheld GPS. From this information, the LSD can be located on a USGS quadrangle and the elevation estimated. However, the accuracy is only about ± one half of the contour interval. Thus, for a contour interval of 5 feet, the accuracy of the elevation estimate would be about ± 2.5 feet. The contour interval of high quality DEMs is currently about 30 feet. Therefore, the accuracy of using DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 9 Reference Point (RP) Tape at Water Surfa Well Casing 16' 15' 0 14' 13, a � 9' oc � o 0 8' Ln o - o 7' ui ri 6' 5' 4' in 2' au a 1' o� N Land Surface Datum (LSD Calculation of Denth to Water Tape at RP 15.00' - Tape at WS -2.90' = RP to WS 12.10' - LSD to RP -1.07' = LSD to WS 11.03' Water Surface (WS) Figure 4. Groundwater -level measurements using a graduated steel tape (modified from U.S. Geological Survey, 2006). DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 10 State of Califomia DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES Caiifonnia Natural Resources Agency WELL DATA State No. District OWNER STATE NO. ADDRESS OTHER NO. TENANT ADDRESS TYPE OF WELL SPECIAL STUDIES ❑ MONTHLY SEMIANNUAL ❑ WATER QUALITY LOCATION: COUNTY BASIN NO. U.S.G.S, QUAD. QUAD NO. 1/4 1/a SECTION MDCI TWP. RGE_ HB 9❑ASE 8 MERIDIAN COORDINATES k Y: SOURCE: DESCRIPTION REFERENCE POINT DESCRIPTION WHICH IS FT. ABOVE ❑ BELOW ❑ LAND SURFACE. GROUND ELEVATION FT. REFERENCE POINT ELEVATION FT. DETERMINED FROM WELL: USE CONDITION DEPTH FT. CASING, SIZE IN., PERFORATIONS MEASUREMENTS BY: ❑ DWR ❑ USGS ❑USER ❑ COUNTY ❑ IRR. DIST. ❑ WATER DIST. ❑CONS- DIST_ CHIEF AQUIFER NAME DEPTH TO TOP AQ. DEPTH TO BOT. AQ. TYPE OF MATERIAL PERM. RATING THICKNESS GRAVEL PACKED? ❑ YES ❑ NO DEPTH TO TOP GR. DEPTH TO BOT GR. SUPP, AQUIFER DEPTH TO TOP AQ. DEPTH TO BOT. AQ. DRILLER DATE DRILLED: LOG NUMBER: EQUIPMENT: PUMP, TYPE MAKE SERIAL NO. SIZE OF DISCHARGE PIPE IN WATER ANALYSIS: MIN. (1) SAN, (2) H.M. (3) POWER, KIND MAKE WATER LEVELS AVAILABLE: YES (1) NO H.P. MOTOR SERIAL NO PERIOD OF RECORD: BEGIN END ELEC. METER NO. TRANSFORMER NO, COLLECTING AGENCY' YIELD G.P.M. PUMPING LEVEL FT. PROD. REC. (1) PUMP TEST (2) YIELD (3) SKETCH REMARKS RECORDED BY: DATE: DWR 429 (Rev. 1109) Table 3. General well data form (DWR Form 429). DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 11 DEMs to determine the elevation of the LSD is about ± 15 feet. While a handheld GPS unit is not very accurate for determining elevation, more expensive units with the Wide Area Augmentation System can be more accurate. However, GPS readings are subject to environmental conditions, such as weather conditions, overhead vegetative cover, topography, interfering structures, and location. Thus, the most common method of determining the elevation will probably be the use of USGS quadrangles. The method used needs to be identified on DWR Form 429 (Table 3). The important matter is that all measurements at a well use the same RP, as the elevation of that point can be more accurately established at a later date. The equipment and supplies needed for establishing the RP are shown in Table 4. If possible, establish a clearly displayed reference mark (RM) in a location near the well; for example, a lag bolt set into a nearby telephone pole or set in concrete in the ground. The RM is an arbitrary datum established by permanent marks and is used to check the RP or to re-establish an RP should the original RP be destroyed or need to be changed. Clearly locate the RP and RM on a site sketch that goes into the well folder (see Table 3). Include the distance and bearing between the RP and the RM and the height of the lag bolt above the ground surface. Photograph the site, including the RP and RM locations; draw an arrow to the RP and RM on the photograph(s) using an indelible marker, and place the photos in the well file. Table 4. Equipment and Supply List Equipment and supplies needed for (a) all measurements, (b) establishing permanent RP, (c) steel tape method, (d) electric sounding tape method, (e) sonic water -level meter, and (f) automated measurements with pressure transducer. (a) All measurements GPS instrument, digital camera, watch, calculator, and maps General well data form (DWR Form 429; see Table 3) Pens, ballpoint with non -erasable blue or black ink, for writing on field forms and equipment log books Well file with previous measurements Measuring tape, graduated in feet, tenths, and hundredths of feet Two wrenches with adjustable jaws and other tools for removing well cap Key(s) for opening locks and clean rags (b) Establishing a permanent reference point Steel tape, graduated in feet, tenths, and hundredths of feet Calibration and maintenance log book for steel tape Paint (bright color), permanent marker, chisel, punch, and(or) casing -notching tool DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 12 Table 4. Equipment and Supply List (continued) (c) Steel tape method DWR field form 1213 (see Table 5) Steel tape, graduated in feet, tenths, and hundredths of feet Calibration and maintenance log book for steel tape Weight (stainless steel, iron, or other noncontaminating material — do not use lead) Strong ring and wire, for attaching weight to end of tape. Wire should be strong enough to hold weight securely, but not as strong as the tape, so that if the weight becomes lodged in the well the tape can still be pulled free. Carpenters' chalk (blue) or sidewalk chalk Disinfectant wipes, and deionized or tap water for cleaning tape. (d) Electric sounding tape method DWR field form 1213 (see Table 5) Steel tape, graduated in feet, tenths, and hundredths of feet An electric tape, double -wired and graduated in feet, tenths, and hundredths of feet, accurate to 0.01 ft. Electric sounding tapes commonly are mounted on a hand -cranked and powered supply reel that contains space for the batteries and some device ("indicator") for signaling when the circuit is closed. Electric -tape calibration and maintenance log book; manufacturer's instructions. Disinfectant wipes, and deionized or tap water for cleaning tape. Replacement batteries, charged. (e) Sonic water -level meter method DWR field form 1213 (see Table 5) Temperature probe with readout and cable Sonic water -level meter with factory cover plate Custom sized cover plates for larger well diameters Replacement batteries (fl Automated measurements with pressure transducer Transducer field form (see Figures 1 and 2 in Drost, 2005: http://pubs.usgs.gov/of/2005/1126/pdf/ofr2OO5ll26.pdf ) Transducer, data logger, cables, suspension system, and power supply. Data readout device (i.e., laptop computer loaded with correct software) and data storage modules. Spare desiccant, and replacement batteries. Well cover or recorder shelter with key. Steel tape (with blue carpenters' chalk or sidewalk chalk) or electric sounding tape, both graduated in hundredths of feet. Tools, including high -impedance (digital) multimeter, connectors, crimping tool, and contact -burnishing tool or artist's eraser. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 13 GUIDELINES FOR MEASURING WATER LEVELS Monitoring wells typically have a cap on the wellhead. After the cap is removed, the open top of the well is easily accessible for sampling water levels and water quality. If the well is to be sampled for water quality in addition to water level, the water -level measurement should be made before the well is purged. Before discussing the detailed measurement steps for different methods, some guidance is provided on the common issues of well caps, recovery time after pumping, and cascading water in a well. Well caps are commonly used in monitoring wells to prevent the introduction of foreign materials to the well casing. There are two general types of well caps, vented and unvented. Vented well caps allow air movement between the atmosphere and the well casing. Unvented well caps provide an airtight seal between the atmosphere and the well casing. In most cases it is preferred to use vented well caps because the movement of air between the atmosphere and the well casing is necessary for normal water level fluctuation in the well. If the cap is not vented the fluctuation of groundwater levels in the well will cause increased or decreased air pressure in the column of air trapped above the water in the casing. The trapped air can prevent free movement of the water in the casing and potentially impact the water level that is measured. Vented caps will allow both air and liquids into the casing so they should not be used for wells where flooding with surface water is anticipated or contamination is likely from surface sources near the well. Unvented well caps seal the top of the well casing and prevent both air and liquid from getting into the well. They are necessary in areas where it is anticipated that the well will be flooded from surface water sources or where contamination is likely if the casing is not sealed. Because the air above the water in the casing is trapped in the casing and cannot equalize with the atmospheric pressure, normal water level fluctuation may be impeded. When measuring a well with an unvented cap it is necessary to remove the cap and wait for the water level to stabilize. The wait time will vary with many different factors, but if several sequential water -level measurements yield the same value it can be assumed the water level has stabilized. Unlike monitoring wells, production wells have obstructions in the well unless it is an abandoned production well and the pump has been removed. In addition, the wellhead is not always easily accessible for monitoring water levels. Since pumping from the production wells will create a non -static water level, the water - level measurement should ideally not be made until the water level has returned to static level. However, this recovery time will vary from site to site. Some wells will recover from pumping level to static level within a few hours, while many wells will take much longer to recover. Some wells will recover from pumping level to static level within a few hours, while many wells will take much longer to recover. Thus, as a general recommendation, measurements should not be collected until 24 hours after pumping has ceased, however, site specific DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 14 conditions may require deviating from this. The time since pumping should be noted on the field form. Water may enter a well above the water level, drip or cascade down the inside of the well, and lead to false water level measurements. Sometimes cascading water can be heard dripping or flowing down the well and other times it is discovered when water levels are abnormally shallow and/or difficult to determine. Both steel tapes and electric sounding tapes can give false readings. A steel tape may be wet from the point where water is entering the well making it hard to see the water mark where the tape intersects the water level in the well. An electric sounding tape signal may start and then stop as it is lowered down the well. If this happens, you can lightly shake the tape. The signal often becomes intermittent when water is running down the tape, but remains constant in standing water. On most electric sounding tapes, the sensitivity can be turned down to minimize false readings. It should be noted when a water level measurement is taken from a well with cascading water. (1) Steel Tape Method The graduated steel -tape (wetted -tape) procedure is considered to be the most accurate method for measuring water levels in nonflowing wells. A graduated steel tape is commonly marked to 0.01 foot. When measuring deep water levels (>500 ft), thermal expansion and stretch of the steel tape starts to become significant (Garber and Koopman, 1968). The method is most accurate for water levels less than 200 feet below land surface. The equipment and supplies needed for this method are shown in Table 4. The following issues should be considered with this method: It may be difficult or impossible to get reliable results if water is dripping into the well or condensing on the well casing. If the well casing is angled, instead of vertical, the depth to water should be corrected, if possible. This correction should be recorded in the field folder. Check that the tape is not hung up on obstructions. Before making a measurement: 1. Maintain the tape in good working condition by periodically checking the tape for rust, breaks, kinks, and possible stretch. Record all calibration and maintenance data associated with the steel tape in a calibration and maintenance log book. 2. If the steel tape is new, be sure that the black sheen on the tape has been dulled so that the tape will retain the chalk. 3. Prepare the field forms (DWR Form 1213; see Table 5). Place any previous measured water -level data for the well into the field folder. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 15 4. Check that the RP is clearly marked on the well and accurately described in the well file or field folder. If a new RP needs to be established, follow the procedures above. 5. In the field, wipe off the lower 5 to 10 feet of the tape with a disinfectant wipe, rinse with de -ionized or tap water, and dry the tape. 6. If possible, attach a weight to the tape that is constructed of stainless steel or other noncontaminating material to protect groundwater quality in the event that the weight is lost in the well. Do not attach a weight for production wells. Making a measurement: 1. If the water level was measured previously at the well, use the previous measurement(s) to estimate the length of tape that should be lowered into the well. Preferably, use measurements that were obtained during the same season of the year. 2. Chalk the lower few feet of the tape by pulling the tape across a piece of blue carpenter's chalk or sidewalk chalk (the wetted chalk mark identifies that part of the tape that was submerged). 3. Slowly lower the weight (for monitoring wells only) and tape into the well to avoid splashing when the bottom end of the tape reaches the water. Develop a feel for the weight of the tape as it is being lowered into the well. A change in this weight will indicate that either the tape is sticking to the side of the casing or has reached the water surface. Continue to lower the end of the tape into the well until the next graduation (a whole foot mark) is at the RP and record this number on DWR Form 1213 (Table 5) next to "Tape at RP" as illustrated on Figure 4. 4. Rapidly bring the tape to the surface before the wetted chalk mark dries and becomes difficult to read. Record the number to the nearest 0.01 foot in the column labeled as "Tape at WS." 5. If an oil layer is present, read the tape at the top of the oil mark to the nearest 0.01 foot and use this value for the "Tape at WS" instead of the wetted chalk mark. Mark an "8" in the QM column of DWR Form 1213 (see Table 5) to indicate a questionable measurement due to oil in the well casing. There are methods to correct for oil, such as the use of a relatively inexpensive water -finding paste. The paste is applied to the lower end of the steel tape and the top of the oil shows as a wet line and the top of the water shows as a distinct color change. Since oil density is about three-quarters that of water, the water level can be estimated by adding three-quarters of the thickness of the oil layer to the oil -water interface elevation (U.S. Geological Survey, 2006). DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 16 6. Subtract the "Tape at WS" number from the "Tape at RP" number and record the difference (to the nearest 0.01 ft) as "RP to WS". This reading is the depth to water below the RP. 7. Wipe and dry off the tape and re -chalk based on the first measurement. 8. Make a second measurement by repeating steps 3 through 5, recording the time of the second measurement on the line below the first measurement (Table 5). The second measurement should be made using a different "Tape at RP" than that used for the first measurement. If the second measurement does not agree with the original within 0.02 of a foot (0.2 of a foot for production wells), make a third measurement, recording this measurement and time on the row below the second measurement with a new time. If more than two readings are taken, record the average of all reasonable readings. After making a measurement: 1. Clean the exposed portion of the tape using a disinfectant wipe, rinse with de -ionized or tap water, and dry the tape. Do not store a steel tape while dirty or wet. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 17 )£ ƒ }�> § WUJ § �� Li . / E z LU z $ n $ ) U&§ o o \\\ �a±� gIx 05LU\50 6ZM §>�. k �( \ \-Z m m \ U- m § < LU ) § » z Of tm c B ` \ \ §/b�ƒ }k c § w �\ $\/\ �� wk/ �a6w� [ —j « f w / IL f fr ±= o e \ ± 2 < m= ƒ\� { k \| bee # mE r Z < 77}f\ § > 3 ewMwv m LU e kj b.@ /Z _ Ui m P�=$�[ 2 LLJ_ 3: I \ �w@�a6 E \ \ §7 $ p� z �0.K ® LLI « / kE2 &{ awww_ Table \ Groundwater level data form for manual measurements (DWR Form 12]3{ DWRGroundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 18 (2) Electric Sounding Tape Method The electric sounding tape procedure for measuring depth to the water surface is especially useful in wells with dripping water or condensation, although there are still precautions needed as noted in the beginning of this section. Other benefits of this method include: Easier and quicker than steel tapes, especially with consecutive measurements in deeper wells. Better than steel tapes for making measurements in the rain. Less chance for cross -contamination of well water than with steel tapes, as there is less tape submerged. The accuracy of electric sounding tape measurements depends on the type of tape used and whether or not the tape has been stretched out of calibration after use. Tapes that are marked the entire length with feet, tenths, and hundredths of a foot should be read to 0.01 ft. Electric sounding tapes are harder to keep calibrated than are steel tapes. As with steel tapes, electric sounding tapes are most accurate for water levels less than 200 ft below land surface, and thermal expansion and stretch start to become significant factors when measuring deep water levels (>500 ft) (see Garber and Koopman, 1968). Equipment and supplies needed for this method are shown in Table 4. The following issues should be considered with this method: • If the well casing is angled, instead of vertical, the depth to water will have to be corrected, if possible. This correction should be recorded in the field folder. • Check that the electric sounding tape is not hung up on an obstruction in the well. • The electric sounding tape should be calibrated annually against a steel tape in the field (using monitoring wells only) as follows: Compare water -level measurements made with the electric sounding tape to those made with a steel tape in several wells that span the range of depths to water encountered in the field. The measurements should agree to within ± 0.02 ft. If this accuracy is not met, a correction factor should be applied. All calibration and maintenance data should be recorded in a calibration and maintenance log book for the electric sounding tape. • Oil on the surface of the water may interfere with obtaining consistent readings and could damage the electrode probe. If oil is present, switch to a steel tape for the water -level measurement. • If using a repaired/spliced tape: see section A4-B-3(b) (page B16) of the NFM (U.S. Geological Survey, 2006). Before making a measurement: 1. Inspect the electric sounding tape and electrode probe before using it in the field. Check the tape for wear, kinks, frayed electrical connections and possible stretch; the DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 19 cable jacket tends to be subject to wear and tear. Test that the battery and replacement batteries are fully charged. 2. Check the distance from the electrode probe's sensor to the nearest foot marker on the tape, to ensure that this distance puts the sensor at the zero foot point for the tape. If it does not, a correction must be applied to all depth -to -water measurements. Record this in an equipment log book and on the field form. 3. Prepare the field forms (DWR Form 1213; see Table 5) and place any previous measured water -level data for the well into the field folder. 4. After reaching the field site, check that the RP is clearly marked on the well and is accurately described in the well file or field folder. If a new RP needs to be established, follow the procedures above. 5. Check the circuitry of the electric sounding tape before lowering the electrode probe into the well. To determine proper functioning of the tape mechanism, dip the electrode probe into tap water and observe whether the indicator needle, light, and/or beeper (collectively termed the "indicator" in this document) indicate a closed circuit. For an electric sounding tape with multiple indicators (sound and light, for instance), confirm that the indicators operate simultaneously. If they do not operate simultaneously, determine which is the most accurate and use that one. 6. Wipe off the electrode probe and the lower 5 to 10 feet of the tape with a disinfectant wipe, rinse with de -ionized or tap water, and dry. Making a measurement: 1. If the water level was measured previously at the well, use the previous measurement(s) to estimate the length of tape that should be lowered into the well. Preferably, use measurements that were obtained during the same season of the year. 2. Lower the electrode probe slowly into the well until the indicator shows that the circuit is closed and contact with the water surface is made. Avoid letting the tape rub across the top of the well casing. Place the tip or nail of the index finger on the insulated wire at the RP and read the depth to water to the nearest 0.01 foot. Record this value in the column labeled "Tape at RP", with the appropriate measurement method code and the date and time of the measurement (see Table 5). 3. Lift the electrode probe slowly up a few feet and make a second measurement by repeating step 2 and record the second measurement with the time in the row below the first measurement in Table 5. Make all readings using the same deflection point on the indicator scale, light intensity, or sound so that water levels will be consistent between measurements. If the second measurement does not agree with the first measurement within 0.02 of a foot (0.2 of a foot for production wells), make a third measurement, DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 20 recording this measurement with the time in the row below the second measurement. If more than two readings are taken, record the average of all reasonable readings. After making a measurement: 1. Wipe down the electrode probe and the section of the tape that was submerged in the well water, using a disinfectant wipe and rinse thoroughly with de -ionized or tap water. Dry the tape and probe and rewind the tape onto the tape reel. Do not rewind or otherwise store a dirty or wet tape. (3) Sonic Water -Level Meter Method This meter uses sound waves to measure water levels. It requires an access port that is 5/8 — inch or greater in diameter and measurement of the average air temperature in the well casing. The meter can be used to quickly measure water levels in both monitoring wells and production wells. Also, since this method does not involve contact of a probe with the water, there is no concern over cross contamination between wells. However, the method is not as accurate as the other methods, with a typical accuracy of 0.2 ft for water levels less than 100 ft or 0.2% for water levels greater than 100 ft. Equipment and supplies needed for this method are shown in Table 4. The following issues should be considered with this method: • The accuracy of the meter decreases with well diameter and should not be used with well diameters greater than 10 inches. • An accurate air temperature inside the well casing is necessary so that the variation of sound velocity with air temperature can be accounted for. • Obstructions in the well casing can cause erroneous readings, especially if the obstruction is close to half the well diameter or more. Before making a measurement: 1. Check the condition of the meter, especially the batteries. Take extra batteries to the field. 2. Take a temperature probe with a readout and 50-ft cable. 3. If open wellheads with diameter greater than the factory cover plate and less than 10 inches will be monitored, fabricate appropriately -sized cover plates using plastic or sheet metal. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 21 4. Prepare the field forms (DWR Form 1213; see Table 5). Place any previous measured water -level data for the well into the field folder. 5. Check that the RP is clearly marked on the well and accurately described in the well file or field folder. If a new RP needs to be established, follow the procedures above. Making a measurement: 1. If the water level was measured previously at the well, lower the temperature probe to about half that distance in the well casing. Preferably, use measurements that were obtained during the same season of the year. 2. Record this temperature in the comments column of DWR form 1213 (see Table 5). Use this temperature reading to adjust the temperature toggle switch on the sonic meter. 3. Select the appropriate depth range on the sonic meter. 4. For a covered wellhead, insert the meter duct into the access port and push the power -on switch. Record the depth from the readout. 5. For an open wellhead, slip the provided cover plate onto the wellhead to provide a seal. If the cover plate is not large enough, use a fabricated cover plate for diameters up to 10 inches. Record the depth from the readout. After making a measurement: 1. Make sure the temperature probe and the sonic meter are turned off and put away in their cases. (4) Pressure Transducer Method Automated water -level measurements can be made with a pressure transducer attached to a data logger. Care should be taken to choose a pressure transducer that accurately measures the expected range of groundwater levels in a well. Pressure - transducer accuracy decreases linearly with increases in the depth range (also known as pressure rating). A pressure transducer with a depth range of 0 to 10 ft (0 to 4.3 psi) has an accuracy of 0.01 ft while a pressure transducer with a depth range of 0 to 100 ft (0 to 43 psi) has an accuracy of 0.1 ft. But if the measurement range exceeds the depth range of a pressure transducer, it can be damaged. So it is important to have a good DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 22 idea of the expected range of groundwater levels in a well, and then refer to the manufacturer's specification when selecting a pressure transducer for that well. Some of the advantages of automated monitoring include: • No correction is required for angled wells, as pressure transducers only measure vertical water levels. • A data logger can be left unattended for prolonged periods until data can be downloaded in the field. • Downloaded data can be imported directly into a spreadsheet or database. Some of the disadvantages of automated monitoring include: It may be necessary to correct the data for instrument drift, hysteresis, temperature effects, and offsets. Most pressure transducers have temperature compensation built-in. Pressure transducers operate only in a limited depth range. The unit must be installed in a well in which the water level will not fluctuate outside the operable depth range for the specific pressure transducer selected. Wells with widely fluctuating water levels may be monitored with reduced resolution or may require frequent resetting of the depth of the pressure transducer. With some data loggers, previous water -level measurements may be lost if the power fails. There are two types of pressure transducers available for measuring groundwater levels; non -vented (absolute) and vented (gauged). A non -vented pressure transducer measures absolute pressure, is relative to zero pressure, and responds to atmospheric pressure plus pressure head in a well (see Figure 5). A vented pressure transducer measures gauge pressure, is relative to atmospheric pressure, and only responds to pressure head in a well. Non -vented pressure transducer data require post processing. Barometric pressure data must be collected at the same time as the absolute pressure data at the well, and subtracted from each absolute pressure data record before the data can be used to calculate groundwater levels. Thus, if a non -vented pressure transducer is used, a barometric pressure transducer will also be needed near the well. This subject is usually covered in more detail by the manufacturer of the pressure transducer. In an area with little topographic relief, a barometer at one site should be sufficient for use by other sites within a certain radius (9 miles reported by Schlumberger http://www.swstechnology.com/ groundwater-monitoring/groundwater- dataloggers/baro-diver and 100 miles reported by Global Water http://www.globalw.com/support/barocomp.html). In an area of significant topographic relief, it would be advisable to have a barometer at each site. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 23 Vented pressure transducers can be programmed so no post processing of the data is necessary. The vent is usually a small tube in the communication cable that runs from the back of the pressure transducer to the top of the well. This vent enables the pressure transducer to cancel the effect of atmospheric pressure and record groundwater level as the distance from the RP to the WS (see Figure 5). However, if the vent is exposed to excessive moisture or submerged in water it can cause failure and damage to the pressure transducer. The existing well conditions should be considered when deciding which type of pressure transducer to use. Non -vented pressure transducers should be used when the top of a well or its enclosure may at any time be submerged in water. This can happen when artesian conditions have been observed or are likely, the well is completed at or below the LSD, or the well or its enclosure are susceptible to periods of high water. Otherwise, it is advisable to use a vented pressure transducer. The following guidelines are USGS guidelines from Drost (2005) and Freeman and others (2004) for the use of pressure transducers. These USGS guidelines have not been incorporated as yet in the NFM. The equipment and supplies needed for automated measurements of water level using a pressure transducer are shown in Table 4. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 24 Figure 5. Groundwater -level measurements using a pressure transducer (vented or non -vented) (modified from Drost, 2005). DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 25 Before making a measurement: 1. Keep the pressure transducer packaged in its original shipping container until it is installed. 2. Fill out the DWR field form (Table 6), including the type, serial number, and range of measurement device; and what units are being measured (ft, psi). 3. Take a reading from the pressure transducer before placing into the well. For a vented pressure transducer the reading should be zero. For a non -vented pressure transducer the reading should be a positive number equivalent to atmospheric pressure. Configure the units (ft, psi) on a barometric pressure transducer the same as the non - vented pressure transducer. A reading from the barometric pressure transducer should be the same as the non -vented pressure transducer reading. 4. Lower the pressure transducer into the well slowly. Conduct a field calibration of the pressure transducer by raising and lowering it over the anticipated range of water -level fluctuations. Take two readings at each of five intervals, once during the raising and once during the lowering of the pressure transducer. Record the data on the DWR field form (see Table 6). If using a non -vented pressure transducer, take a reading from the barometric pressure transducer at the same time as the other readings. 5. Lower the pressure transducer to the desired depth below the water level (caution: do not exceed the depth range of the pressure transducer). 6. Fasten the cable or suspension system to the well head using tie wraps or a weatherproof strain -relief system. If the vent tube is incorporated in the cable, make sure not to pinch the cable too tightly or the vent tube may be obstructed. 7. Make a permanent mark on the cable at the hanging point, so future slippage, if any, can be determined. 8. Measure the static water level in the well with a steel tape or electric sounding tape. Repeat if measurements are not consistent within 0.02 ft (0.2 ft for production wells). 9. Record the well and RP configuration, with a sketch. Include the RP height above the LSD, the hanging point, and the hanging depth (see Figure 5). DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 26 m � m � W r y v :7f c T rW. ���3 F m n a J PI V d :: a 0 m m � LLl L = a4D M G 'C Q c F ~ � E W as arm w LL Q N = a y 7 w $ Z Q.Y o E `4Q.m.. m` EV LLI o m a v p i qj O14 , c LL N e. ° m a •€ m 2 md� w [7 W [7 c O .i � "n d� 7 Z Ix ter = C g n N m C C w g Z m ay IV a dr 0 Goi I Cq c = r m m c 0 C a ro F 7 am N Z ❑ 7 q EI i' C O V G mm W eon i ❑ m 0 x°LI ;x Table 6. Groundwater level data form for vented or non -vented pressure transducer with data logger. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 27 10. Connect the data logger, power supply, and ancillary equipment. Configure the data logger to ensure the channel, scan intervals, units, etc., selected are correct. Activate the data logger. Most data loggers will require a negative slope in order to invert water levels for ground -water applications (i.e., distance from the RP to the WS). If using a non -vented pressure transducer the data logger will not require a negative slope, but atmospheric pressure data will need to be collected by a barometric pressure transducer. Making a measurement: 1. Retrieve water -level data (to 0.01 ft) using instrument or data logger software. If using a non -vented pressure transducer, retrieve barometric pressure data. 2. Measure the water level with a steel tape or electric sounding tape (to 0.01 ft) and compare the reading with the value recorded by the pressure transducer and data logger. Record the reading and time in the file folder. If using a non -vented pressure transducer, subtract the barometric pressure value from the transducer pressure value to obtain the water level pressure value. The water level pressure can then be multiplied by 2.3067 to convert from psi of pressure to feet of water (Freeman and others, 2004). Report the calculated water level to the nearest 0.01 ft. 3. If the tape and pressure transducer readings differ by more than (the greater of 0.2 ft or) two times the accuracy of the specific pressure transducer, raise the pressure transducer out of the water and take a reading to determine if the cable has slipped, or whether the difference is due to drift. The accuracy of a pressure transducer is typically defined as 0.001 times the full scale of the pressure transducer (e.g., a 0 to 100 ft pressure transducer has a full scale of 100 ft). The accuracy of a specific pressure transducer should be specified by the manufacturer's specifications. 4. If drift is significant, recalibrate the pressure transducer as described using a steel tape. If using a non -vented pressure transducer, keep the pressure transducer out of the water and calibrate to the barometric pressure transducer value. If field calibration is not successful, retrieve the transducer and send back to the manufacturer for re - calibration. 5. Use the multimeter (see Table 4) to check the charge on the battery, and the charging current supply to the battery. Check connections to the data logger, and tighten as necessary. Burnish contacts if corrosion is occurring. 6. Replace the desiccant, battery (if necessary), and data module. Verify the data logger channel and scan intervals, document any changes to the data logger program and activate the data logger. 7. If possible, wait until data logger has logged a value, and then check for reasonableness of data. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 28 GLOSSARY OF TERMS The following terms are used in this document. Although many are commonly used in the groundwater- and data -management fields, they are defined here to avoid confusion. Aquifer — A geologic formation from which useable quantities of groundwater can be extracted. A confined aquifer is bounded above and below by a confining bed of distinctly less permeable material. The water level in a well installed in a confined aquifer stands above the top of the confined aquifer and can be higher or lower than the water table that may be present in the material above it. In some cases, the water level can rise above the ground surface, yielding a flowing well. An unconfined aquifer is one with no confining beds between the saturated zone and the ground surface. The water level in a well installed in an unconfined aquifer stands at the same level as the groundwater outside of the well and represents the water table. An alternative and equivalent definition for an unconfined aquifer is an aquifer in which the groundwater surface is at atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric or barometric pressure — The force per unit area exerted against a surface by the weight of the air above that surface at any given point in the Earth's atmosphere. At sea level, the atmospheric pressure is 14.7 psi. As elevation increases, atmospheric pressure decreases as there are fewer air molecules above the ground surface. The atmospheric pressure is measured by a barometer. This pressure reading is called the barometric pressure. Weather conditions can increase or decrease barometric pressure. Blue carpenter's chalk — A primarily calcium carbonate chalk with some silica. It is primarily used to make chalk -lines for long lasting bright marks. Some other formulations of chalk (e.g., sidewalk chalk) substitute different ingredients such as rice starch for silica. Data logger — A microprocessor -based data acquisition system designed specifically to acquire, process, and store data. Data usually are downloaded from onsite data loggers for entry into office data systems. The storage device within a data logger is called the data module. A desiccant, such as, silica gel, calcium sulfate, or calcium chloride, is used to absorb and keep moisture away from the data module. Dedicated monitoring well — A well designed for the sole purpose of long-term monitoring. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 29 Domestic well — A water well used to supply water for the domestic needs of an individual residence or systems of four or fewer service connections. DWR Bulletin 118 — DWR publication on the status of California's groundwater. Prior to this 2003 update, the latest Bulletin 118 was published in 1980. This publication defines the 515 basins to be monitored in the SB 6 monitoring program. The report reference is: California Department of Water Resources, 2003, California's groundwater: Bulletin 118, 246 p., available online at: http://www.water.ca.gov/pubs/groundwater/bulletin 118/california's groundwater b ulletin 118 - update 2003 /bulletin118 entire.pdf Electric sounding tape — This term is used in this document to mean both the electric tape and the electrode probe attached to the end of the tape. This water -level measuring device is also known by many other names, including a sounder, an electric tape, an E tape, an electric sounder, an electric well sounder, a depth sounder, etc. Electrode probe — This is the electronic sensor in the electronic sounder attached to the end of the electric tape. It senses water based on the electrical conductivity and triggers an alert. GPS — This stands for global positioning system. These devices come in many sizes and costs. The handheld devices are capable of very accurate locations in the xy plane (latitude longitude). However, only very expensive and large GPS units are currently capable of accurate readings for the altitude (z direction). Groundwater — Water occurring beneath the ground surface in the zone of saturation. Groundwater basin — An alluvial aquifer or a stacked series of alluvial aquifers with reasonably well-defined boundaries in a lateral direction and having a definable bottom. Groundwater elevation — The elevation (generally referenced to mean sea level as the datum) to which water in a tightly cased well screened at a given location will rise. Other terms that may be used include groundwater level, hydraulic head, piezometric head, and potentiometric head. Groundwater surface — The highest elevation at which groundwater physically occurs in a given location in an aquifer (i.e., top of aquifer formation in a confined aquifer and the groundwater level or water table in an unconfined aquifer). Also referred to as a water surface in this document. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 30 Groundwater subbasin — A subdivision of a groundwater basin created by dividing the basin using geologic and hydrologic conditions or institutional boundaries. Hysteresis — The maximum difference in output, at any measured value within the specified range, when the value is approached first with an increasing and then a decreasing measured property. Hysteresis is expressed in percent of the full-scale output. Instrument Drift — A change in instrument output over a period of time that is not a function of the measured property. Drift is normally specified as a change in zero (zero drift) over time and a change in sensitivity (sensitivity drift) over time. Irrigation well — A well used to irrigate farmland. The water from the well is not intended for domestic purposes. Metadata — "data about data"; it is the data describing context, content and structure of records and their management through time. NFM — This stands for National Field Manual. This is a living, online, document of the USGS. It is the protocol document for USGS methods of surface water, groundwater, and water quality field activities. The portion of the NFM that related to the field methods of collecting groundwater levels is in the following reference: U.S. Geological Survey, 2006, Collection of water samples (ver. 2.0): U.S. Geological Survey Techniques of Water -Resources Investigations, book 9, chap. A4, September, accessed 12/30/09 at: http://Pubs.water.usgs.gov/twri9A4/ Nonflowing well — A well in which the water level is below the land surface. Pressure head — The height of a column of groundwater above a point that is supported by pressure at that point. Pressure transducer — A type of measurement device that converts pressure -induced mechanical changes into an electrical signal. Production well — A well with a pump installed that is used to bring groundwater to the land surface. This is a general term that can be applied to a domestic well, irrigation well, or public -supply well. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 31 Public -supply well — A well that pumps groundwater from a relatively extensive saturated area and is used as part of a public water system, supplying water for human consumption to at least 3,300 people. SOGW — This stands for Subcommittee on Groundwater. This is a subcommittee of the Advisory Committee on Water Information, which is developing a national framework for groundwater in the United States. The reference for the SOGW work is: Subcommittee on Ground Water of the Advisory Committee on Water Information, 2009, A national framework for ground -water monitoring in the United States: final version approved by the Advisory Committee on Water Information, June 2009, 78 p., accessed 1/11/10 at: http://acwi.gov/soqw/pubs/tr/index.html Static water level — Groundwater level in a well during non -pumping conditions. Vent tube — A tube in the cable which connects to the pressure transducer, allowing atmospheric pressure to be in contact with one side of the strain gauge in the pressure sensor. It cancels out the barometric effects in the readings. Well casing — The metal or plastic pipe separating the well from the surrounding geologic material. Wellhead — The top of the well containing the casing hanger and the point at which the motor is attached for a vertical line shaft turbine pump or where the seal is secured for a submersible pump. Well purging — Pumping out standing groundwater from a monitoring well. This is done prior to water quality sampling of wells, but not before taking a water -level measurement. DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 32 REFERENCES Alley, W.M., ed., 1993, Regional ground -water quality: New York, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 634 p. Department of Water Resources, 2003, California's groundwater: Bulletin 118, 246 p., available online at: http://www.water.ca.gov/pubs/groundwater/bulletin 118/california's groundwater b ulletin 118 - update 2003 /bulletin118 entire.pdf Drost, B.W., 2005, Quality -assurance plan for ground -water activities, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington Water Science Center: U.S. Geological Survey Open -File Report 2005-1126, 27 p., available online at: http://pubs.usgs.gov/of/2005/1126/pdf/ofr2OO5ll26.pd Freeman, L.A., Carpenter, M.C., Rosenberry, D.O., Rousseau, J.P., Unger, R., and McLean, J.S., 2004, Use of submersible pressure transducers in water -resources investigations: U.S. Geological Survey Techniques of Water -Resources Investigations, book 8, chapter A3, 52 p., available online at: http://Pubs.usgs.gov/twri/twri8a3/pdf/twri8-a3.pdf Garber, M.S., and Koopman, F.C., 1968, Methods of measuring water levels in deep wells: U.S. Geological Survey Techniques of Water -Resources Investigations, book 8, chap. Al, 23 p., available online at: http://pubs.usgs.gov/twri/twri8al/pdf/twri 8- A1 a.pdf Heath, R.C., 1976, Design of ground -water level observation -well programs: Ground Water, v. 14, no. 2, p. 71-77. Hopkins, J., 1994, Explanation of the Texas Water Development Board groundwater level monitoring program and water -level measuring manual: UM-52, 53 p., available online at: http://www.twdb.state.tx.us/publications/manuals/UM-52/Um-52.i)df Sophocleous, M., 1983, Groundwater observation network design for the Kansas groundwater management districts, U.S.A.: Journal of Hydrology, vol. 61, pp. 371-389. Subcommittee on Ground Water of the Advisory Committee on Water Information, 2009, A national framework for ground -water monitoring in the United States: final version approved by the Advisory Committee on Water Information, June 2009, 78 p., accessed 1/11/10 at: http://acwi.gov/sogw/pubs/tr/index.html DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 33 Taylor, C.J., and Alley, W.M., 2001, Ground -water -level monitoring and the importance of long-term water -level data: U.S. Geological Survey Circular 1217, 68 p., available online at: http://pubs.usgs.gov/circ/circl2l7/pdf/circl2l7 final.pdf U.S. Geological Survey, 2006, Collection of water samples (ver. 2.0): U.S. Geological Survey Techniques of Water -Resources Investigations, book 9, chap. A4, September, accessed 12/30/09 at: http://pubs.water.usgs.gov/twri9A4/ DWR Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Guidelines 34 Appendix 6 CASGEM Monitoring Plan Summary CASGEM Monitoring Plan Summary The goal of the CASGEM program is to regularly and systematically monitor groundwater elevations that demonstrate seasonal and long-term trends in California's groundwater basins and to make this information readily and widely available to the public. The CASGEM program will rely and build on the many, established local long- term groundwater monitoring and management programs. In determining what information should be reported to DWR, the department will defer to existing monitoring programs if those programs result in information that demonstrates seasonal and long-term trends in groundwater elevations. Monitoring Entities may submit an existing groundwater monitoring plan that is part of a groundwater adjudication program, an AB3030 program, an IRWM program, or any other groundwater management program that satisfies the goals of CASGEM. If there are future changes in a monitoring plan that is already established with CASGEM, the Monitoring Entity should provide an update to DWR at that time. Monitoring Plan Overview Phase 2 of the CASGEM Online Submittal System will be available on May 18, 2011 for prospective Monitoring Entities to submit their groundwater elevation monitoring plans and detailed well information. Each CASGEM monitoring plan should describe the monitoring network and the monitoring plan rationale. The description of the well network should allow users of the CASGEM database to understand well coverage within the basin or subbasin. The monitoring plan rationale explains how the proposed monitoring is designed to capture the seasonal highs and lows and long-term groundwater elevation trends. The basic components of a CASGEM monitoring plan include the following: • discussion of the well network, • map(s) of the well network, • monitoring schedule, • description of field methods, • discussion of the role of cooperating agencies, if applicable, and • description of the monitoring plan rationale. The monitoring rationale, which explains how the plan will result in groundwater elevation data that demonstrates seasonal and long-term trends, may discuss any or all of the following information: • history of groundwater monitoring in the basin, • principal aquifer features of the basin (for example, multiple aquifers), • groundwater conditions in the basin (for example, types, locations and timing of recharge and discharge), • selection of wells for the CASGEM monitoring program (number, depths and distribution of the wells), and • selection of the monitoring schedule. If the well network contains any data gaps, the monitoring plan should also discuss the following: • location and reason for gaps in the well monitoring network, • local issues and circumstances that limit or prevent groundwater monitoring, and • recommendations for future well locations (assuming funding for new wells or permission for access to existing wells becomes available). Maps The monitoring plan can include maps that show well locations, the boundaries of the area to be monitored and, ideally, the Monitoring Entity's jurisdictional boundary. The optimal density of monitoring locations will depend on the complexity of the basin. If multiple aquifers are present in a basin, maps depicting how each of the aquifers is monitored are useful. The location of gaps in the monitoring network and the location of potential future monitoring wells can also be identified on each map. A table that provides a list of wells could also be used to identify the wells in the network. Schedule The monitoring schedule should provide a clear description of the frequency and timing of monitoring. To demonstrate seasonal and long-term trends in groundwater elevations, basin -wide monitoring should be conducted at least twice a year to measure the seasonal high and seasonal low groundwater elevations for the basin. The seasonal high and low groundwater elevations typically occur in early spring and in summer or fall, respectively, but may vary from basin to basin. Monitoring data collected in more frequent intervals can also be submitted to CASGEM. The online system will be designed to accept a maximum frequency of daily measurements for each well. To ensure that each round of monitoring represents a snapshot in time for conditions in the basin or subbasin, it will be important to schedule each round of measurements for all the wells in the network within the narrowest possible window of time. To provide the details of the monitoring schedule, the plan should contain a table detailing the time and frequency of monitoring for each of the wells in the monitoring network. Field Methods Field methods are the standard procedures for the collection and documentation of groundwater elevation data. A description of field methods provides an indicator of the 2 quality, consistency and reliability of monitoring data to the users of the CASGEM database. Many Monitoring Entities already have established field methods for their groundwater monitoring programs that meet the following basic requirements: • step-by-step instructions to establish the Reference Point, • methods for recording measurements, • methods to ensure the measurement of static (non -pumping) groundwater conditions, • step-by-step instructions to measure depth to water, and • forms for recording measurements. Each Monitoring Entity will develop and implement monitoring protocols appropriate for the local groundwater basin conditions. Monitoring Entities who do not have established monitoring protocols can request assistance from DWR Region Offices to help develop appropriate protocols. Well Information In addition to the monitoring plan, each Monitoring Entity will also input the following detailed well information into the CASGEM Online Submittal System: • Local well ID and/or State Well Number • Reference Point Elevation (feet, NAVD88) • Reference Point description • Ground Surface Elevation (feet NAVD88) • Method of determining elevation • Accuracy of elevation method • Well Use • Well Status (active or inactive) • Well coordinates (decimal lat/long, NAD83) • Method of determining coordinates • Accuracy of coordinate method • Well Completion type (single or multi -completion) • Total depth (feet) • Top and bottom of screened intervals (up to 10 intervals) • Well Completion Report number • Groundwater basin of well (or subbasin or portion) • Written description of well location • Any additional comments Groundwater Elevation Information (to be developed under Phase 3) Phase 3 development of the CASGEM Online Submittal System will be available in late fall 2011. Phase 3 will enable Monitoring Entities to submit their groundwater elevation data and will provide public access to view the CASGEM database. 3 Monitoring Entities will submit the following groundwater elevation information for each well during each round of monitoring: • Well identification number • Measurement date • Reference point elevation of the well (feet) using NAVD88 vertical datum • Elevation of land surface datum at the well (feet) using NAVD88 vertical datum • Depth to water below reference point (feet) (unless no measurement was taken) • Method of measuring water depth • Measurement Quality Codes o If no measurement is taken, a specified "no measurement" code, must be recorded. Standard codes will be provided by the online system. If a measurement is taken, a "no measurement" code is not recorded.) o If the quality of a measurement is uncertain, a "questionable measurement" code can be recorded. Standard codes will be provided by the online system. If no measurement is taken, a "questionable measurement" code is not recorded.) • Measuring agency identification • Measurement time (PST/PDT with military time/24 hour format) • Comments about measurement, if applicable 4 Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Appendix E: Groundwater Quality Reports P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx P WA -ergy • stewardship PCWA Water is Safe and Healthy lacer County Water Agency is proud to supply safe and healthy water. We are pleased to report that the drinking water sup- plied to you meets or exceeds state and federal public health standards for drinking water quality and safety. California water retailers, includ- ing PCWA, are required by law to inform customers about the quality of their drinking water. The results of PCWXs testing and monitoring programs of 2011 are reported in this newsletter. If you have any questions about this report, please contact the PCWA Customer Services Center at (530) 823-4850 or (800) 464-0030. About Your Drinking Water Drinking water, including bottled water, may reasonably be expected to contain at least small amounts of some contaminants. The presence of contaminants does not necessarily indicate that water poses a health risk. More information about contaminants and potential health effects can be obtained by calling the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Safe Drinking Water Hotline: 1-800-426-4791 >Truckee S0Nevcdc County wwwww wwwwwwwwwww Placer County 1 1 Lahonton Dr.l 1 1 PLACER COUNTY _ 80RQER r SERVICE AREA L�J 0 5 Martis Valley Service Area Groundwater Suaalx The Source of Your Water Supply ater for the PCWA Mattis Valley service area in eastern Placer County is pumped from the Mattis Valley aquifer. Groundwater is drawn from two wells, approximately 900 feet in depth, located adjacent to Lahontan Drive and Schaffer Mill Road. Water is distributed to customers via pipeline. Ensuring The Safety of Your Drinking Water Supply n order to ensure that tap water is safe to drink, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and the state Department of Public Health pre- scribe regulations which limit the amount of certain contaminants in water provided by public water systems. State regulations also establish limits for contaminants in bottled water that must provide the same protection for pub- lic health. Placer County Water Agency PCWA Consumer Confidence Report for 2011 (Reported in 2012 ) MARTIS VALLEY Water System Primary Drinking Water Standards Constituent No. of 90th Percentile No. of Sites AL PHG Typical Source Samples Level Detected exceeding AL of Contaminant Collected Copper (mg/L) 5 0.14 0 1.3 0.3 Internal corrosion of household water plumbing systems; erosion of natural deposits; leaching from wood preservatives Constituent Units State MCL PHG (MCLG) Range and Typical Source or {MRDL) or (MRDLG) Average of Contaminant or (HRAA) Chlorine mg/L {4) {4) 0.4-1.17 Drinking water disinfectant (0.89) added for treatment Arsenic ug/L 10 0.004 0-2 Erosion of natural deposits; runoff 1 from orchards, glass and electronics production wastes Secondary Drinking Water Standards Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 1000 None Specific Conductance us/cm 1600 None Chloride mg/L 500 None Sulfate mg/L 500 None 120-130 Runoff, leaching 125 from natural deposits 180-190 Substances that form 185 Ions when in water 1 .3-1.8 Runoff, leaching 1.55 from natural deposits 0.93-1.3 Runoff, leaching 1.12 from natural deposits STATEMENT ON LEAD (None found in this system), If present, elevated levels of lead can cause serious health problems, especially for pregnant women and young children. Lead in drinking water is primarily from materials and components associated with service lines and home plumbing. PCWA is responsible for providing high quality drinking water, but cannot control the variety of materials used in plumbing components. When your water has been sitting for several hours, you can minimize the potential for lead exposure by flushing your tap for 30 seconds to 2 minutes before using water for drinking or cooking. If you are concerned about lead in your water, you may wish to have your water tested. Information on lead in drinking water, testing methods, and steps you can take to minimize exposure is available from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline or at hit YAvww.epa.gov/safewated/ead. DEFINITIONS: Understanding Your Water Quality Report MCL: Maximum Contaminant Level. The highest level of a contaminant that is allowed in drinking water. Primary MCL's are set as close to the PHG's (or MCLG's) as is economically and technologically feasible. Secondary MCL's are set to protect the odor, taste and appearance of drinking water. MCLG: Maximum Contaminant Level Goal. The level of a contaminant in drinking water below which there is no known or expected risk to health. Set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. MRDL: Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level. The highest level of a disinfectant allowed in drinking water. There is convincing evidence that addition of a disinfectant is necessary for control of microbial contami- nants. MRDLG: Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level Goal. The level of a drinking water disinfectant below which there is no known or expected risk to health. MRDLG's do not reflect the benefits of the use of disinfectants to control microbial contaminants. Primary Drinking Water Standard. MCL's and MRDL's for contaminants that affect health along with their monitoring and reporting requirements, and water treatment requirements. PHG: Public Health Goal. The level of a contaminant in drinking water below which there is no known or expected risk to health. PHG's are set by the California Environmental Protection Agency. AL: Action Level. The concentration of a contaminant, which if exceeded, triggers treatment or other requirements which a water system must follow. NTU: Nephelometric Turbidity Units. A measure of the clarity of water. Turbidity is monitored because it is a good indicator of water quality. High turbidity can hinder the effectiveness of disinfectants. TT: Treatment Technique. A required process intended to reduce the level of a contaminant in drinking water. pCi/L: picocuries per liter. A measure of radiation. mg/L: milligrams per liter or parts per million (ppm) ug/L: micrograms per liter or parts per billion (ppb) uS/cm: MicroSiemens per centimeter. HRAA: Highest Running Annual Average <: Less Than ND: ND or Non -Detected: An analysis result below detectable levels. NA: Non -Applicable PAGE 2 • PCWA UPDATE Monitoring of Unregulated Substances Constituent Units State MCL PHG (MCLG) Range Typical Source (or MRDL) (or MRDLG) (Average) of Contaminant Sodium mg/L None None 7.9-8.7 Runoff, leaching from (8.3) natural deposits Hardness mg/L None None 75-80 Runoff, leaching from (77.5) natural deposits Radon 222 pCi/L None None 930-1600 Erosion of (1198) natural deposits Radon samples were last collected in 2001. There is no current requirement to monitor for Radon in drinking water. See below. FOR INFORMATION on water quality or questions about this report, customers are invited to contact the Placer County Water Agency Customer Services Center at (530) 823-4850 or (800) 464-0030. Environmental Influences on Drinking Water he sources of drinking water (both tap and bottled water) include rivers, lakes, streams, ponds, reser- voirs, springs and wells. As water travels over the surface of the land or through the ground, it dis- solves naturally -occurring minerals and, in some cases, radioactive material, and can pick up substances resulting from the presence of animals or from human activity. Contaminants that may be present in source water include: • Microbial contaminants, such as viruses and bacteria, which may come from sewage treatment plants, septic systems, agricul- tural livestock operations, and wildlife. Inorganic contaminants, such as salt and metals, which can Note to At -Risk Water Users ome people may be more vulnerable to contaminants in drinking water than the general population. Immuno- compromised persons such as persons with cancer under- going chemotherapy, persons who have undergone organ trans- plants, people with HIV/AIDS or other immune system disor- ders, some elderly, and infants can be particularly at risk from infections. These people should seek advice about drinking water from their health care providers. USEPA/Centers for Disease Control (CDC) guidelines on appropriate means to lessen the risk of infection by Cryptosporidium and other microbial contami- nants are available from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline at (800) 426-4791. 2011 Testing Results Measurements reported here were collected in 2011 (unless otherwise noted). In accordance with federal regulations, data is from the most recent tests. We are allowed to monitor for some contaminants less than once per year because concentrations of these contaminants do not change frequently. be naturally -occurring or result from urban storm water runoff, industrial or domestic wastewater discharges, oil and gas produc- tion, mining or farming. • Pesticides and herbicides, that may come from a variety of sources such as agriculture, urban storm water runoff and resi- dential uses. • Organic chemical contaminants, including synthetic and volatile organic chemicals, which are by-products of industrial processes and petroleum production, and can also come from gas stations, urban storm water runoff, agricultural application and septic systems. • Radioactive contaminants, that can be naturally -occurring or be the result of oil and gas production and mining activities. Martis Valley System About Your Water Supply Note on Radon Radon is a radioactive gas that you can't see, smell, or taste. It is found throughout the U.S. Radon can move up through the ground and into a home through cracks and holes in the foundation. Radon can build up to high levels in all types of homes. Radon can also get into indoor air when released from tap water from showering, washing dishes, and other household activites. Compared to radon entering a home through soil, radon entering through tap water will in most cases be a small source of radon in indoor air. Radon is a known human carcino- gen. Breathing air containing radon can lead to lung can- cer. Drinking water containing radon may also cause increased risk of stomach cancer. If you are concerned about radon in your home, test the air. Testing is inex- pensive and easy. Fix your home if the level of radon is 4 pCi/L or higher. There are simple ways to fix a radon problem that aren't too costly. For additional information, call your State radon pro- gram (800-745-7236), the EPA Safe Drinking Water Act Hotline (800-426-4791) or the National Safe Council Radon Hotline (1-800-SOS-RADON). PAGE 3 • PCWA UPDATE Public Meetings The Placer County Water Agency Board of Directors meets regularly the first and third Thursdays of each month at 2 p.m. at the Placer County Water Agency Business Center, 144 Ferguson Road, in Auburn. The public is welcome. Contacting Your Elected Directors DISTRICT I: Gray Allen DISTRICT 2: Alex Ferreira DISTRICT 3: Lowell Jarvis DISTRICT 4 & 2012 Board Chair: Mike Lee DISTRICT 5 & 2012 Vice Chair: Ben Mavy If you would like to contact a member of the board, please call the PCWA Customer Service Center at (530) 823-4850 or (800) 464-0030. We will be pleased to put you in touch with the elected representative from your area. This newsletter is published as a public service of the PLACER COUNTY WATER AGENCY 144 Ferguson Road (P.O. Box 6570) Auburn, California 95604 (530) 823-4850 • (800) 464-0030 General Manager: David A. Breninger Newsletter Editor: Dave Carter www.pcwa.net q aun ssaappyanoA £ aun ssaappyanoA Z alin ssaippyanoA ssaappy ssauisng tiewpd 69696 Vo `aa�onal peon ssed aauuod OL9I,1 foiafsia Atliltn oiignd aauuod aa�onal io!a;sr❑ Ap!}lil o!Ignd a3NNOCI 33}Imal lj #2910003 Truckee Donner Public Utility District (TDPUD) vigilantly safeguards its mountain groundwater supplies Last year, your tap water met all EPA and State drinking water health standards. This brochure is a snapshot of the quality of water provided to customers for the 2011 calendar year. Included in this pamphlet are details about where your water comes from, what it contains, and how it compares to State and USEPA Standards. TDPUD is committed to providing you with the information about your water supply because customers who are well informed are the Dis- trict's best allies in supporting improvements that are necessary to maintain the highest drinking water standards. For More Information • About this report or the water treatment process, contact Truckee Donner Public Utility District's Senior Water Quality Tech, Paul Rose at (530) 582-3926. • About a group or class presentation, contact the Truckee Donner Public Utility District at (530) 587-3896. • About water conservation and efficiency, the TDPUD has new water conservation programs that will help customers save water and save money. Information can be found on the TDPUD's website at www.tdpud.org or by calling (530) 582-3931. Customer Views Are Welcome If you are interested in participating in the decision -making process of the Truckee Donner Public Utility District, you are welcome to attend Board meetings. The Board of Directors meet at 6:00 PM on the first and third Wednesday of each month in the TDPUD Board room located at 11570 Donner Pass Road, Truckee, California. Agendas for upcoming meetings may be obtained on our website at www.tdpud.org or from the Deputy District Clerk's office, (530) 582-3909. Where Does Our Water Come From? The drinking water served to Truckee Donner Public Util- ity District customers in the Truckee system is groundwa- ter coming from 12 deep wells. Each week the system is sampled for microbial quality. Because of natural filtration, the groundwater aquifer is protected from surface con- tamination. This gives us high quality water. Source Water Assessment A source water assess- ment was prepared in 2002 for the wells serving the Truckee area. The wells are considered most vulnerable to the following activities not associated with any detected contaminants: sewer collec- tion systems, utility stations, railroads, and herbicide use. A copy of the complete as- sessment may be viewed at the Truckee Donner Public Utility District office located at 11570 Donner Pass Road, Truckee, CA or by calling Mark Thomas at (530) 582- 3957. Some people may be more vulnerable to contami- nants in drinking water than the general population. Im- muno-compromised persons such as persons with cancer undergoing chemotherapy, people who have undergone organ transplants, people with HIV/AIDS or other immune system disorders, some el- derly, and infants can be par- ticularly at risk from infec- tions. These people should seek advice about drinking water from their health care providers. USEPA/Centers for Disease Control (CDC) guidelines on appropriate means to lessen the risk of infection by Cryptosporidium and other microbial contami- nants are available from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline at1-800-426-4791. V TRUCKEE MAIN WATER SYSTEM ■I Radon Radon is a radioactive gas that you cannot see, taste, or smell. It is found throughout the U.S. Radon can move up through the ground and into a home through cracks and holes in the foundation. Radon can build up to high levels in all types of homes. Ra- don can also get into indoor air when released from tap water from showering, wash- ing dishes, and other household activities. Compared to radon entering the home through soil, radon entering the home through tap water will in most cases be a small source of radon in indoor air. Radon is a known human carcinogen. Breathing air containing radon can lead to lung cancer. Drinking water containing radon may also cause increased risk of stomach cancer. If you are concerned about radon in your home, test the air in your home. Testing is inexpensive and easy. You should pursue radon removal for your home if the level of radon in your air is 4 picocuries per liter of air (pCi/L) or higher. There are simple ways to fix a radon problem that are not too costly. For additional information, call your State radon program (1-800-745-7236), the EPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline (1-800-426-4791), or the National Safety Council Radon Hotline (1-800-SOS-RADON). Lead If present, elevated levels of lead can cause serious health problems, especially for pregnant women and young children. Lead in drinking water is primarily from materi- als and components associated with service lines and home plumbing. Truckee Don- ner Public Utility District is responsible for providing high quality water, but cannot con- trol the variety of materials used in plumbing components. When your water has been sitting for several hours, you can minimize the potential for lead exposure by flushing your tap for 30 seconds to 2 minutes before using water for drinking or cooking. If you are concerned about lead in your water, you may wish to have your water tested. In- formation on lead in drinking water, testing methods, and steps you can take to mini- mize exposure is available from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline or at http:// www.epa.gov/safewater/lead. No Cryptosporidium or Giardia in District Water You may have seen or heard news reports about Cryptosporidium and Giardia, microscopic organisms that can enter surface waters from run-off containing animal wastes. If ingested, Cryptospridium and Giardia can cause diarrhea, fever and other gastro-intestinal symptoms. Because the Truckee Donner Public Utility District's water comes from deep wells rather than surface water, it is almost impossible to have these contaminants in the District's water supply. DETECTED evCOMPOUNDS The data presented in this table is from the most recent monitoring done in compliance with regulations. Some data is more than a year old. Airport Northside Mantis Southside "A" Glenshire Sanders Prosser Prosser Well Prosser Old Violation Major Origins in Primary MCL PHG Contaminants (MCLG) Well Well Valley Well # 2 Well Dr Well Well Annex Heights 20 Village Greenwood Drinking Water (PDWS) Well Well Well Well Well Arsenic (ppb) 10 0.004 9.8 N/D 8 N/D N/D 9.4 8.9 N/D N/D N/D N/D 2.4 NO Erosion of Fluoride (ppm) 2 1 N/D 0.011 N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D 1 0.05 N/D N/D 0.11 N/D NO natural deposits Nitrate (asNO3) (ppm) 45 45 2.9 N/D 1.9 3.7 N/D 2 N/D N/D N/D 1.2 2.1 N/D NO Leaching of natural deposits, sewage, Nitrite (ppm) 1 1 N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D 0.79 NO runoff from fertilizer use. Radionuclides Radon (pCi/L) N/A N/A 1600 990 N/T 885 540 765 1050 740 N/D 293 560 530 N/A Erosion of natural deposits Regulated Contaminants with Secondary MCLs (a) (SDWS) Color (ACU) 15 15 N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D 3 N/D 5 N/D NO Natural -occurring organic materials Odor 3 3 2 1 N/D 1 1 N/D 1 1 1 1 N/D 1 NO Iron (ppb) 300 300 N/D N/D 6 N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D NO Chloride (ppm) 500 500 5.5 17 7.1 5.7 N/D 12 53 N/D N/D N/D 6.4 2.2 NO Copper (ppm) 1 1 N/D N/D 87 0.04 N/D N/D 0.28 0.02 N/D N/D N/D N/D NO Leaching from natural Manganese (ppb) 50 50 N/D N/D 6.4 N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D N/D 26 NO deposits Total Dissolved Solids (ppm) 1000 1000 126 170 120 112 68 140 230 112 110 110 108 110 NO Sulfate (ppm) 500 500 4.1 8.9 3.5 1.3 N/D 6.7 16 N/D N/D N/D 1.4 1.1 NO Specific Conductance 1600 1600 187 241 160 160 107 200 360 166 166 166 180 160 NO Substances that form (PS/Cm) ions when in water pH N/A N/A 8.1 8.3 8.1 7.1 7.4 8.3 8 8.1 8.3 8.1 8.2 8 N/A Leaching of natural deposits Unregulated General Minerals Hardness (ppm) N/A N/A 67 77 57 92 44 72 97 41 72 56 55 62 N/A Leaching of natural deposits Sodium (ppm) N/A N/A 10 32 9.3 4.9 3.5 12 29 15 6.4 12 16 8.5 N/A Microbial MCL TDPUD System Highest Month Contaminants Total Coliform Bacteria > Than 2 positive samples or more than Naturally present in 5% positive samples per month 0.0 % NO the environment Copper/Lead AL MCLG TDPUD Water System 90th Percentile Value # of Sites # of Sites that Exceeded Action Level Sampled Corrosion of Copper (ppm) 1.3 0.3 0.074 30 0 NO household plumbing systems. Flushing prior to use Lead (ppb) 15 2 2 30 0 NO recommended Disinfection MRDL MRDLG Average Range for TDPUD Water System Residual Drinking Water Chlorine (ppm) 4 4 0.35 0.32 - 0.47 NO Disinfectant added for treatment Disinfection MCL PHG Average Range for TDPUD Water System Sample Date Byproducts (MCLG) By-product of Total Trihalomethanes (ppb) 80 N/A 3.8 N/D - 6.2 08/04/2011 NO drinking water disinfection Arsenic above 5 ppb up to 10 ppb: While your drinking water meets the current Federal and State standards for arsenic, it does contain low levels of arsenic. The standard balances the current understanding of arsenic's possible health effects against the costs of removing arsenic from drinking water. The USEPA continues to research the health effects of low levels of arsenic, which is a mineral known to cause cancer in humans at high concentrations and is linked to other health effects such as skin damage and circulatory problems. GENERAL INFORMATION The sources of drinking water (both tap water and bottled water) include rivers, lakes, streams, ponds, reservoirs, springs and wells. As water travels over the surface of the land or through the ground, it dissolves naturally - occurring minerals and, in some cases, radioactive material, and can pick up substances resulting from the presence of animals or from human activity. Contaminants that may be present in source water include: • Microbial contaminants, such as viruses and bacteria, that may come from sewage treatment plants, septic systems, agricultural livestock operations and wildlife. • Inorganic contaminants, such as salts and metals, that can be naturally -occurring or result from urban storm - water runoff, industrial or domestic wastewater discharges, oil and gas production, mining, or farming. • Pesticides and herbicides, that may come from a variety of sources such as agricultural, urban storm -water runoff and residential uses. • Organic chemical contaminants, including synthetic and volatile organic chemicals, that are by-products of industrial processes and petroleum production, and can also come from gas stations, urban storm -water runoff, agricultural application, and septic systems. • Radioactive contaminants, that can be naturally -occurring or be the result of oil and gas production and min- ing activities. In order to ensure that tap water is safe to drink, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and the State Department of Public Health (Department) prescribe regulations that limit the amount of certain contaminants in water provided by public water systems. Department regulations also establish limits for contaminants in bottled water that must provide the same protection for public health. Drinking water, including bottled water, may reasonably be expected to contain at least small amounts of some contaminants. The presence of contaminants does not necessarily indicate that water poses a health risk. More information about contaminants and potential health effects can be obtained by calling the USEPA's Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 1-800-426-4791 or at http://water.epa.gov/drink/index.cfm. TERMS USED IN THIS REPORT Detected Compounds: The State allows us to monitor for some contaminants less than once per year because the concentrations of these contaminants do not change frequently. Some of our data, though representative, are more than one year old. Not listed are the hundreds of other compounds for which we tested that were not detected. Regulated Contaminants with Secondary MCLs (a): There are no PHGs, MCLGs, or mandatory standard health effects language for these constituents because secondary MCLs are set on the basis of aesthetics. Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL): The highest level of a contaminant that is allowed in drinking water. Prima- ry MCLs are set as close to the PHGs (or MCLGs) as is economically and technologically feasible. Secondary MCLs are set to protect the odor, taste and appearance of drinking water. Maximum Contaminant Level Goal (MCLG): The level of a contaminant in drinking water below which there is no known or expected risk to health. MCLGs are set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Public Health Goal (PHG): The level of a contaminate in drinking water below which there is no known or expected risk to health. PHGs are set by the California Environmental Protection Agency. Primary Drinking Water Standards (PDWS): MCLs and MRDLs for contaminants that affect health along with their monitoring and reporting requirements, and water treatment requirements. Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level (MRDL): The highest level of a disinfectant allowed in drinking water. There is convincing evidence that addition of a disinfectant is necessary for control of microbial contaminants. Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level Goal (MRDLG): The level of a drinking water disinfectant below which there is no known or expected risk of health. MRDLGs do not reflect the benefits of the use of disinfectants to con- trol microbial contaminants. Secondary Drinking Water Standards (SDWS): MCLs for contaminants that affect taste, odor, or appearance of the drinking water. Contaminants with SDWSs do not affect the health a the MCL levels. Regulatory Action Level (AL) : The concentration of a contaminant which, if exceeded, triggers treatment or other requirements which a water system must follow. Radiochemical Parameters -Compounds found in drinking water which emit radiation. Microbial Parameters -Disease -causing organisms that, at certain levels, may be harmful. Additional information about Cryptosporidium and Giardia is supplied in this report. Unregulated Compounds Analyzed -Unregulated Compounds Analyzed- Unregulated compounds that the Truckee Donner Public Utility District has tested for. These compounds are not known to be associated with adverse health effects. N/D- not detectable at testing limit pCi/L (Picocuries per Liter) - A measure of radioactivity. ppm-Parts per million, or milligrams per liter (mg/L) N/T- not tested ppb-Parts per billion, or micrograms per liter (ug/L) N/A -Not Applicable pS/cm-Micro Siemens per centimeter ACU (Apparent Color Unit) - A measure of color in > - Greater than drinking water. TABLE 8-SAMPLING RESULTS SHOWING TRENTMENT OF SURFACE WATER SOURCES TreatmentTeehnique Ca> Pall membrane rricrofiltration with chlorination. (Type of approved filtration technology used) Turbidity ofthe filtered water must: Turbidity Performance Standards (b) 1 — Be less than or equal to 0.1 NTU in 95% of measurements in a month. (that must be met through the water treatment process) 2 — Not exceed 1.0 NTU for more than eight consecutive hours. 3 —Not exceed 1 NTU at any time. Lowest monthly percentage ofsamples thatmet Turbidity 100% Performance Standard No. 1. Highest single turbidity measurement during they car 0.018 Number of violations of any surface water treatment 0 requirements (a) A required process intended to reduce the level of a contaminant in drinking water. (b) Turbidity (measured in NTU) is a measurement of the cloudiness of water and is a good indicator of water quality and filtration performance. Turbidity results which meet performance standards are considered to be in compliance with filtration requirements. * Any violation of a TT is marked with an asterisk. Additional information regarding the violation is provided earlier in this report. Drinking water, including bottled water, may reasonably be expected to contain at least small amounts of some contaminants. The pres- ence of contaminants does not necessarily indicate that the water poses a health risk. More information about contaminants and potential health effects can be obtained by calling the USEPA's Safe Drinking Water Hotline (1-800-426-4791). Some people may be more vulnerable to contaminants in drinking water than the general population. Immuno -compromised persons such as persons with cancer undergoing chemotherapy, persons who have undergone organ transplants, people with HIV/AIDS or other immune system disorders, some elderly, and infants can be particularly at risk from infections. These people should seek advice about drinking water from their health care providers. USEPA/Centers for Disease Control (CDC) guidelines on appropriate means to lessen the risk of infection by Cryptosporidium and other microbial contaminants are available from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline (1-800-426- 4791). The sources of drinking water (both tap water and bottled water) include rivers, lakes, streams, ponds, reservoirs, springs, and wells. As water travels over the surface of the land or through the ground, it dissolves naturally -occurring minerals and, in some cases, radioactive material, and can pick up substances resulting from the presence of animals or from human activity. In 2003, the NCSD conducted a source water assessment on the Big Springs source. The source is considered most vulnerable to the following activities: recreational areas, sewer collection systems, automobile repair shops, chemical/petroleum pipelines, and machine shops. These activities are not associated with any detected contaminants. In order to ensure that tap water is safe to drink, the USEPA and the State Department of Public Health (Department) prescribe regu- lations that limit the amount of certain contaminants in water provided by public water systems. Department regulations also establish limits for contaminants in bottled water that provide the same protection for public health. Contaminants that may be present in source water include: • Microbial contaminants, such as viruses and bacteria, that may come from sewage treatment plants, septic systems, agricultural live- stock operations, pets and wildlife. • Inorganic contaminants, such as salts and metals that can be naturally -occurring or result from urban stormwater runoff, industrial or domestic wastewater discharges, oil and gas production, mining, or farming. • Pesticides and herbicides that may come from a variety of sources such as agriculture, urban stormwater runoff, and residential uses. • Organic chemical contaminants, including synthetic and volatile organic chemicals, that are byproducts of industrial processes and petroleum production, and can also come from gas stations, urban stormwater runoff, agricultural application, and septic systems. • Radioactive contaminants that can be naturally -occurring or be the result of oil and gas production and mining activities. If present, elevated levels of lead can cause serious health problems, especially for pregnant women and young children. Lead in drinking water is primarily from materials and components associated with service lines and home plumbing. The NCSD is responsible for providing high quality drinking water, but cannot control the variety of materials used in plumbing components. When your water has been sitting for several hours, you can minimize the potential for lead exposure by flushing your tap for 30 seconds to 2 minutes before using water for drinking or cooking. If you are concerned about lead in your water, you may wish to have your water tested. Information on lead in drinking water, testing methods, and steps you can take to minimize exposure is available from the Safe Drinking Water Hot- line or at http://www.epa.gov/safewater/lead. 89NNVW Sf1031Hnoo ONV ` VN01SS3d0ad `1N9101dd3 `3ddS `Airiv 1O H91H V NI A11Nf1WW0:) L]ViSH1NON ]Hi Ol S3OIAa3S dno 301AONd Ol :1N3W31d1S NOISSIW dno Northstar Community Services District Annual Water Quality Report cq 2011 v.) This state -mandated annual report contains important information about the quality of your drinking water. T9T96 'MeD 'aeTsLlTaoN @Ala(] aeTsuTaoN 806 4DIJ4Sia saaiAaaS /\4iunwwoD aelsulaoN UearCustilumen. The Northstar Community Services District (NCSD) is proud to pro- vide some of the nation's cleanest drinking water. In 2011, as in years past, our water met or exceeded federal and state standards for drinking water. The State of California mandates that we send this Annual Water Quality Report to you, which includes important information about your drinking water. The NCSD draws its source water from two locations. The first source is a natural mountain spring located in the mid -mountain region of the Northstar-at-Tahoe Resort. The water is collected in the Big Springs collection system and then treated at the District's state-of-the-art Water Treatment Facility prior to being delivered to the customers' tap. The second source is a well (TH-2) located in the Martis Valley that was developed in 2007 to help meet fu- ture water demands as the community continues to expand. We are committed to delivering the highest quality drinking water, ensuring that our customers receive clean, safe water from their taps. In 2011 the District delivered over 182 million gallons of drinking water through 30 miles of pipeline to over 1,800 residential and commercial services throughout the Northstar community. Should you have any questions or would like to obtain additional information, please contact the Northstar Community Services Dis- trict: Phone: (530) 562-0747 Fax: (530) 562-1505 www.northstarcsd.com In case of a water or sewer emergency, please call 530-562-0747 KEY WA TER QUALITY TERMS AL —Regulatory Action Level: The concentration of a contaminant which, if exceeded, triggers treatment or other requirements which a water system must follow. MCL—Maximum Contaminant Level: The highest level of a contaminant that is allowed in drinking water. Primary MCLs are set as close to the MCLGs as is economically and technologically fea- sible. Secondary MCLs are set to pro- tect the odor, taste, and appearance of drinking water. MCLG—Maximum Contaminant Level Goal: The level of a contaminant in drinking water below which there is no known or expected risk to health. MCLGs are set by the U.S. Environmen- tal Protection Agency (USEPA). MRDL—Maximum Residual Disinfect- ant Level: The level of a disinfectant added for water treatment that may not be exceeded at the consumer's tap. ND: Not Detectable at testing limit. PHG—Public Health Goal: The level of a contaminant in drinking water below which there is no known or expected risk to health. PHGs are set by the Cali- fornia Environmental Protection Agency. ppm: parts per million or milligrams per liter (mg/L) ppb: parts per billion or micrograms per liter (qg/L) TT —Treatment Technique: A required process intended to reduce the level of a contaminant in drinking water. Want More Information? The NCSD Board of Directors meets regularly each month. Please feel free to participate in the- se meetings. For meeting dates, times and locations please contact our main office at (530) 562-0747. You may also find more information by visiting our website: www.northstaresd.org. Este informe contiene informaci6n muy importante sobre su agua pota- ble. Traduzcalo 6 hablcon alguien que to entienda bien. NSCD WATER QUALITY TEST RESULTS THROUGH DECEMBER 31 2011 TABLE 1 - SAMPLING RESULTS FOR COLIFORM BACTERIA Microbiological Highest No. of No. of MCL MCLG Typical Source of Contaminant detections months in Bacteria violation Total Coliform (In a mo.) 0 More than 1 sample in a month with a 0 Naturally present in the Bacteria ❑ detection environment Fecal Coliform (In the year) A routine sample and a repeat sample Human and animal fecal OF E. coli p 0 detect total coliform and either sample 0 waste also detects fecal coliform or E. toll TABLE 2 - SAMPLING RESULTS FOR LEAD AND COPPER Lead S Copper No. of 90 %tile No. sites AL PHG Typical Source of Contaminant (units) samples level exceeding Sample Dates collected detected AL Lead (ppb) 20 4.0 0 15 2 Erosion of natural deposits; internal corrosion 2009 of household water plumbing; discharges from industrial manufacturers Copper (ppb) 20 202 0 1300 170 Erosion of natural deposits, internal corrosion 2009 of household plumbing; leaching from wood preservatives TABLE 3 - SAMPLE RESULTS FOR SODIUM AND HARDNESS Chemical or Constituent Source Sample Level MCL PHG Typical Source of Contaminant units Date Detected MCLG Sodium Big Springs 2005 5.2 none none Generally found in ground & surface (pprn)Well TH2 2007 25.3 water Hardness Big Springs 2005 51 none none Generally found in ground & surface (ppm)Well TH2 2007 90 water TABLE 4 - DETECTION OF CONTAMINANTS WITH A PRIMARY DRINKING WATER STANDARD Chemical or Constituent Source Sample Level MCL PHG Typical Source of Contaminant (units) I Date Detected I MCLG} Nickel Big Springs 2005 11 100 I 12 Erosion of natural deposits, discharge (ppb)well TH2 2007 N❑ from metal factories TABLE 5 - DETECTION OF CONTAMINANTS WITH A SECONDARY DRINKING WATER STANDARD Chemical or Constituent Source Sample Level MCL PHG Typical Source of Contaminant (units) Date Detected (MCLG) Chloride Big Springs 2005 0.3 500 none Substances that form ions when in (ppm) Well TH2 2007 4.5 water; seawater influence Specific Conductance Big Springs 2005 130 1600 none Substances that form ions when in (uS/em) Well TH2 2007 282 water, seawater influence Sulfate Big Springs 2005 ND 50 none Runoff lleaching from natural deposits, {ppm} Well TH2 2007 12.9 industrial wastes Total Dissolved Solids Big Springs 2005 101 1000 none Runoff/leaching from natural deposits (ppm) Well TH2 2007 192 TABLE S - DETECTION OF UNREGULATED CONTAMINANTS Chemical or Constituent Sample Level Notification Source Typical Source of Contaminant (units) Date Detected Level Vanadium (ppb) Well TH2 1 2007 8.0 50 1 Runoff/leaching from natural deposits TABLE 7 - DISINFECTANTS & DISINFECTION BYPRODUCTS IN THE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Chemical or Constituent (units) Sample Date Level Detected MCL MRDL Typical Source of Contaminant Chlorine Residual (ppm) 2011 0.81 4.0 4 Water additive used to control microbes Total Tnhalomethanes (ppb) 2011 1.2 80 N/A By-prod uctof dnnking water chlorination Halocetic Acids (ppb) 2011 ND 60 N/A By-product of drinking water chlorination Tables 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 list all of the drinking water contaminants that were detected during the most recent sampling for the constituent. The presence of these contaminants in the water does not necessarily indicate that the water pos- es a health risk. The Department allows us to monitor for certain contaminants less than once per year because the concentrations of these contaminants do not change frequently. Some of the data, though representative of the water quality, are more than one year old. The Tahoe-Martis Study Unit The Tahoe-Martis study unit is approximately 460 square miles and includes the groundwater basins on the south, north, and west shores of Lake Tahoe, and the Martis Valley groundwater basin (California Department of Water Resources, 2003). The study unit was divided into three study areas based primarily on geography: the Tahoe study area composed of the three Tahoe Valley basins, the Martis study area, and the Hard Rock study area com- posed of the parts of the watersheds surrounding the basins (Frain and others, 2009). The primary aquifers in the Tahoe study area consist of glacial outwash sediments (mix- tures of sand, silt, clay, gravel, cobbles, and boulders), interbedded with lake sediments. The primary aquifers in the Martis study area are interbedded volcanic lavas, volcanic sediments, and glacial outwash sediments. In the Hard Rock study area, groundwater is present in frac- tured granitic rocks in the south and fractured volcanic rocks in the north. Aquifers composed of different materials commonly contain ground- water with different chemical compositions. — The primary aquifers in the study unit are Nevada Marlis study area defined as those parts of the aquifers correspond- county n z Truckee �, < ing to the screened or open intervals of wells — — — —� zn listed in the California Department of Public Tahoe study area Health database. In the Tahoe study area, these wells typically are drilled to depths between 175 ptaCeC Count and 375 feet, consist of solid casing from land Hard Rock surface to a depth of about 75 to 125 feet, and are study area screened or open below the solid casing. In the LAKE Martis study area, these wells typically are 200 TAHOE to 900 feet deep, and are screened or open below 1 75 to 300 feet. Water quality in the shallower and — deeper parts of the aquifer system may differ from ' t that in the primarya uifers.The Hard Rock stud South Lake q y Ctyo []Tahoe Coon area includes wells and developed springs. c The Tahoe-Martis study unit has warm, dry summers and cold, wet winters. Average annual precipitation ranges from 30 inches at Lake Tahoe a Alp1ne o s Miles 80 inches in the surrounding mountains, and �J A County the majority of precipitation falls as snow. Land o a 6 Kilometers use in the study unit is approximately 88 percent — watershed boundary (%) undeveloped (forests, grasslands, and bare rock), and 12% urban. The undeveloped lands are used mostly for recreation. The largest urban areas are the cities of South Lake Tahoe and Truckee. Municipal and community water supply accounts for nearly all of the total water use in the study unit, with most of the remainder used for recreation, including landscape irrigation and snow -making. Groundwater provides nearly all of the water supply in the study unit, with limited use of surface water in some areas. Recharge to the groundwater flow system is mainly from mountain -front recharge at the margins of the basins, stream -channel infiltra- tion, and direct infiltration of precipitation. Groundwater leaves the aquifer system when it is pumped for water supply or flows into streams and lakes. Overview of Water Quality Inorganic Organic constituents constituents 1 1 L67' 98 CONSTITUENT CONCENTRATIONS O High Q Moderate O Low or not detected Values area percentage of the area of the primary aquifers with concentrations in the three specified categories. Values on pie chart may not equal 100 due to rounding of percentages. GAMA's Priority Basin Proj- ect evaluates the quality of untreated groundwater. However, for context, benchmarks established for drinking - water quality are used for comparison. Benchmarks and definitions of high, moderate, and low concentrations are discussed in the inset box on page 3. Many inorganic constituents occur naturally in groundwater. The concen- trations of the inorganic constituents can be affected by natural processes as well as by human activities. In the Tahoe- Martis study unit, one or more inorganic constituents were present at high con- centrations in about 20% of the primary aquifers and at moderate concentrations in 13%. Human -made organic constituents are found in products used in the home, business, industry, and agriculture. Organic constituents can enter the envi- ronment through normal usage, spills, or improper disposal. In this study unit, one or more organic constituents were present at high concentrations in about 1 % of the primary aquifers and at mod- erate concentrations in about 1%. U.S. Department of the Interior ® printed on recycled paper Fact Sheet2011-3143 U.S. Geological Survey April 2012 RESULTS: Groundwater Quality in the Tahoe-Martis Study Unit INORGANIC, Inorganic Constituents with Human -Health Benchmarks Trace and minor elements are naturally present in the minerals in rocks and soils, and in the water that comes into contact with those materials. In the Tahoe- 19 Martis study unit, trace elements were present at high concentrations in about 19% Trace of the primary aquifers, and in moderate concentrations in about 4%. Arsenic was 77 4 elements the trace element that most frequently occurred at high and moderate concentra- tions. Three trace elements with non -regulatory health -based benchmarks, boron, molybdenum, and strontium, also were detected at high concentrations. Radioactivity is the emission of energy or particles during spontaneous decay of unstable atoms. Humans are exposed to small amounts of natural radioactivity 3 12 every day. Most of the radioactivity in groundwater comes from decay of naturally Radioactive occurring uranium and thorium in minerals in the rocks or sediments of the aqui- constituents fers. Radioactive constituents occurred at high levels in about 3% of the primary 85 aquifers, and at moderate levels in about 12%. Gross alpha particle and radon-222 activities were the radioactive constituents that most frequently occurred at high and moderate levels. Nutrients, such as nitrogen, are naturally present at low concentrations in groundwater. High and moderate concentrations generally occur as a result of human activities. Common sources of nutrients include fertilizer applied to crops 100 Nutrients and landscaping, seepage from septic systems, and human and animal waste. In the Tahoe-Martis study unit, nutrients were not detected at high or moderate concentra- tions in the primary aquifers. 8 Inorganic Constituents with Non -Health Benchmarks Total (Not included in water -quality overview charts shown on the front page) 92 dissolved Some constituents affect the aesthetic properties of water, such as taste, color, solids and odor, or may create nuisance problems, such as staining and scaling. The State of California has a recommended and an upper limit for total dissolved solids (TDS). All water naturally contains TDS as a result of the weathering and dissolu- tion of minerals in soils and rocks. Iron and manganese are naturally occurring 14 constituents that commonly occur together in groundwater. Anoxic conditions in groundwater (low amounts of dissolved oxygen) may result in release of manganese Manganese and iron from minerals into groundwater. 86 In the Tahoe-Martis study unit, TDS was present at high concentrations (greater than the upper limit) in about 8% of the primary aquifers, and at low con- centrations (less than the recommended limit) in about 92% of the primary aquifers. Manganese, with or without iron, was present at high concentrations in about 14% of the primary aquifers. Perchlorate 100 Perchlorate (Not included in water -quality overview charts shown on the front page) Perchlorate is an inorganic constituent that has been regulated in California drinking water since 2007. It is an ingredient in rocket fuel, fireworks, safety flares, and other products, may be present in some fertilizers, and occurs naturally at low concentrations in groundwater. Perchlorate was not detected in the primary aquifers. RESULTS: Groundwater Quality in the Tahoe-Martis Study Unit [,RGANIC CONSTITUENTS Organic Constituents The Priority Basin Project uses laboratory methods that can detect the presence of low concentrations of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and pesticides, far below human -health benchmarks. VOCs and pesticides detected at these low concentrations 1 <1 can be used to help trace water from the landscape into the aquifer system. Solvents Volatile Organic Compounds with Human -Health Benchmarks 98 VOCs are in many household, commercial, industrial, and agricultural products, and are characterized by their tendency to volatilize (evaporate) into the air. Solvents are used for a number of purposes, including manufacturing and cleaning. In the Tahoe-Martis study unit, solvents were present at high concentrations in about Othervolatile 1 % of the primary aquifers. The solvent detected at high concentrations was tetrachlo- roethylene (PCE), which mainly was used in dry-cleaning businesses. Solvents were organic 100 present at moderate concentrations in about 1% of the primary aquifers, and at low compounds concentrations (or not detected) in about 98%. Other VOCs include trihalomethanes, gasoline additives and oxygenates, refriger- ants, and organic synthesis reagents. Trihalomethanes form during disinfection of water supplies, and may enter groundwater by the infiltration of landscape irrigation water, or leakage from distribution lines. Gasoline additives and oxygenates increase the effi- ciency of fuel combustion. Other VOCs were not detected at high or moderate concen- trations in the primary aquifers. Trihalomethanes and gasoline oxygenates were detected at low concentrations in the primary aquifers. Pesticides with Human -Health Benchmarks Pesticides, including herbicides, insecticides, fungicides, and fumigants, are Pesticides 100 applied to crops, gardens, lawns, around buildings, and along roads to help control unwanted vegetation (weeds), insects, fungi, and other pests. In the Tahoe-Martis study unit, pesticides were not detected at high or moderate concentrations in the primary aquifers. Herbicides were occasionally detected at low concentrations. BENCHMARKS FOR EVALUATING GROUNDWATER QUALITY GAMA's Priority Basin Project uses benchmarks established for drinking water to provide context for evaluating the quality of untreated groundwater. After withdrawal, groundwater may be disinfected, filtered, mixed, and exposed to the atmosphere before being delivered to consumers. Federal and California regulatory benchmarks for pro- tecting human health (Maximum Contaminant Level, MCL) were used when available. Nonregulatory benchmarks for protecting aesthetic properties, such as taste and odor (Secondary Maximum Contaminant Level, SMCL), and nonregulatory benchmarks for protecting human health (Notification Level, NL, and Lifetime Health Advisory, HAL) were used when Federal or California regulatory benchmarks were not available. High, moderate, and low concentrations are defined relative to benchmarks CONSTITUENT CONCENTRATIONS High concentrations W J a Moderate concentrations yj —Low concentrations Values are a percentage of the area of the primary aquifers with concentrations in the three specified categories. Values on pie chartmay not equal 100 due to rounding of percentages. Concentrations are considered high if they are greater than a benchmark. For inorganic constituents, concentrations are moder- ate if they are greater than one-half of a benchmark. For organic constituents and perchlorate, concentrations are moderate if they are greater than one -tenth of a benchmark; this lower threshold was used because organic constituents are generally less prevalent and have smaller concentrations relative to benchmarks than inorganic constituents. Low values include nondetections and values less than moderate concentrations. Methods for evaluating water quality are discussed in Fram and Belitz (2012). Factors that Affect Groundwater Quality Priority Basin Assessments In the Tahoe-Martis study unit, arsenic was the constituent that most frequently occurred at high concentrations. About 18% of the primary aquifers had arsenic concen- trations greater than the human -health regulatory benchmark Federal MCL) of 10 µg/L (micrograms per liter). Natural sources of arsenic to groundwater include dissolution of arsenic -bearing sulfide minerals, desorption of arsenic from the surfaces of manganese - or iron -oxide minerals (or dissolution of those oxide minerals), and mixing with geother- mal waters (Welch and others, 2000). 100 J UaJ 10 Cn Q LD 0 U U z u, cc a 0.1 El 0 ❑ 0 ( 0 QZ�L0 0 �� 0 C� 00 0 A A0 0 0 O �AO �0z�00 pH, IN STANDARD UNITS EXPLANATION Aquifer rock type granitic rock ❑❑ sedimentary anoxic AA oxic volcanic rock 00/ Relative - Concentration High Moderate Low In the Tahoe-Martis study unit, elevated arsenic concentrations likely are caused by two different processes (Fram and Belitz, 2012). In aquifers composed of sediments or volcanic rocks, high and moderate arsenic concentrations were found in groundwater that was oxic (high dissolved oxygen concentration) and alkaline (pH values greater than about 8). The elevated arsenic concentration in oxic, alkaline groundwater likely is due to desorption of arsenic from the surfaces of manganese- and iron -oxide minerals (Smedley and Kinniburgh, 2002). Oxic, alkaline conditions increase arsenic solubility in groundwater by inhibiting arsenic from adhering to mineral surfaces (sorption). In aquifers composed of granitic and volcanic rocks, high arsenic concentrations also were found in anoxic (low dissolved oxygen concentration) groundwater with low pH values. Dissolution of manganese- and iron -oxide minerals under anoxic conditions likely results in release of arsenic associated with these minerals. By Miranda S. Fram and Kenneth Belitz SELECTED REFERENCES California Department of Water Resources, 2003, California's groundwater: California Department of Water Resources Bulletin 118, 246 p. hyp://www water ca. qov/groundwater/bulletin 1181update2003. c m. Fram, M.S., Munday, Cathy, and Belitz, Kenneth, 2009, Groundwater quality data for the Tahoe-Martis study unit, 2007—Results from the California GAMA Program: U.S. Geological Survey Data Series 432, 87 p. (Also available at http://pubs.usgs.gov/ds/432/.) Fram, M.S., and Belitz, Kenneth, 2012, Status and understanding of groundwater quality in the Tahoe- Martis, Central Sierra, and Southern Sierra study units,2006-2007—California GAMA Program Priority Basin Project: U.S. Geological Survey Scientific Investigations Report 2011-5216, 222 p. (Also available at hqp://pubs.usgs.gov/sir/2011/5216.) Smedley, P.L., and Mnniburgh, D.G., 2002, A review of the source, behavior, and distribution of arsenic in natural waters: Applied Geochemistry, v. 17, p. 517-568. Welch, A.H., Westjohn, D.B., Helsel, D.R., and Wanty, R.B., 2000, Arsenic in ground water of the United States —occurrence and geochemistry: Ground Water, v. 38, no. 4, p. 589-604. GAMA's Priority Basin Project (PBP) assesses water quality in that part of the aquifer system used for drinking water, primarily public supply. Water quality in the primary aquifers, assessed by the PBP, may differ from that in the deeper parts of the aquifer, or from the shallower parts, which are being assessed by GAMA's Domestic Well Project. Ongoing assessments are being conducted in more than 120 basins throughout California. The PBP assessments are based on a comparison of constituent concen- trations in untreated groundwater with benchmarks established for protec- tion of human health and for aesthetic concerns. The PBP does not evaluate the quality of drinking water delivered to consumers. The PBP uses two scientific approaches for assessing groundwa- ter quality. The first approach uses a network of wells to statistically assess the status of groundwater quality. The second approach combines water - quality, hydrologic, geographic, and other data to help assess the factors that affect water quality. In the Tahoe- Martis study unit, data were collected by the PBP in 2007, and from the CDPH database for 2004-2007. The PBP includes chemical analyses gener- ally not available as part of regulatory compliance monitoring, including measurements at concentrations much lower than human -health benchmarks, and measurement of constituents that can be used to trace the sources and movement of groundwater. For more information Technical reports and hydrologic data collected for the GAMA PBP Pro- gram may be obtained from: GAMA Project Chief U.S. Geological Survey California Water Science Center 4165 Spruance Road, Suite 200 San Diego, CA 92101 Telephone number: (619) 225-6100 WEB: http://ca.water.usgs.gov/gama GAMA Program Unit State Water Resources Control Board Division of Water Quality PO Box 2231, Sacramento, CA 95812 Telephone number: (916) 341-5779 WEB: http://Www.waterboards.ca.gov/ ama Martis Valley Groundwater Management Plan Appendix F: DRI Technical Note P:\40000\140691- PCWA Martis Valley GWP\GMP\Report\Final\Martis Valley GMP Final 4-18-13.docx -CDRI Desert Research Institute Technical Note SCIENCE • ENVIRONMENT • SOLUTIONS Division of Hydrologic Sciences To: Tony Firenzi, Placer County Water Agency; Tina Bauer, Brown and Caldwell From: Seshadri Rajagopal, Donald M. Reeves, Justin Huntington, Greg Pohll (Desert Research Institute) Date: September 10, 2012 Re: Estimates of Ground Water Recharge in the Martis Valley Ground Water Basin Purpose and Scope This technical note provides spatially -distributed estimates of annual ground water recharge in the Martis Valley Ground Water Basin using a physically -based hydrologic model: Precipitation Runoff Modeling System (PRMS). PRMS simulates land surface hydrologic processes of evapotranspiration, runoff, infiltration, and interflow by balancing energy and mass budgets of the plant canopy, snowpack, and soil zone on the basis of distributed climate information (Leavesley et al., 1983), and has been used in several other basins to estimate ground water recharge (e.g., Lichty and McKinley, 1995; Vaccaro and Olsen, 2007; Cherkauer and Ansari, 2005; Cherkauer, 2004). Recharge in the current study is defined as the infiltration of water to the subsurface beyond the root zone (where present) or the soil zone, in case of bare soil absent of vegetation (Figure 1). Thus, the recharge estimates contained within this report represent total annual recharge within the delineated Martis Valley Ground Water Basin. The Martis Valley Ground Water Basin was first delineated by Hydro -Search, Inc. and was later adopted by the California DWR as the official ground water basin. In this report we refer to this region as the HSI ground water basin or Martis Valley Ground Water Basin (Figure 2). Total recharge consists of both recharge to the deep ground water system and shallow recharge that ultimately discharges into streams. The technical note describes the use of climate data in PRMS, the PRMS method used to compute recharge, and recharge estimates. Recharge estimates from previous studies and an additional method are provided to place the PRMS computed results in the context of other estimates. Previous Estimates of Recharge for Martis Valley Past studies primarily relied on empirical and water balance methods to estimate recharge within the Martis Valley Ground Water Basin (Figure 2). One of the earliest recharge studies was conducted by Hydro -Search, Inc. (1974) which was subsequently updated in 1980 and 1995. Hydro -Search Inc. (HSI) 2215 Raggio Parkway, Reno, Nevada 89512-1095 755 E. Flamingo Road, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119-7363 Phone (775) 673-730o Fax (775) 673-7363 Phone (702) 862-540o Fax (702) 862-5427 utilized a water balance method to estimate ground water recharge to the Martis Valley Ground Water Basin of approximately 18,000 ac-ft/yr. In 2001 Nimbus Engineers used a water balance approach to compute a recharge value of 24,700 ac-ft/yr to the ground water basin. Kennedy/Jenks Consultants in 2001 published a report titled "Independent Appraisal of Martis Valley Ground Water Availability, Nevada and Placer Counties, California" where they concluded that the earlier studies by Hydro -Search, Inc (1974 and updates) and Nimbus Engineers (2001) were conservative, as the total amount of ground water discharge to streams was considered under predicted; however, updated recharge estimates were not provided in this report. Interflow Hydrology, Inc. and Cordilleran Hydrology, Inc. prepared a 2003 report indicating that ground water discharge to tributary Truckee River streams in the Martis Valley Ground Water Basin is 34,560 ac-ft/yr, of which approximately 24,240 ac-ft/yr is contributed by high altitude areas of the basin (e.g., in the vicinity of Northstar) and the remaining 10,320 ac-ft/yr occurs in lower elevation areas. In summary, previous recharge estimates based on water balance approaches range from 18,000 to 34,560 ac-ft/yr. Description of PRMS Recharge Method The PRMS model (Leavesley et al., 1983) is driven by daily values of precipitation and maximum and minimum air temperature, and simulates snow accumulation, ablation, canopy interception, evapotranspiration, surface runoff, infiltration, water storage in the soil zone and deep percolation through the bottom of the root or soil zone — PRMS recharge is defined as the model computed excess water leaving the root or soil zone after abstractions for surface runoff and evapotranspiration are accounted for (Figure 1). The system is modeled in its natural transient state from 1981 to 2011. Reservoir operations, irrigation within the basin, septic drainfields, and diversion of effluent to the Truckee Tahoe Sanitation Agency and subsequent release of treated effluent to the Truckee River are not explicitly simulated in the model. However, the Martis Valley PRMS model utilizes naturalized flows that remove the effects of reservoir operations during model calibration. The current PRMS model developed for Martis Valley encompasses the entire Martis Valley hydrologic basin (Figure 2), and is subdivided into 14 watersheds for model calibration to internal stream gauges. Computation of recharge for the Martis Valley Ground Water Basin requires aggregation of the PRMS results for all cells within the delineated ground water basin (Figure 3). The model domain was discretized into square grid cells of 300 in resolution; each of these cells represents a hydrologic response unit (HRU). The model is parameterized from the National Elevation Dataset (NED), STATSGO soils database, and USGS land use land cover (LULL) dataset. The depth of the root or soil zone is determined by the LULC of the HRU. Five categories of LULC are used to assign these depths viz. bare soils, grasses, shrubs, trees, and water. For the category water, recharge is assumed zero. Daily weather data from the Truckee #2 SNOTEL site is used to drive the PRMS model. This station is used to develop monthly ratios based on PRISM maps to distribute precipitation over the entire basin. To account for days when temperature inversions within the valley occur, an additional weather station, Mt. Rose SNOTEL, is implemented. PRMS Recharge Estimates The estimated mean annual ground water recharge for the Martis Valley Ground Water Basin computed from PRMS is presented in Figure 4. PRMS simulated recharge varies from year to year based Page 2 of 11 on annual cycles of precipitation (Figure 5). The annual average recharge estimate from the PRMS model is 32,745 ac-ft, which is slightly lower than the Interflow Hydrology 2003 estimate of 34,560 ac-ft. We also applied a modified Maxey -Eakin (1949) method to estimate recharge which relates mean annual precipitation to recharge using recharge coefficients applied to precipitation amounts (Figure 3) (Epstein et al., 2010). Epstein et al., 2010 computed revised Maxey -Eakin coefficients that are based on the PRISM precipitation distribution (Daly et al., 1994), which was used in this study. As shown in Figure 3, the modified Maxey -Eakin estimate of 35,168 ac-ft/yr is very close to the Interflow Hydrology estimate. Figure 6 shows the ratio of recharge computed by the PRMS model to annual precipitation. This ratio, which we term as `recharge efficiency', can be used to describe the fraction (or percentage) of precipitation that is converted to recharge. Computed recharge efficiencies for the Martis Valley ground water basin varies annually within a range of 18-26%. Discussion of Recharge Estimates PRMS computed recharge presented in Figures 4, 6 and 8 show that recharge to the Martis Valley Ground Water Basin varies both spatially and temporally. The spatial variability in recharge is primarily driven by precipitation trends (Figures 7 and 8). This is clearly observed in Figure 7 where the higher elevation areas, in general, receive greater amounts of precipitation than the rest of the basin. Note that the PRMS recharge shown in Figure 8 represents infiltrated water given the processes presented in Figure 1. The PRMS model neglects the influence of low permeable bedrock areas on the potential reduced rate of infiltration of precipitation. For example, the highest infiltration rates correspond to areas with the most precipitation. In reality, the highest elevation areas within the basin that receive the greatest amount of precipitation are located in the low -permeability mountain block. The low -permeability of the mountain block restricts the amount of infiltrating water, and forces water to redistribute as run-off and infiltrate downslope near the `bench' areas of the slope with deposits of higher permeability alluvium. This redistribution has been simulated in integrated models (e.g., Huntington et al. 2012, in press) and inferred from ground water isotopes (Singleton et al., 2010). Thus, the spatial distribution of recharge, as shown in Figure 8, will change once the PRMS modeled recharge is combined with MODFLOW. This spatial redistribution will primarily change the pattern of recharge in the mountain block watersheds with only minimal changes to the lower elevation areas, and minimal changes in the total volume of recharge. Previous recharge estimates by Interflow Hydrology (34,560 ac-ft/yr), the Maxey -Eakin method (35,168 ac-ft/yr), and mean annual PRMS (32,745 ac-ft/yr) estimates are very similar and in agreement. Only the PRMS estimates provide insight as to annual variability in recharge with a range between 12,143 and 56,792 ac-ft/yr (Figure 4). These fluctuations in annual ground water recharge estimates are natural and primarily based on fluctuations in annual precipitation (Figure 5). Perhaps most importantly are the water years when the amount of recharge is lower than the mean (-33,000 ac-ft). As shown in Figure 4, this variability can be significant with `wet' and `dry' year-end members. Pumpage during dry years may deplete the ground water basin as water is extracted from storage, whereas wet years increase the storage of water in the basin. If the number of wet and dry years and the amount of recharge oscillates evenly, then the mean recharge estimates from Interflow, modified Maxey -Eakin and PRMS methods are suitable for mean annual water budget analysis. However, future changes in temperature and/or precipitation (both timing and annual quantity) can disrupt the balance between pumping and basin storage. The PRMS computed recharge consists of the sum of shallow infiltrated water that discharges into the Truckee River and its tributaries as well as deep percolation of ground water to deeper aquifers Page 3 of 11 with water supply wells. Perennial basin yield, defined by the State of Nevada as the maximum amount of groundwater that can be salvaged each year over the long term without depleting the ground water reservoir, is not an appropriate metric to determine sustainable basin pumpage as values of perennial yield for a basin are usually limited to the maximum amount of natural discharge. Natural discharge from Martis Valley Basin consists of groundwater evapotranspiration, groundwater discharge to the Truckee River, along with a small quantity of groundwater outflow. As an alternative, we suggest that an analysis that utilizes the Martis Valley ground water model to define the `capturable' amount of streamflow by pumping within the basin (e.g., Leake and Haney, 2010) would better quantify the relationship between sustainable pumpage and natural discharge. Evapotranspiration I Air Precipitation 1 Temperature evaporation Sublimation Sublimation Evaporation -ranspiration ranspiration Interception Through fall nowpack Snowmelt Rain / Solar PRECIPITATION - Radiation RUNOFF MODELING SYSTEM Rain Evaporation Impervious -zone reservoir Recharge zone I Soil -zone Lower zone reservoir Soil -zone Subsurface recharge Ground -water recharge Subsurface reservoir Ground -water recharge Ground -water reservoir Groundlwater sink Surface runoff Surface runoff Subsurface flow Ground -water flow I Streamflow Figure 1. PRMS conceptual model schematic highlighting all simulated hydrologic processes and how ground water recharge is computed in the model (based on Leavesley et al., 1983). Page 4 of 11 1W i _1 -3 r f • .arm+-� Legend Streamgage Streams — rikeservoir Donner La **- Lxf�. �r �4 r I Figure 2. PRMS model domain with 14 sub -watersheds denoted by color. Stream gauges used in the PRMS calibration are denoted by triangles. Page 5 of 11 �Osre Lek ro r r r rM 1 �N Donner Lak �� Ma t!s es I CO � 1 �J �. atza` ' y. Legend Streams x H51 Ground Water Basin w�E s Figure 3. PRMS model domain with a portion of the sub -watersheds combined to adhere to the delineated Martis Valley Ground Water Basin inset (blue). All recharge estimates in this study are computed over the blue area. The Martis Valley Ground Water Basin area was delineated by Hydro Search Inc. (HSI). Page 6 of 11 Y9UUU: LL v 40000 a bo 30000 b 20000 a Martis Valley GWB Recharge in Ac-Ft I PRMS Variable Recharge Estimate PRMS Mean Recharge Estimate Maxey Eakin Recharge Estimate — Nimbus Engg Estimate (2001) 10000 Interflow Hydrology & 0 Cordilleran Hydrology Inc Estimate (2003) 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 Figure 4. Annual recharge volumes computed by PRMS with comparison to recharge estimates from other methods and past studies. Martis Valley GWB Precipitation in Ac-Ft 250000 200000 LL Q4 150000 CI. .75 100000 a L CL 5DDDD 0 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 Figure 5. Annual precipitation volume over the Martis Valley Ground Water Basin Page 7 of 11 Percent Recharge (Recharge/Precipitation) 30.00 25.00 0 C 41 u L Q 20.00 15.00 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 Figure 6. Value of recharge efficiency computed as the ratio of annual recharge to annual precipitation. The mean recharge efficiency value is 23%. Page 8 of 11 ro s e r Donner Lake \l� CO ���L Legend Streams Mean annual precip, inches High : 70.0 Low: 22.9 s hese �b+ t SS Figure 7. Mean annual precipitation (inches) in the Martis Valley PRMS model domain from PRISM (Daly et al., 1994). Page 9 of 11 a 'u c> ros er .9 I to Legend Streams Mean annual recharge, inches. High : 27.8 Low: 0.8 ��77 s Figure 8. Mean annual recharge (inches) in the Martis Valley PRMS model domain. Note that the greatest quantities of recharge occurs in the high elevation areas which receive more precipitation (Figure 7). Page 10 of 11 References Cherkauer, D. S., and S.A. Ansari, 2005. Estimating ground water recharge from topography, hydrogeology and land cover, Ground Water, 43(1), 102-112 Cherkauer, D. S., 2004. Quantifying ground water recharge at multiple scales using PRMS and GIS, Ground Water, 42(1), 97-110. Daly, C., R. P. Neilson, and D. L. Phillips, 1994. A statistical -topographic model for mapping climatological precipitation over mountainous terrain. Journal of Applied Meteorology 33, 140- 158 Epstein, B.J., G.M. Pohll, J. Huntington, and R.W.H. Carroll, 2010. Development and uncertainty analysis of an empirical recharge prediction model for Nevada's desert basins, Journal of the Nevada Water Resources Association 5(1). Hardman, G., 1936. Precipitation map of Nevada. Nevada Agricultural Experiment Station. Huntington, J.L. and R.G. Niswonger, 2012. Role of surface water and groundwater interactions on projected baseflows in snow dominated regions: an integrated modeling approach. Water Resources Research, in press. Hydro -Search, Inc., 1995. Ground Water Management Plan Phase 1 Martis Valley Ground -Water Basin No. 6-67 Nevada and Placer counties, California. Prepared for Truckee Donner Public Utility District January 31, 1995. Interflow Hydrology, Inc. and Cordilleran Hydrology, Inc., 2003. Measurement of Ground Water Discharge to Streams Tributary to the Truckee River in Martis Valley, Placer and Nevada Counties, California. IFH Report 2003-02, April 2003. Kennedy/Jenks Consultants, 2002. Independent Appraisal of Martis Valley Ground Water Availability Nevada and Placer Counties, California, December 2002. Leake, S.A. and J. Haney, 2010. Possible effects of groundwater pumping on surface water in the Verde Valley, Arizona, U.S. Geological Survey Fact Sheet 2010-3108. Leavesley, G.H., R.W. Lichty, B.M. Troutman, and L.G. Saindon, 1983. Precipitation -runoff modeling system —user's manual. U.S. Geological Survey Water -Resources Investigations Report 83-4238, 207 p., accessed Aug 2012, at http://pubs.er.usgs.gov/usgspubs/wri/wri834238. Lichty, R. W. and P.W. McKinley, 1995. Estimates of ground water recharge rates for two small basins in central Nevada. U.S. Geological Survey Water Resources Investigations Report 94-4104 Maxey, G.B., and T.E. Eakin, 1949. Ground water in White River Valley, White Pine, Nye, and Lincoln counties, Nevada. State of Nevada, Office of the State Engineer, Water Resources Bulletin 8. Nimbus Engineers, 2001. Ground Water Availability in the Martis Valley Ground Water Basin. Nimbus Job No. 0043. Singleton, M.J. and J.E. Moran, 2010. Dissolved noble gas and isotopic tracers reveal vulnerability of groundwater in a small, high -elevation catchment to predicted climate changes. Water Resources Research, 46, WOOF06, doi:10.1029/2009WR008718. Vaccaro, J.J. and T.D. Olsen, 2007. Estimates of ground -water recharge to the Yakima River Basin aquifer system, Washington, for predevelopment and current land -use and land -cover conditions. U.S. Geological Survey Scientific Investigations Report 2007-5007, 30 p. Page 11 of 11 Prepared by Sacramento 10540 White Rock Road, Suite 180 Rancho Cordova, California 95670 Tel: 916.444.0123 100% Environmental I Employee Owned I Offices Nationwide I BrownandCaldwell.com APPENDIX D ORDINANCE NO. 2021- FINDING THE NECESSITY FOR AND ADOPTING A WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN TO BE INCLUDED IN FINAL DOCUMENT APPENDIX E RESOLUTION 2021-XX ADOPTION OF THE URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN TO BE INCLUDED IN FINAL DOCUMENT APPENDIX F PUBLIC NOTICE DOCUMENTATION TO BE INCLUDED IN FINAL DOCUMENT APPENDIX G ANNUAL WATER AUDITS Water Audit Report for: I Truckee Donner Public Utility District Reporting Year: 1 2015 11 1/2015-12/2015 *** YOUR WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE IS: 74 out of 100 *** System Attributes: Apparent Losses + Real Losses = Water Losses: 4.971 MG/Yr 340.242 MG/Yr 345.213 MG/Yr Unavoidable Annual Real Losses (UARL): 94. MG/Yr Annual cost of Apparent Losses: Annual cost of Real Losses: $371,2041 Valued at Variable Production Cost Return to Reporting Worksheet to change this assumpiton Performance Indicators: Non -revenue water as percent by volume of Water Supplied: 1 30.2' Financial: 71 Non -revenue water as percent by cost of operating system: 1 8.3% Real Losses valued at Variable Production Cost Operational Efficiency: * This performance indicator Apparent Losses per service connection per day: 1.07 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per service connection per day: 72.98 1 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per length of main per day*: N/A Real Losses per service connection per day per psi pressure: 0.87 gallons/connection/day/psi From Above, Real Losses = Current Annual Real Losses (CARE): 340.24 million gallons/year Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) [CARL/UARL]: 3.58 11 for systems with a low service connection densitv of less than 32 service connections/mile of AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Performance Indicators 1 Water Audit Report for: I Truckee Donner Public Utility District Reporting Year: 1 2016 11 1/2016-12/2016 *** YOUR WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE IS: 52 out of 100 *** System Attributes: Apparent Losses + Real Losses = Water Losses: 10.346 MG/Yr 314.912 MG/Yr 325.258 MG/Yr Unavoidable Annual Real Losses (UARL): 9t.bl IMGNr Annual cost of Apparent Losses: Annual cost of Real Losses: $265,0111 Valued at Variable Production Cost Return to Reporting Worksheet to change this assumpiton Performance Indicators: Non -revenue water as percent by volume of Water Supplied: 25.3' Financial: 71 Non -revenue water as percent by cost of operating system: 4.1 % Real Losses valued at Variable Production Cost Operational Efficiency: * This performance indicator Apparent Losses per service connection per day: 2.22 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per service connection per day: 67.55 1 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per length of main per day*: N/A Real Losses per service connection per day per psi pressure: 0.80 gallons/connection/day/psi From Above, Real Losses = Current Annual Real Losses (CARE): 314.91 million gallons/year Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) [CARL/UARL]: 3.23 11 for systems with a low service connection densitv of less than 32 service connections/mile of AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Performance Indicators 1 Water Audit Report for: I Truckee Donner Public Utility District Reporting Year: 1 2017 11 1/2017-12/2017 *** YOUR WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE IS: 52 out of 100 *** System Attributes: Apparent Losses + Real Losses = Water Losses: 10.508 MG/Yr 286.041 MG/Yr 296.549 MG/Yr Unavoidable Annual Real Losses (UARL): 98. MG/Yr Annual cost of Apparent Losses: Annual cost of Real Losses: $264,5881 Valued at Variable Production Cost Return to Reporting Worksheet to change this assumpiton Performance Indicators: Non -revenue water as percent by volume of Water Supplied: 1 23.0' Financial: 71 Non -revenue water as percent by cost of operating system: 1 2.0% Real Losses valued at Variable Production Cost Operational Efficiency: * This performance indicator Apparent Losses per service connection per day: 2.22 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per service connection per day: 60.411 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per length of main per day*: N/A Real Losses per service connection per day per psi pressure: 0.72 gallons/connection/day/psi From Above, Real Losses = Current Annual Real Losses (CARE): 286.04 million gallons/year Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) [CARL/UARL]: 2.91 for systems with a low service connection densitv of less than 32 service connections/mile of AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Performance Indicators 1 '^w Water Audit Report for: I Truckee Donner Public Utility District Reporting Year: 1 2018 11 1/2018-12/2018 *** YOUR WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE IS: 50 out of 100 *** System Attributes: Apparent Losses: 1 8.452 MG/Yr + Real Losses: 1 288.194 MG/Yr = Water Losses: 296.646 MG/Yr A Unavoidable Annual Real Losses (UARL): MG/Yr Annual cost of Apparent Losses: Annual cost of Real Losses: $271,9281 Valued at Variable Production Cost Return to Reporting Worksheet to change this assumpiton Performance Indicators: Financial: Non -revenue water as percent by volume of Water Supplied: 22.2% Non -revenue water as percent by cost of operating system: 1.9%1 Real Losses valued at Variable Production Cost Operational * This performance indicator Apparent Losses per service connection per day: 1.80 gal Ions/con nectionlday Real Losses per service connection per day: 61.36 1 gal Ions/con nectionlday Real Losses per length of main per day*: N/A Real Losses per service connection per day per psi pressure: 0.73 gal Ions/con nectionlday/psi From Above, Real Losses = Current Annual Real Losses (CARE): 288.19 million gallons/year Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) [CARL/UARL]: A-11 for systems with a low service connection densitv of less than 32 service connections/mile of AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Performance Indicators 1 Water Audit Report for: I Truckee Donner Public Utility District Reporting Year: 1 2019 11 1/2019-12/2019 *** YOUR WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE IS: 52 out of 100 *** System Attributes: Apparent Losses + Real Losses = Water Losses: 10.526 MG/Yr 306.695 MG/Yr 317.221 MG/Yr Unavoidable Annual Real Losses (UARL): MG/Yr Annual cost of Apparent Losses: Annual cost of Real Losses: $299,6961 Valued at Variable Production Cost Return to Reporting Worksheet to change this assumpiton Performance Indicators: Non -revenue water as percent by volume of Water Supplied: 24.7' Financial: 71 Non -revenue water as percent by cost of operating system: 2.2% Real Losses valued at Variable Production Cost Operational Efficiency: * This performance indicator Apparent Losses per service connection per day: 2.20 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per service connection per day: 64.14 1 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per length of main per day*: N/A Real Losses per service connection per day per psi pressure: 0.76 gallons/connection/day/psi From Above, Real Losses = Current Annual Real Losses (CARE): 306.69 million gallons/year Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) [CARL/UARL]: 3.07 for systems with a low service connection densitv of less than 32 service connections/mile of AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Performance Indicators 1